![HAMILTON G5 S1 Service Manual PDF [PDF]](https://pdfs.asia/img/200x200/hamilton-g5-s1-service-manual-pdf.jpg)
16 0 13 MB
HAMILTON-G5/S1
Service Manual HAMILTON-G5/S1
624093/06 | Software version 2.6x | 2016-03-24
© 2016 Hamilton Medical AG. All rights reserved. Printed in Switzerland. No part of this publication may be reproduced or stored in a database or retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, or by photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Hamilton Medical AG. This document may be revised or replaced by Hamilton Medical AG at any time and without notice. You should ensure that you have the most current applicable version of this document; if in doubt, contact the technical support department of Hamilton Medical AG, Switzerland. While the information set forth is believed to be accurate, it is not a substitute for the excercise of professional judgement. Nothing in this document shall limit or restrict in any way Hamilton Medical AG’s right to revise or otherwise change or modify the equipment (including its software) described herein, without notice. In the absence of an express, written agreement to the contrary, Hamilton Medical AG has no obligation to furnish any such revisions, changes, or modifications to the owner or user of the equipment (including software) described herein. The equipment must be operated, serviced or upgraded only by trained professionals. Hamilton Medical AG’s sole responsibility with respect to the equipment and its use is as stated in the limited warranty provided in the operator’s manual. Product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners. Hamilton Medical AG will make available on request, circuit diagrams, component parts lists, descriptions, calibration instructions, or other information that will assist the user’s appropriately trained personnel to repair those parts of the equipment designated by Hamilton Medical AG to be repairable.
Manufacturer Hamilton Medical AG Via Crusch 8, CH-7402 Bonaduz Switzerland Phone: (+41) 58 610 10 20 Fax: (+41) 58 610 00 20 Visit our websites: www.hamilton-medical.com www.IntelligentVentilation.org
USA Distributor Hamilton Medical Inc. 4990 Energy Way Reno, NV 89502 PO Box 30008 Reno, NV 89520 Phone: (775) 858-3200 Toll-free: (800) HAM-MED 1 Or: (800) 426-6331 Fax: (775) 856-5621
Table of Contents Table of Contents Conventions Notes, Cautions and Warnings Typographic Conventions Expressions Graphics
Foreword The HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual: The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Service Manual is for: The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Service Manual contains: The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Service Manual does not contain: This HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Service Manual covers: The HAMILTON-G5 Service Manual Overview:
Part 1: General Description Section 1 HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1.1 Front Components Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1.2 Rear Components Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1.3 Interaction Panel Components Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 1.4 Column and Trolley Components Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1.5 Ventilation Unit Internal Components Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.6 Interaction Panel Internal Components Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Section 2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Gas Inlet Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Mixer Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Interconnection Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Inspiratory Valve Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Safety Valve Block Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Expiratory Valve Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Flow Sensor Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Oxygen Cell Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2.2 Principal Gas Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Components that Manage the Principal Gas Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principal Gas Flow in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Components for the Patient Overpressure Relief Gas Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Components for the Ambient State Gas Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016-03-24
624093/06
2-13 2-14 2-15 2-16
Contents-1
Table of Contents
Components for the Obstructed Alarm State Gas Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Components for the Nebulizer Gas Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2.3 Flow Control and Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Flow Restrictors used for Flow Measurement Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Mixer Block Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Flow Restrictors used for Flow Reduction (Interconnection Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
2.4 Gas Rinse Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Components that Generate the Flow Sensor Rinse Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Components that Generate the Auxiliary Pressure Rinse Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
2.5 Pressure Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Overview of Pressure Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Components that Measure Air and Oxygen Flows to the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Components that Measure Gas Flow and Pressure in the Patient Circuit . . . . . . . . . Components that Measure Gas Flow and Pressure at the Patient Airway . . . . . . . . . Component that Measures Auxiliary Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Component for IntelliCuff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-25 2-26 2-27 2-28 2-29 2-30
Section 3 Electronics: Component Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.2 Ventilation Unit Electronics Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Ventilation Unit Motherboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Power Management Supply (PMS) Components Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Sensor Board Components Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Servo Board Components Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Sensor Backplane Components Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 IntelliCuff Board Components Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Paramagnetic oxygen sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3.3 Interaction Panel Electronics Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Section 4 Lithium Ion Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4.1 Lithium Ion Battery Handling Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.2 Rechargeable Lithium Ion Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Replacing Lithium Ion Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4.3 Battery Charger / Calibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Package Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warnings and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Charger/Calibrator Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Recharge Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Recalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recalibration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recalibration Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-2
4-5 4-5 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-7 4-7 4-7
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Part 2: Preventive Maintenance and Testing Section 5 Preventive Maintenance and Testing Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.2 Checking the Software Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.3 Items Required for Preventive Maintenance and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5.4 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Section 6 Hospital Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Section 7 Engineer Preventive Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Section 8 Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8.1 Starting Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 8.2 VUP Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Software Version VUP02.60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Software Version VUP01.21d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
8.3 Status LED, Relay & Emergency Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 8.4 VRC-VUP Communication Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 8.5 A/D Converter Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 8.6 D/A Converter Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 8.7 Zero & Full-Scale Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 Zero Calibration Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 Full-Scale Calibration Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8.8 O2 cell or paramagnetic oxygen sensor Calibration & Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 8.9 Mixer Calibration & Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 8.10 Heliox leak test 8-23
8.11 Flow Sensor Circuit Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24 8.12 Patient Overpressure Valve Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 Safety valve block 155338 (aluminium type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29 Safety valve block 159605 and 159690 (synthetic material type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30
8.13 Ambient Valve Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31 Active ambient valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31 Ambient valve (previous type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33
8.14 Inspiratory Valve Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34 8.15 Exp Valve Calibration & Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37 8.16 Nebulizer Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39 8.17 Internal Battery / PMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-41 8.18 Extended Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42 8.19 Cuff controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43 Software Version 2.60 or higher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44
8.20 IPP Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45 Software Version IPP02.60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45 Software Version IPP01.21d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-47
2016-03-24
624093/06
Contents-3
Table of Contents
8.21 LCD Display Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-48 8.22 User Interface & Alarm Tone Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49 8.23 Touchscreen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-51 8.24 Event Log & Technical Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52 Event log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black Box record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing the Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing or Exporting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-52 8-53 8-55 8-56
8.25 Update Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-57 8.26 Exit Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-58 8.27 Humidifier Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-59 8.28 SPO2 measurement Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-59 8.29 AERONEB® Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-59 8.30 CO2 Sensor Accuracy Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-59
Section 9 Electrical Safety Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9.2 Visual Checks - Grounding (Earthing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9.3 Internal Cable Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 9.4 Preparation for test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 9.5 Perform the test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 9.6 Device Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 9.7 Electrical Safety Tests - IEC 62353. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Part 3: Component details, repairs, and troubleshooting Section 10 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 10.1 Technical Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 10.2 Technical Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 10.3 Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 10.4 If the Ventilator Does Not Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 10.5 Troubleshooting Voltage Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 10.6 Test Software Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 1: VUP Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 2: Relay & Emergency Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 3: VRC-VUP Communication Checks . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 4: A/D Converter Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 5: D/A Converter Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 6: Zero & Full-Scale Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 7: O2 Cell Calibration & Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 8: Mixer Calibration & Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 9: Flow Sensor Circuit Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 10: Patient Overpressure Valve Checks . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 11: Ambient Valve Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-4
10-57 10-58 10-58 10-59 10-59 10-60 10-60 10-60 10-61 10-61 10-62
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 11: Active Ambient Valve Checks . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 12: Inspiratory Valve Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 13: Exp Valve Calibration & Checks . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 14: Nebulizer Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 15: Internal Battery / PMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 16: Extended Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 17: Cuff Calibration and Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 18: IPP Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 19: LCD Display Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 20: User Interface & Alarm Tone Checks . . . . . Troubleshooting Touch Screen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-62 10-62 10-62 10-63 10-63 10-63 10-64 10-65 10-66 10-66 10-66
Section 11 Components Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 11.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 11.2 Notes on Maintenance and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 11.3 Contents of this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4 11.4 Figures in this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 11.5 Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7 Interaction Panel Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7 Rear Cover Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10 Metal Shield Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13 Power and Communications Cable Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14 ESM Module Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15 Interaction Panel Motherboard Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16 Interaction Panel Motherboard Display jumper setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17 Speaker Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18 LED Driver Board Removal/Assembly since VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19 Backlight voltage inverter Removal/Assembly until VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-20 Alarm Lamp Board Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21 Keys and LED Board Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-22 Display with LED Backlight Removal/Assembly since VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23 LCD Display Removal/Assembly until VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-24 LCD Backlight Removal/Assembly 380025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-25 P&T Control Knob Encoder Removal/Assembly since VU SN 3871 . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-26 P&T Control Knob Encoder Removal/Assembly until VU SN 3870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-27
11.6 Ventilation Unit Covers Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-28 Rail Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Cover Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connector Cover Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Cover Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Chassis Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Cover Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-28 11-29 11-30 11-31 11-32 11-34
11.7 Ventilation Unit Electronic Components Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-35 Sensor Board Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESM Module Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ventilation Unit Motherboard Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Management Supply Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Power Switch Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooling Fan Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speaker Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Battery Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-35 11-36 11-37 11-39 11-40 11-41 11-42 11-43
11.8 Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-45 Expiratory Valve Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nebulizer Valve Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Valve Block Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inspiratory Valve Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016-03-24
624093/06
11-45 11-46 11-47 11-48
Contents-5
Table of Contents
Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Metal Plate Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Sintered Disk Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interconnection Block with Tank Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tank Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Water Trap Bowl/Microfilter Element Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filter Block Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . One-Way Check Valves Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mixer Block 159311 Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mixer Valves 394077 Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mixer Block 159300 Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mixer Valves (from mixer 159300) Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cuff Pressure Controller Filter (282015) Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-49 11-50 11-51 11-52 11-53 11-55 11-56 11-57 11-58 11-59 11-60 11-61 11-62 11-63
11.9 Ventilation Unit Column Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-64 Power Strip Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended Battery Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Battery Holder Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ventilation Unit Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Column to Trolley Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheels Removal/Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-64 11-65 11-66 11-67 11-69 11-71
Part 4: Appendixes Appendix A Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 A.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 A.2 Standard Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 A.3 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 IC Extractor Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Potentiometer Adjustment Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Digital Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Electrical Safety Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 ESD (ElectroStatic Discharge) Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Calibration of Test Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
Appendix B Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 B.1 Introduction to Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 B.2 Major Components S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2 S1 since VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2 S1 VU SN #3871 - 5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
B.3 Major Components G5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4 G5 since VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4 G5 VU SN #3871 - 5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5 G5 VU SN #1000 - 3870
Contents-6
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-6
S1 IP 159109 since VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7
B.5 Major Components of the Interaction Panel S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8 S1 IP 159107 until VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
B.6 Major Components of the Interaction Panel G5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-9 G5 IP 159108 since VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-9
B.7 Major Components of the Interaction Panel G5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10 G5 IP 159106 VU SN #3871 - 5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
B.8 Major Components of the Interaction Panel G5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-11 G5 IP 159105 VU SN #1000 - 3870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-11
B.9 Major Components of the Ventilation Unit S1 and G5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12 since VU SN #3871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12
B.10 Major Components of the Column S1 and G5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14 Universal Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
B.11 Interaction Panel Parts Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15 Swivel Mount since VU SN #3871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15 Swivel Mount VU SN #2871 - 3780 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15 Swivel Mount SN #1000 - 2870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16 S1 Front Cover with Touchscreen 159543 since VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16 S1 Front Cover with Touchscreen 159498 until VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16 G5 Front Cover with Touchscreen 159542 since VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-17 G5 Front Cover with Touchscreen 159504 VU SN #3871 - 5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-17 G5 Front Cover with Touchscreen 159209 VU SN #1000 - 3870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-17 Rear Cover S1 and G5 since VU SN #3871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-17 Rear Cover VU SN #1000 - 3870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18 Metal Support Bracket since VU SN #3871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-19 Metal Support Bracket VU SN #1000 - 3870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-19 Interaction Panel Motherboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-19 IP&T Control Knob Encoder since VU SN #3871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-20 P&T Control Knob Encoder VU SN #1000 - 3870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-20 LED Driver Board since VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-20 Backlight Inverter until VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-20 Alarm Lamp Assembly159254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-21 LCD with LED backlight since VU SN #5314 : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-21 LCD with CFL backlight until VU SN #5314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-21
B.12 Ventilation Unit Parts Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-23 Top Cover since VU SN #3871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-23 Top Cover VU SN #1000 - 3870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-23 Rear Cover since VU SN #3871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-24 Rear Cover VU SN #1000 - #3870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-24 Front Cover since VU SN #3871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-25 Front Cover VU SN #1000 - 3870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-26 Patient Terminal Cover since VU SN #3871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-26 Patient Terminal Cover VU SN #1000 - VU SN #3870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-27 Cuff Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-27 Front Frame Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28 Mixer Block Assembly 159311 part 1 since VU SN #1621 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28 Mixer Block Assembly 159311 part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-29 Mixer Block Assembly 159300 VU SN #1000- VU SN #1620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-30 Interconnection Block Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-31 Inspiratory Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-33 Safety Valve Block Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-33 Safety Valve Block Assembly (Active Ambient Valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-33 Expiratory Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-33 Nebulizer Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-34 Sensor Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-34 Ventilation Unit Motherboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-35 Power Management Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-36
2016-03-24
624093/06
Contents-7
Table of Contents
Patient Support Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-36
CO2 mounting bracket 36 B.13 Column Parts Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-37 Tank Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable humidifier holder long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable humidifier holder short . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ventilair Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Column Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended Battery supply housing since VU SN 3871. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended Battery supply housing VU SN 1000 - VU SN 3870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G5 Universal Trolley Base since unit SN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G5 Universal Trolley Base unit SN 3871 - SN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G5 Universal Trolley Base until unit SN 3870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G5 Standard Trolley Base since unit SN
B-37 B-37 B-37 B-37 B-38 B-38 B-38 B-38 B-39 B-39 B-39 B-39
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-40
G5 Standard Trolley Base until unit SN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-40
B.14 Detailed Parts Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-41 Tubing and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-41 Clamps and Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-45 Pneumatic Parts and Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-47 Flow Restrictors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-50 Assembled Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-51 Colored Metal Rings and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-55 Spacers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-57 O-Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-58 Rubber Seals, Grommets and Metal Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-60 Metal Brackets and Frame Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-62 Electrical/Electronic Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-66 Electronic Printed Circuit Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-70 Electrical/Electronic Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-74 External Covers and External Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-79 Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-89 Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-98 Cylinder Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-99 Washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-100
Appendix C Stickers Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 C.1 Stickers Interaction Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
Contents-8
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Appendix D Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1 Appendix E Software Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 E.1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 E.2 General rules for software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2 Checking compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2
E.3 Software version 2.x. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 Software version 2.60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 Software version 2.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4 Software version 2.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5 Software version 2.31 *no longer available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6 Software version 2.20 *no longer available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7 Software version 2.11*no longer available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8 Software version 2.10e *no longer available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9 Software version 2.02a *no longer available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10 Software version 2.01e *no longer available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-11 Software version 2.00p *no longer available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-12
E.4 Software version 1.x. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-13 Software version 1.21d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-13 Software version 1.20e *no longer available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-14 Software version 1.10d *no longer available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-15 Software version 1.04b *no longer available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-16
E.5 Software recovery procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-17 Software recovery procedure 2.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-17
Appendix F
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hardware revisions F-1
F.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1 F.2 Component history chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2 3 Component change details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8
Appendix G Test Points and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1 G.1 Test Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1 G.2 Ventilation unit motherboard LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4 G.3 IntelliCuff board LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
Appendix H Default configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1 H.1 H.2 H.3 H.4 H.5 H.6
2016-03-24
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set default configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Export default configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Import default configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify transferred defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
624093/06
H-1 H-1 H-1 H-5 H-5 H-5
Contents-9
Table of Contents
Appendix I HAMILTON-G5/S1 Initial testing procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-1 Appendix J HAMILTON-G5/S1 Standard testing procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1 Appendix K HAMILTON-G5/S1 Electrical safety check procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-1 Appendix L HAMILTON-G5/S1 test report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-1 Glossary Index
Contents-10
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Conventions Notes, Cautions and Warnings Note This format emphasizes information of particular importance. CAUTION This format alerts the user to the possibility of a problem with the device associated with its use or misuse, such as device malfunction, device failure, damage to the device, or damage to other property. WARNING This format alerts the user to the possibility of injury, death, or other serious adverse reactions associated with the user or misuse of the device.
Typographic Conventions Effect Courier, bold
Italic
Bold
Example
Function
Configuration
Marks text quoted directly from the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator screen.
HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Operator’s Manual
Marks the names of other documents.
Appendix A, Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment
Marks text that is a quotation from within the manual. In this example, it is part of a cross-reference.
Tank
Marks a term that is in the glossary. If you are using a PDF file to view this, you can hyperlink to the glossary by clicking on these items.
TRIGGER
Marks text that is quoted directly from: • The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator case • A touch key • A printed circuit board
2016-03-24
Bold, italic
Select only the first column.
Emphasizes important text.
Number Sequence
1. Step one in a sequence
Organizes the performance of actions into steps.
Letter Sequence
A. Identifies part A
2. Step two in a sequence Used in photos and illustrations to identify the topic being discussed and relates to specific text.
B. Identifies part B
624093/06
Conventions-1
Conventions
Expressions Expression Activate
Example Activate LED ON/OFF.
Explanation Using the Control Knob, you must first select the LED ON/OFF Button on the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator’s screen, and then press the Control Knob. The button on the screen changes its appearance, so that it looks “pressed”. It now performs its function (turning the LED ON in this case). Sometimes you are told to “activate and set” a field. In this case you first activate the field, and then turn the P&T Control Knob to set a value.
Deactivate
Deactivate LED ON/OFF.
With LED ON/OFF still selected and activated, you must press the Control Knob again. The button on the screen changes its appearance, so that it looks “unpressed”. It stops performing its function (turning the LED OFF in this case).
Select
Select LED ON/OFF.
Pressing the Touchscreen to select the LED ON/OFF Button.
De-select
De-select LED ON/OFF.
Pressing the Touchscreen to de-select the LED ON/OFF Button.
Pressure
Patient Pressure is 80 mbar.
Pressure refers to the amount of pressure above ambient pressure. If the Patient Pressure (Ppat) is 80 mbar, it means the pressure is 80 mbar above the ambient (room) pressure.
Software version
VUP ver. VUP01.00
The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator contains a number of memory devices that hold software. The software in each device is identified by its version number.
Update
This kit enables an update to an existing function.
An update is an improvement to an existing function. An update normally involves only software. A software update is generally a revision number increment in a digit after the decimal point.
Upgrade
This kit enables an upgrade to implement a new function.
An upgrade is the addition of new functions to a device. There are three ways to perform an upgrade:
IPP ver. IPP01.00
• Add a hardware item that offers additional functions. • Upgrade to a higher software revision. This is indicated by a higher value before the decimal point. • Upgrade to a higher type of software. *
Conventions-2
With this kit, you can update or upgrade from software version.
Unless otherwise stated, a syntax variable (“wild card”) indicates the use of any alpha-numeric character.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Graphics Effect
Explanation Indicates tubing that is not part of the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator, but that you must provide as part of your test equipment. The junction (indicated with an arrow) can be a T-piece. For details of the tubing and T-pieces you can use, see Appendix A, Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment.
2016-03-24
624093/06
Conventions-3
Conventions
Conventions-4
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Foreword The HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual: The HAMITLON-S1 is based on the same hard- and software from the HAMILTON-G5. Except of the following points which are different: - Front panel color - Software features
Note On following pages the HAMILTON-S1 is not mention separately. For example „The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Service Manual is for“ means also „The HAMILTON-S1 Ventilator Service Manual is for“.
The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Service Manual is for: Engineers who have successfully completed a Hamilton Medical AG Service Training Course for the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. Training courses are held regularly in Bonaduz, Switzerland, at HAMILTON MEDICAL’s headquarters, and at other locations throughout the world. For more information, visit the partner section of the Hamilton Medical AG Web Site (http://www.hamilton-medical.com). Note If you have questions about testing or any part of this manual, contact Hamilton Medical AG ([email protected]).
The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Service Manual contains: The architecture and components of the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. In addition, information on testing, troubleshooting and repairing the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. Appendices. WARNING Do not remove, repair, or perform maintenance tasks on any component while the device is used on a patient. Service the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator only as described in this manual, using only parts approved or supplied by Hamilton Medical AG International Web Site (http://www.hamilton-medical.com). Incorrectly repaired parts, components or assemblies could result in patient injury.
The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Service Manual does not contain: Information about operating the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. See the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Operator’s Manual for operating instructions.
This HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Service Manual covers: The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Software versions 1.xx - 2.60.
2016-03-24
624093/06
Foreword-1
Foreword
The HAMILTON-G5 Service Manual Overview: Section
Description
Your responsibility
Section 1, HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Overview
Theory of operations for the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator.
Fully understand this section.
Section 2, Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
A description of pneumatic components and the gas flows, flow measurements, and pressure measurements in the pneumatic circuits.
Understand the functions of all major pneumatic components.
Section 3, Electronics: Component Functions
A description of ventilator electronics, including printed circuit boards. Printed circuit boards are not repaired in the field.
Understand the functions and of all circuit boards.
Section 5, Preventive Maintenance and Testing Overview
Maintenance schedule for the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator.
Follow the maintenance schedule for the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator.
Section 7, Engineer Preventive Maintenance
Maintenance procedures.
Understand and perform all maintenance procedures.
Section 8, Test Mode
How to perform Test mode software tests.
Understand and perform Test mode software tests.
Section 9, Electrical Safety Checks
Electrical safety tests for the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator, to be performed following repairs.
Understand and perform all electrical safety tests.
Section 10, Troubleshooting
How to troubleshoot the ventilator using technical faults, LEDs, and general symptoms.
Use this section to understand what repairs are required.
Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly
How to remove and assemble each major component.
Use this section to make disassemble and reassemble the ventilator.
Appendix A, Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment
Required equipment for servicing the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator.
Use the correct tools and test equipment.
Appendix B, Spare Parts
Information resource.
Refer to this section when ordering spare parts.
Appendix D, Diagrams
Information resource.
Reference.
Glossary
Descriptions of many of terms used in this manual.
Reference.
HAMILTON-G5 Initial testing procedure
Checklist of tests to perform when installing a HAMILTON-G5 ventilator.
Complete the checklist when installing a new ventilator.
Standard testing procedure
Test report for use with Test mode and electrical safety tests.
Complete the test report when performing electrical safety and Test mode tests.
Foreword-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Part 1: General Description
2016-03-24
624093/06
HAMILTON-G5 Service Manual
Section
1
1
HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Overview
1.1
Front Components Overview
Figure 1-1. Front Panel Components Overview
2016-03-24
A
Flow Sensor Connections
B
Nebulizer Connection
C
Auxilliary Pressure Sensor Connection
D
Connection to the Patient
E
Optional Interface Adapters (for example, CO2 Module)
F
Expiratory Valve Cover Connection from the Patient
G
Status LEDs
H
IntelliCuff® connector
624093/06
1-1
1 HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Overview
1.2
Rear Components Overview
Figure 1-2. Rear Panel Components Overview
A
Fan and Filter
B
Oxygen Cell Sensor and Cover
C
Mains Power Inlet with Fuses
D
Power and Communication Cable connection for the Interaction Panel
E
RJ45 Connection (for Internal Use Only)
F
Ground (Earth) Connector
G
Special Interface
H
RS 232 Interface Connection 1
I
RS 232 Interface Connection 2
J
Mains Power Switch
K
Mixer Block Assembly Gas Inlet adapters: •DISS •NIST
1-2
L
Water Trap Bowls with Microfilter and Water Relief Valve
M
Tank Overpressure Relief Valve with Sintered Disk
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Components Overview
1.3
Interaction Panel Components Overview
Figure 1-3. Interaction Panel Components Overview
A
Alarm Lamp •Yellow - Medium and Low Priority Alarms •Red - High Priority Alarms and Technical Faults •Blue - Indicates the use of Heliox
2016-03-24
B
15” TFT Display with Backlight
C
Compact Flash Socket
D
USB Socket
E
Digital Video Interface - Integrated (DVI-I)
F
Hard Keys
G
P&T Control Knob
H
Power and Communications Cable (not shown)
624093/06
1-3
1 HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Overview
1.4
Column and Trolley Components Overview
Figure 1-4. Column and Trolley Components Overview
Column Options (to be ordered separately) A
Extended Battery
B
Power Strip
C
Cable Support Bracket
Accessories D
Basket
Additional Options and Accessories not shown are: •Gas Cylinder Mounting Kit for Air and Oxygen •Ventilair II (requires mounting kit) •Humidifier •Patient Circuit Heater
1-4
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Internal Components Overview
1.5
Ventilation Unit Internal Components Overview
Figure 1-5. Left Side Internal Components Overview
2016-03-24
A
Mixer Valves
B
Mixer Block Assembly
C
Inspiratory Valve Assembly including Servo Board
D
Interconnection Block Assembly
E
Oxygen Sensor Calibration Valves
F
Tank
G
Nebulizer Valve
H
Safety Valve Block
I
Internal Battery
J
Sensor Board
K
Expiratory Valve
624093/06
1-5
1 HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Overview
Figure 1-6. Right Side Internal Components Overview
L
Ventilation Unit (VU) Motherboard
M
Cooling Fan
N
ESM (Embedded System Module)
O
Power Management Supply
P
Loudspeaker
Q
Emergency Buzzer
Additional options not shown are: •Heliox •CO2 Measurement •Cuff Pressure Controller
1-6
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Internal Components Overview
1.6
Interaction Panel Internal Components Overview
Figure 1-7. Interaction Panel Internal Components Overview
First version of interaction panel shown.
2016-03-24
A
Alarm Lamp Board
B
15” TFT Display
C
LED Driver Board or Backlight Inverter Board
D
Loudspeaker
E
P & T Control Knob Encoder
F
Power and Communications Cable
G
Interaction Panel Motherboard
H
ESM (Embedded System Module)
I
Keys and LED Board
624093/06
1-7
1 HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Overview
1-8
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Section
2
2
Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.1
Overview This section introduces all the major pneumatic components in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. In addition, the gas flows and theory of operation are explained. Note The figures in this section show exploded and transparent views of the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator components. The exploded diagrams may not always show components in their correct positions. WARNING Repair of parts, components or assemblies is not permitted by HAMILTON MEDICAL AG, as incorrectly repaired parts, components or assemblies could result in patient injury. See available spare parts in Appendix B, Spare Parts.
2016-03-24
624093/06
2-1
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.1.1
Gas Inlet Assembly Overview
Figure 2-1. Gas Inlet Assembly Overview
The Gas Inlet Assembly makes a gas-tight connection with the external air and oxygen supplies.
2-2
A
The Oxygen Connector is standardized to prevent cross-connection with the Air Connector.
B
The Air Connector is standardized to prevent cross-connection with the Oxygen Connector.
C
The Gas Microfilters remove dust particles from the air and oxygen gases.
D
The Water Trap Bowls collect any condensed water from the air and oxygen gases.
E
The Release Valves allow emptying water from the Water Trap Bowl and a convenient way to test for gas pressure.
F
Drain Tubing.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Overview
2.1.2
Mixer Block Overview
Figure 2-2. Mixer Block Overview
The Mixer Block and Mixer Valves control the flow of air and oxygen into the Tank.
2016-03-24
A
The One-Way Check Valves prevent gas from flowing back into the external supply.
B
The Mixer Valves alternate switching ON and OFF to control the air or oxygen flowing into the Tank. The Mixer Valves are never ON at the same time.
C
Outlet to supply Oxygen for the Nebulizer flow and for Oxygen Cell Calibration without Orifice FLow Restrictor.
D
Outlet to supply Air for Oxygen Cell Calibration with Orifice Flow Restrictor and Filter.
E
Flow Restrictor Metal Sintered Disk.
F
Outlet connections to the dP Mixer Differential Pressure Sensor located on the Sensor Board.
G
Outlet connection to the Interconnection Block to pass the air or oxygen into the Tank.
624093/06
2-3
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.1.3
Interconnection Block Overview
Figure 2-3. Interconnection Block Overview
The Interconnection Block provides interconnections for various flows, contains Flow Restrictors for Rinse Flows and the Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves. The following interconnections are made:
2-4
A
Exhaust from Oxygen Cell.
B
Oxygen Cell.
C
Sintered Disk as Muffler for the Tank Overpressure Relief Valve.
D
Tank Overpressure Relief Valve.
E
Air Inlet for Oxygen Cell Calibration.
F
Outlet for Auxiliary Rinse Flow.
G
Valve to control the oxygen flow for Oxygen Cell Calibration.
H
Valve to control the air flow for Oxygen Cell Calibration.
I
Oxygen inlet for Nebulizer and Oxygen Cell Calibration.
J
Pressure Regulator - reduces Oxygen pressure to 2 bar for output to the Nebulizer and for Oxygen Cell Calibration.
K
Inlet tubing connection from the Mixer Block.
L
Nebulizer Outlet ,with Orifice as Flow Restrictor behind the outlet, to the Nebulizer Valve.
M
Rinse Flow outlets, with Flow Restrictors, for the Flow Sensor.
N
Metal Plate (used to switch the Auxiliary Pressure Measurement Rinse Flow ON or OFF).
O
Tank - Air and Oxygen are mixed inside the Tank. Maximum volume is 5.5 Liters with a pressure of 200 to 340 mbar. The Tank buffers the mixed gas flow for delivery to the Patient Breathing Circuit.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Overview
2.1.4
Inspiratory Valve Overview
Figure 2-4. Inspiratory Valve Overview
The Inspiratory Valve precisely controls the volume and pressure of the air/oxygen mixture from the Tank to the Patient Breathing Circuit. The Inspiratory Valve contains the following components:
2016-03-24
A
Magnet
B
Positioning Coil
C
Position Sensing Device
D
Gas Flow inlet connection from Tank (from the Interconnection Block)
E
Variable Orifice for gas flow control to the Patient Breathing Circuit
F
dP Servo Differential Pressure Sensor connectors
G
Outlet connection to the Safety Valve Block
624093/06
2-5
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.1.5
Safety Valve Block Overview
Figure 2-5. Safety Valve Block Overview
The Safety Valve Block contains the Active Ambient Valve and Patient Overpressure Relief Valve. The Active Ambient Valve enables the patient to inhale ambient air - if able to do so - if there is a failure of the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator to operate properly. When unpowered, it allows the patient to inspire ambient air. In case of an obstructed alarm the valve will be actively opened by lifting the ambient valve disc. This allows the patient to exhale through the ambient valve. The Patient Overpressure Relief Valve prevents the pressure in the Patient Breathing Circuit from reaching a very high pressure. If there is an overpressure in the Patient Breathing Circuit, which exceeds 110mbar, the Patient Overpressure Relief Valve opens and releases the excess pressure. This valve functions as an additional backup to the pressure limits set by the user. The Safety Valve Block consists of:
2-6
A
The Gas Flow from the Inspiratory Valve through the Safety Valve Block to the Patient Breathing Circuit
B
Ambient Valve Solenoid
C
Ambient Valve
D
Outlet connection to the Patient Breathing Circuit
E
Inlet connection from the Inspiratory Valve
F
Patient Overpressure Relief Valve
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Overview
2.1.6
Expiratory Valve Overview
Figure 2-6. Expiratory Valve Overview
The Expiratory Valve enables gas to escape from the Patient Breathing Circuit in a controlled manner, allowing the patient to exhale. The Expiratory Valve consists of: A
Magnet
B
Positioning Coil
C
Plunger
D
Silicone Membrane (not shown)
E
Patient Breathing Circuit connection
The Expiratory Valve has three states: • Open: The Valve Plunger applies no force to the Silicone Membrane • PEEP/CPAP: The plunger applies the required force to the Silicone Membrane. The patient pressure can fall no lower than the required PEEP/CPAP value. This mode can be used during expiration. • Closed: The Valve Plunger applies full force to the Silicone Membrane. Expiration gases cannot pass through the valve. This mode is only used during inspiration. WARNING To ensure that the ventilator maintains full contol of PEEP/CPAP, never attach a Spirometer or any other device or tube to the exhaust port of the Expiratory Valve.
2016-03-24
624093/06
2-7
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.1.7
Flow Sensor Overview
Figure 2-7. Flow Sensor Overview
The Flow Sensor is used to calculate the Gas Flow to and from the patient and measure the Gas Pressure at a point near (proximal) to the patient’s airway. The Flow Sensor generates a pressure difference which is measured by the dP Flow Differential Pressure Sensor located on the Sensor Board. A
Blue Tube - Proximal side measures dP Flow Differential Pressure and Paw
B
Clear Tube - Distal side measures dP Flow Differential Pressure
C
Variable Orifice Membrane
D
Two-way Gas Flow connection on the Distal side of the Flow Sensor
E
Two-way Gas Flow connection on the Proximal side of the Flow Sensor
Note Ventilation is not totally dependent on the Flow Sensor. If the Flow Sensor malfunctions, patient ventilation continues. The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator has an internal flow measurement at the Inspiratory Valve for Inspiratory Flow.
2-8
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Overview
2.1.8
Oxygen Cell Overview
Figure 2-8. Oxygen Cell Overview
The Oxygen Cell (A) is attached to the rear of the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator into the Interconnection Block, and is protected by the Oxygen Cell Cover (B). It is used to monitor the oxygen concentration in the gases delivered to the patient. The Oxygen Cell performs only a monitoring function, and can be temporarily disabled if required. A
Oxygen Cell
B
Oxygen Cell Cover
Oxygen Cells is available from HAMILTON MEDICAL AG: • HAMILTON-G oxygen cell • WARNING The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator should never be used for ventilating a patient without some means of monitoring the oxygen content in the gas mixture delivered to the patient. Both are Galvanic Oxygen Cells, and produce a voltage between 5 and 17mV at 21%O2 which changes with oxygen concentration. Each unit comprises a teflon-bonded gold cathode and a lead anode, submerged in a liquid electrolyte solution. When oxygen diffuses through the fluoropolymer membrane, the electrochemical reduction of oxygen on the cathode and the corresponding oxidation of the anode generates an electrical current that is proportional to the concentration of oxygen.
2016-03-24
624093/06
2-9
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.1.9
Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves Overview
Figure 2-9. Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves Overview
The Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves control the flow of gases to the Oxygen Cell for O2 Cell Calibration. • When both valves are OFF, they provide a flow of the air/oxygen mixture from the Tank to the Oxygen Cell for monitoring • When the Oxygen Valve is ON, it provides a flow of Oxygen from the Oxygen Inlet to the Oxygen Cell for Oxygen Cell Calibration • When the Air Valve is ON, it provides a flow of Air from the Air Inlet to the Oxygen Cell for Oxygen Cell Calibration
2-10
A
Oxygen Cell Calibration - Oxygen Valve
B
Oxygen Cell Calibration - Air Valve
C
Tubing to connect the Oxygen from the Mixer Block to the Pressure Regulator
D
Tubing to connect the Air to the Interconnection Block
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Overview
2.1.10
Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Overview
Figure 2-10. Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Overview
The Tank Overpressure Relief Valve is located at the rear of the Interconnection Block. It is a mechanical device that releases excess pressure from the Tank. Valve opening pressure is below 500mbar. A Sintered Disk attached after the valve acts as a sound absorber. The Tank Overpressure Relief Valve includes: A
Sintered Disk Tank
B
Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Housing
C
Adjustment Ring
D
Tension Spring
E
Tank Overpressure Relief Valve
Opening of the Tank Overpressure Relief Valve can occur in two circumstances: • When the air/oxygen mixture setting is changed, the Tank is flushed with air or oxygen to achieve the required mixture as quickly as possible. • During an internal failure in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator, for instance, the non-closure of one of the Mixer Valves. CAUTION Do not attempt to repair the Tank Overpressure Relief Valve. Hamilton Medical AG does not permit anyone to make any repairs in the field at a level lower than the smallest parts provided in Appendix B, Spare Parts.
CAUTION
2016-03-24
624093/06
2-11
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.2
Principal Gas Flow The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator regulates the flow of gases at three points, as represented in the diagram in Figure 2-11. Compressed oxygen (A) and air (B) are supplied from an external supply. The flow of these gases are regulated at three points: Air and oxygen inlets (C - Mixer) and into the Tank (D) Air and oxygen mixture to the patient (E - Inspiratory Valve) Expired gas from the patient (F - Expiratory Valve) Expired gases from the patient are allowed to escape into the room.
Figure 2-11. Principal Gas Flow
The “Principal Gas Flow” is the flow of air and oxygen into the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator, out to the patient, and back through the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator to the room. This flow is managed by components that regulate the gases at three points: • Air and oxygen inlets at the Mixer Valves • Gas to the patient at the Inspiratory Valve • Gas from the patient at the Expiratory Valve The following section provides details of the components that manage the “Principal Gas Flow”.
2-12
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Principal Gas Flow
2.2.1
Components that Manage the Principal Gas Flow The main components that control the flow of gases through the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator are shown in Figure 2-12.
Figure 2-12. Components that Manage the Principal Gas Flow
The components have the following functions:
2016-03-24
A Air
Air from an external pressurized source.
B Oxygen
Oxygen from an external pressurized source.
C Mixer Valves
Regulate the flow of air (A) and oxygen (B) into the ventilator.
D Tank
Reservoir, smoothes the flow of air and oxygen through the ventilator, and provides a place for the gases to mix.
E Inspiratory Valve
Measures and Regulates the flow of the air/oxygen mixture to the patient and the pressure during inspiration. It regulates the Base Flow during expiration.
F Patient Circuit
Supplies air/oxygen gas mixture to the patient, and removes exhalation gases from the patient. Gases move in one direction in the Patient Circuit.
G Flow Sensor
The Flow Sensor monitors the flow of gases to and from the patient’s airway.
H Patient
The patient breathes in and out (inhales and exhales) with the assistance of the ventilator.
I
Regulates the flow of expiratory gases from the patient into the room. The Expiratory Valve is closed during inspiration and regulates PEEP during expiration.
Expiratory Valve
624093/06
2-13
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.2.2
Principal Gas Flow in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator
Figure 2-13. Principal Gas Flow in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator
The following flow occurs in the “Principal Gas Flow”:
2-14
A
From the Air and Oxygen supplies
B
Through the Mixer Block, controlled by the Mixer Valves
C
Through the Interconnection Block
D
Into the Tank for mixing
E
From the Tank to the Inspiratory Valve
F
Through the Safety Valve Block
G
Patient Bacterial Filter
H
Into the Patient Breathing Circuit
I
Expired gas to the Expiratory Valve
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Principal Gas Flow
2.2.3
Components for the Patient Overpressure Relief Gas Flow
Figure 2-14. Components for the Patient Overpressure Gas Flow
If the pressure from the Inspiratory Valve into the Safety Valve for the Patient Breathing Circuit is too high (approximately 110 mbar), the Patient Overpressure Relief Valve will open to release any excess pressure to the room. The Patient Overpressure Valve: • Limits the pressure in the Patient Circuit • Is a mechanical valve • Opens at approximately 110 mbar Functions as an additional backup to the pressure limit set by the user for the Patient Circuit. A
Gases from the Inspiratory Valve
B
Safety Valve Block
C
Patient Overpressure Relief Valve
D
Excess pressure to the room
WARNING Do not attempt to repair the Patient Overpressure Relief Valve, as patient injury could result. Hamilton Medical AG does not permit repairs in the field at a level lower than the smallest parts provided in Appendix B, Spare Parts.
2016-03-24
624093/06
2-15
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.2.4
Components for the Ambient State Gas Flow
Figure 2-15. Components for the Ambient State Gas Flow
If there is a complete failure of ventilation, the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator goes into Ambient State. In the Ambient State, the Ambient Valve in the Safety Valve Block is unpowered, allowing the patient to inspire ambient air (if able to do so) through the Ambient Disc. The Ambient Valve Membrane has a one-way flow which only allows ambient air to flow from the room into the Patient Breathing Circuit. In the Ambient State, the Expiratory Valve is also unpowered, enabling gas to escape from the Patient Breathing Circuit in a controlled manner, allowing the patient to exhale into the room. The Expiratory Valve Silicone Membrane has a one-way flow from the Patient Breathing Circuit. Additionally, the Inspiratory Valve completely closes and the Mixer Valves prevent Oxygen and Air from entering the Tank. The one-way function of the Ambient Valve and Expiratory Valve make sure the patient does not inhale his exhaled CO2 (re-breathing).
2-16
A
Safety Valve Block Assembly
B
Expiratory Valve Assembly
C
Ambient Valve
D
Ambient Valve Disc
E
Ambient air from the room
F
Into Patient Breathing Circuit
G
Expiratory Valve
H
From Patient Breathing Circuit
I
Expired gas to the room
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Principal Gas Flow
2.2.5
Components for the Obstructed Alarm State Gas Flow
Figure 2-16. Components for the Obstructed Alarm State Gas Flow
If there is an obstructed alarm (H: expiration through expiration valve blocked), the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator actively opens the ambient valve (lifting the active ambient valve disc) allowing the patient to expire through the ambient valve.
2016-03-24
A
Safety Valve Block Assembly
B
Expiratory Valve Assembly
C
Ambient Valve
D
Active Ambient Valve Disc
E
Ambient air from the room
F
From Patient Breathing Circuit
G
Expiratory Valve
H
From Patient Breathing Circuit obstructed
I
Expired gas to the room
624093/06
2-17
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.2.6
Components for the Nebulizer Gas Flow
Figure 2-17. Nebulizer Output Overview
The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator provides Oxygen with sufficient pressure to drive the Nebulizer Jar. Oxygen flows from the Mixer Block and is reduced to 2 bar by the Pressure Regulator, then enters the Interconnection Block with Orifice for limiting flow to the Nebulizer. The Oxygen flows through the output connector, the tubing to the Nebulizer Valve. The valve controls the flow to the Nebulizer Jar through the output connector at the Front Panel.
2-18
A
Mixer Block
B
Pressure Regulator
C
Interconnection Block with Orifice
D
Tubing to the Nebulizer Valve
E
Nebulizer Valve
F
Nebulizer Front Panel connector
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Flow Control and Pressure Control
2.3
Flow Control and Pressure Control Some HAMILTON MEDICAL ventilators are flow-controlled, and some are pressure-controlled. The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator is a Flow-controlled ventilator. Flow-controlled ventilators measure the flow of gas through the Inspiratory Valve into the Patient Circuit, stops the flow after the correct volume of gas has entered the Patient Circuit, and then opens the Expiratory Valve to enable the patient to expire. The advantage of flow-controlled ventilation is that the flow of air to the patient can be set with great precision. The determination of gas flow in HAMILTON MEDICAL AG equipment is made by a calculation based on the measurement of a pressure differential across a known restriction (Flow Restrictor). There are different types of Flow Restrictors and are used for different purposes. A
A precisely match set of “Sintered Pill” Flow Restrictors use to produce Rinse Flow
B
An “Orifice” Flow Restrictor which functions the same as the Sintered Pill
C
A “Sintered Disk” Flow Restrictor to produce a pressure drop
D
A “Sintered Disk” used for sound reduction
E
A “Variable Orifice” Flow Restrictor to control gas flow
Figure 2-18. Different Flow Restrictors
2016-03-24
624093/06
2-19
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.3.1
Flow Restrictors used for Flow Measurement Overview
Figure 2-19. Flow Restrictors used for Flow Measurement Overview
Flow Restrictors are designed to reduce the flow of gases passing through them. Flow Restrictors used for flow measurement are in:
2-20
A
The Mixer Block to create a differential pressure measured by the dP Mixer Differential Pressure Sensor on the Sensor Board to calculate the flow of air or oxygen from the Mixer Valves to the Tank.
B
The Inspiratory Valve, where a Variable Orifice creates a differential pressure measured by the dP Servo Differential Pressure Sensor on the Servo Board to calculate the flow of the Air/Oxygen Mixture from the Tank to the Patient Breathing Circuit.
C
Flap in the Flow Sensor (not shown) works as a variable (flexible) resistance to make flow/pressure relation proportional.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Flow Control and Pressure Control
2.3.2
Mixer Block Connectors
Figure 2-20. Mixer Block Connectors
Connectors in the Mixer Block: A
2016-03-24
Connector for the Air to the Interconnection Block with Flow Restrictor.
624093/06
2-21
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.3.3
Flow Restrictors used for Flow Reduction (Interconnection Block)
Figure 2-21. Flow Restrictors for Flow Reduction Overview
Flow Restrictors, all of which are in the Interconnection Block, for the purpose of reducing flow are:
2-22
A
A Sintered Disk in the Tank Overpressure Relief Valve which is used as a muffler.
B
A Restrictive Orifice for the Oxygen flow to the Oxygen Cell Calibration Valve for Oxygen Cell Calibration.
C
A Sintered Pill for the gas mixture from the Tank to the Oxygen Cell to monitor actual O2 Tank Concentration.
D
A Sintered Pill for the Paux outlet (for the Auxiliary Rinse Flow).
E
The Pressure Regulator reduces the Oxygen Pressure to 2 bar.
F
A Restrictive Orifice for the Oxygen Flow to the Nebulizer Valve.
G
Two precisely matched Sintered Pills for the Flow Sensor Rinse Flow (part of the connectors).
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Gas Rinse Flows
2.4 2.4.1
Gas Rinse Flows Components that Generate the Flow Sensor Rinse Flow
Figure 2-22. Components that Generate the Flow Sensor Rinse Flow
The Flow Restrictors for the Rinse Flow are contained in the Interconnection Block behind the Rinse Flow connectors. They allow a constant small flow of gas (approximately 25ml/min at 320 mbar) from the Tank through both tubes to the Flow Sensor. The Rinse Flow eliminates the possibility of contamination from the patient, condensing humidity in the measuring tubes and cross-contamination to other patients. A
Flow Restrictors for Rinse Flow (part of the Rinse Flow connectors).
B
Rinse Flow connectors.
CAUTION Flow Restrictors for Rinse Flow are provided as a precisely matched set and the set must be replaced together at the same time.
2016-03-24
624093/06
2-23
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.4.2
Components that Generate the Auxiliary Pressure Rinse Flow
Figure 2-23. Components that Generate the Auxiliary Rinse Flow
The Auxiliary Rinse Flow provides an alternative method of measuring the patients pressure. A Flow Restrictor in the Interconnection Block provides a constant small flow of gas (approximately 10ml/min at 320 mbar) from the Tank for the Auxiliary Rinse Flow. The Auxiliary Rinse Flow eliminates the possibility of contamination from the patient, condensing humidity in the measuring tubes and cross-contamination to other patients. A metal plate can be reversed to switch ON or OFF the Auxiliary Rinse Flow. The plate is shipped in the OFF Position (Factory Setting). To switch the plate, remove the 2 Hex Allen screws and rotate the plate on the vertical axis. • The O showing on the outside indicates the flow is OFF, and the Paux Pressure Sensor can be used for Esophageal measurements • The I showing on the outside indicates the flow is ON, and the Paux Pressure Sensor can be used for Auxiliary measurements Re-install the O-Ring to the cutout on the side facing the Interconnection Block. Re-attach with the 2 Hex Allen screws. A
Auxiliary Pressure Rinse Flow connector
B
Flow Restrictor for the Auxiliary Pressure Rinse Flow
C
Metal Plate
WARNING For Esophageal measurement, the metal plate must be switched to the OFF position (Factory Setting) to stop the Auxiliary Rinse Flow, indicated by the letter O on the outside of the Metal Plate. No Auxiliary Rinse Flow is provided. If the Metal Plate is in the ON position when performing an Esophageal measurement, the patient could be injured.
2-24
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Pressure Measurements
2.5 2.5.1
Pressure Measurements Overview of Pressure Sensors The following table lists all the pressure sensors in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator: Name
Location
Comment
dP Mixer
Sensor board
Measures differential pressure across the Mixer Block.
dP Servo
Servo board
Measures differential pressure across the Inspiratory Valve.
Ppat
Servo board
Measures pressure at the Inspiratory Valve outlet.
dP Flow Sensor
Sensor board
Measures differential pressure across the Flow Sensor.
Paw
Sensor board
Measures pressure at proximal line of the Flow Sensor for displayed pressure values.
Paux
Sensor board
Measures pressure at an external (Auxiliary) pressure source.
Pcuff control
IntelliCuff board
Measures pressure at the IntelliCuff board outlet and is used for controlling the cuff pressure
Pcuff monitor
IntelliCuff board
Measures pressure at the IntelliCuff board outlet and is used to monitor the cuff pressure
Table 2-1. Pressure Sensors in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator
2016-03-24
624093/06
2-25
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.5.2
Components that Measure Air and Oxygen Flows to the Tank
Figure 2-24. Components that Measure Air and Oxygen Flows to the Tank
The air or oxygen flowing through the Sintered Disk create a pressure difference between the upper and lower parts of the Mixer Block. This pressure difference is measured by the dP Mixer Differential Pressure Sensor on the Sensor Board to calculate the flow of air or oxygen into the Tank. The upper chamber tubing connects to the bottom of the dP Mixer Differential Pressure Sensor. The lower chamber tubing connects to the top of the dP Mixer Differential Pressure Sensor. A
2-26
Upper chamber of the Mixer Block
B
Sintered Disk
C
Lower chamber of the Mixer Block
D
Tubing from the lower chamber
E
dP Mixer Differential Pressure Sensor
F
Tubing from the upper chamber
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Pressure Measurements
2.5.3
Components that Measure Gas Flow and Pressure in the Patient Circuit
Figure 2-25. Components that Measure Gas Flow and Pressure in the Patient Circuit
The dP Servo Differential Pressure Sensor measures the difference between the upper chamber and lower chamber of the Inspiratory Valve. Using this measurement and the position measured by the PSD (Position Sensing Device), the flow of gas through the valve to the patient is calculated. The Ppat Pressure Sensor measures the absolute pressure in the patient circuit from the lower chamber of the Inspiratory Valve. Ppat pressure values are not displayed on the G5.
2016-03-24
A
dP Servo Differential Pressure Sensor
B
Ppat Pressure Sensor (values are not displayed on the HAMILTON-G5)
C
Upper chamber of the Inspiratory Valve
D
Lower chamber of the Inspiratory Valve
624093/06
2-27
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.5.4
Components that Measure Gas Flow and Pressure at the Patient Airway
Figure 2-26. Components that Measure Gas Flow and Pressure at the Patient Airway
The Paw Pressure Sensor is located on the Sensor Board. It measure the gas pressure on the proximal side of the Flow Sensor. Paw is used for displayed pressure values and waveforms. The dP Flow Sensor Differential Pressure Sensor is located on the Sensor Board. It measures the pressure difference between the two chambers of the Flow Sensor, and enables the flow of gas to and from the patient proximal to the patient airway to be calculated. A
Paw Pressure Sensor
B
Sensor Board
C
dP Flow Sensor Differential Pressure Sensor
D
Flow Sensor Autozero Valves
During normal ventilation, the Flow Sensor Autozero Valves open at calculated intervals to expose the dP Flow Sensor Differential Pressure Sensor to ambient pressure for the Autozero offset compensation, which compensates for sensor drift. Note During the Autozero procedure, which occurs in a fraction of a second, the patient is ventilated normally. Since parameters such as expired tidal volume, resistance, compliance, and PEEP cannot be measured or monitored, the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator uses the most recently measured values until the procedure is complete.
2-28
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Pressure Measurements
2.5.5
Component that Measures Auxiliary Pressure
Figure 2-27. Component that Measures the Auxiliary Pressure
The Paux Pressure Sensor is located on the Sensor Board (A). It measures the pressure at a point and for a purpose chosen by the operator. (The operator can attach any suitable equipment to the connector on the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator’s Front Panel.) A
2016-03-24
Paux Sensor on Board
624093/06
2-29
2 Pneumatics: Overview and Theory of Operation
2.5.6
Component for IntelliCuff The Pcuff control Pressure Sensors are located on IntelliCuff Board (A). It measures the cuff pressure
Figure 2-28. Component that Measures the Cuff Pressure
of the by the operator installed cuff. (The operator can attach any suitable cuff to the IntelliCuff connector on the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator's Front Panel.) A Pcuff control Pressure Sensor on Board B Pcuff monitor Pressure Sensor on Board
2-30
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Section
3
3
Electronics: Component Functions
3.1
Overview This section introduces the major electronic components in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. Where you require more information, cross-references direct you to other parts of this manual. This section does not include a theory of operation, because engineers do not require a detailed knowledge of board-level electronics to service and maintain the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. All electronic failures are dealt with by replacing complete circuit boards. Any repairs at a lower level than the spare parts provided in Appendix B, Spare Parts is not permitted. WARNING Repair of parts, components or assemblies is not permitted by HAMILTON MEDICAL AG, as incorrectly repaired parts, components or assemblies could result in patient injury. See available spare parts in Appendix B, Spare Parts.
Note Always send defective Printed Circuit Boards to HAMILTON MEDICAL AG with a completed Returned Goods ID Tag. For further information us the RGA guide 699138 available at the web side. (www.hamilton-medical.ch/login/partner-net.html)
2016-03-24
624093/06
3-1
3 Electronics: Component Functions
3.2 3.2.1
Ventilation Unit Electronics Components Ventilation Unit Motherboard
Figure 3-1. Ventilation Unit Motherboard Overview
3-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Overview
A. Ventilation Unit Motherboard
• Contains the Ventilation Unit Processor (VUP) • The Ventilation Unit Processor controls: • VRC Process for Alarm Relay and Alarm Silence Key Control • Flash Memory • FRAM Memory • Emergency Circuits • Measures 16 analog sensor inputs with 12 bit precision • both outputs on 1 connector. • Nurse call interface relay and I:E signal relay • Communication with the Power Management Supply (PMS) • Communication with the Interaction Panel Processor (IPP) • Emergency Buzzer output (for Emergency Warning and Power Managment Supply Alarm) • Loudspeaker output • Microphone input • 2 - RS 232 Interfaces • The Motherboard controls: • Ambient Valve • Inspiratory valve • Expiratory Valve • Mixer Valves • O2 Calibration Valves • Nebulizer Valve • Emergency Status Indicator • Interfaces with the following Ventilation Unit boards: • Power Management Supply (PMS) • Sensor Board • Servo Board • Sensor Backplane Board • Input Voltage supplied from the Power Management Supply (PMS) • 24VDC, 40W • Output Voltages created by Switching Regulators on the Ventilation Unit Motherboard • 3.3VDC, 3A • 5VDC, 3A • 12VDC, 0.4A (for fan and speaker) • 15VDC, 0.3A • -15VDC, 0.3A • 15VDC_PWR, 1A (Shutdown pin for Ambient/Emergency Status) • -15VDC_PWR, 0.7A (Shutdown pin for Ambient/Emergency Status) • Gold Cap provides clock and memory power for 3 months when no power source is provided from Mains Power or Batteries.
2016-03-24
624093/06
3-3
3 Electronics: Component Functions
3-4
B. VU ESM Module
• Embedded System Microprocessor Module (Not shown) • stores following information: VU serial number, date and time RTC, operating hours, calibration data (e.g. flow sensor, oxygen cell), black box data, option keys
C. P301 Connector
• Servo/Sensor Board connection
D. P313 Connector
• Backplane connection
E. P308 Connector
• ESM Module connection
F. P307 Connector G. P300 Connector
• ESM Module connection • O2 Cell connection
H. P309 Connector
• 24 VDC from the Power Management Supply (PMS)
I. P312 Connector
• Servo Board (analog) connection
J. P311 Connector
• Sensor Board (analog) connection
K. P310 Connector
• Reserved, or paramagnetic oxygen sensor power supply
L. P318 Connector
• Provides communication signals to the Power Management Supply (PMS)
M. P320 Connector P418 Connector
• Ambient Valve connection (159506) • Active Ambient Valve connection (1595690)
N. P324 Connector
• Expiratory Valve connection
O. P321 Connector
• Zero Valves connection
P. P323 Connector
• Mixer Valves connection
Q. P322 Connector
• Nebulizer Valve and O2 Calibration Valves connection
R. P302 Connector
• Cooling Fan connection
S. Cooling Fan
• Cooling fan on the rear of the Ventilation Unit
T. J304 Connector
• J2 Ethernet Connector for Interaction Panel Power and Communications Cable
U. J329 Connector
• Ethernet Connector (Keyboard) connection (for internal use only)
V. Loudspeaker
• Loudspeaker on the rear of the Ventilation Unit
W. P325 Connector
• Loudspeaker connection
X. J317 Connector
• Special Connector = Nurse Call/Bedside Control
Y. J326 Connector
• RS 232 COM 1 (GIP1 Interface) Connection
Z. J327 Connector
• RS 232 COM 2 (GIP1 Interface) Connection
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Overview
3.2.2
Power Management Supply (PMS) Components Overview
Figure 3-2. Power Management Supply Overview
Signal connector
Power Management System
AC Mains Input
Ventilaton Unit Motherboard
U_Alrm U_Alrm 100k
Battery Management
PowerOff_Command
Power Supply
100k
MainSwitch
ON / OFF
ShutDown_Request
S2 Main Switch
Power LED 10k
Standby Supply GND
+3.3V
Emergency Circuit Emergency Supply
10k
VUP
PowerFail
PowerFail
status "switched off"
2 x SMBus (Lead Acid & Li-Ion) PoLPoLPoLConverters Converters Converters
GND
VRC
Operating LED
Alarm LED
Supply_Interaction_Panel
Standby Supply
24VDC
Electronic switch
Supply_1_Ventilation_Unit
Power LED
S1
Ventilator Status Indication LED Panel
Figure 3-3. Power Management Supply and Ventilation Unit Motherboard Overview
2016-03-24
624093/06
3-5
3 Electronics: Component Functions
Figure 3-4. Power Management Supply Overview
The Power Management Supply takes and manages power from 3 sources: 1. Mains Power: Voltage range from 100 to 240 VAC, Frequency from 50 to 60 Hz 2. Extended Smart Battery (if available) Li-Ion Battery, 14.4 VDC, 6.6 Ah, Hot-Swappable 3. Internal Battery - Lead Acid Battery, Voltage 12 VDC, 15 Ah If the Mains Power is interrupted, the Power Management Supply switches automatically to the Extended Battery (if available) and then the Internal Battery. When Mains Power is available, the Power Management Supply has internal battery chargers to re-charge the Extended and/or Internal Battery. The Switching Regulators on the Ventilation Unit Motherboard and Interaction Panel Motherboard can operate with a voltage input from 16VDC to 30VDC. If the voltage falls below 16VDC, the Switching Regulators switch OFF.
3-6
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Overview
2016-03-24
A. Power Management Supply (PMS)
• Manages the Power Source(s) and Power supplied to the Ventilation Unit Motherboard • Input Power: • 100 to 240VAC • 50 to 60Hz • Output Voltage: • +24VDC +/- 5% • Power Source Selector controls the source power • Source Switchover Priority: • Mains Power • Extended Battery (if applicable) • Internal Battery • Battery Requirements • Internal Battery = Lead Acid Battery 12 VDC, 15 Ah • Extended Smart Battery = Li-Ion Battery; Hot Swappable 14.4 VDC, 6.6 Ah • Battery Charger • Internal Battery = maximum 1.5 A at 13.8 VDC maximum charging voltage • Extended Battery = maximum 1.1 A at 16.8 VDC maximum charging voltage
B. Power Socket
• Integrated Mains Power Connector and Fuses • Available Power Cables: • US (159154) • GB (159155) • D (159156) European Standard (SCHUKO) • CH (159157) • Fuse 5 A, 250 V (SPT T5H/250V) •
C. Power Cord
• Provides Power from an External Source to the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator
D. J2 Connector
• 24VDC Supply to the Ventilation Unit and Interaction Panel
E. J3 Connector
• Sensor Backplane connection
F. J8 Connector
• Communication connection from the Power Management Supply to the Ventilation Unit Motherboard
G. J7 Connector
• Main Power Switch (3.3VDC control signal)
H. J6 Connector
• Internal (Lead Acid) Battery connection
I. J4 Connector
• Extended Smart (Li-Ion) Battery connection
624093/06
3-7
3 Electronics: Component Functions
3.2.3
Sensor Board Components Overview
Figure 3-5. Sensor Board Components Overview
3-8
A. Sensor Board
• Provides components for pressure measurements used to monitor ventilation.
B. dP Mixer Differential Pressure Sensor
• Measures the pressure difference across the Sintered Disk Flow Restrictor in the Mixer Block
C. Flow Sensor Autozero Valves
• Switch the Flow Sensors to Ambient Air to allow offset re-calculation for the dP Flow Sensor Differential Pressure Sensor to compensate for sensor drift
D. P201 Connector
• Communication connection from the Ventilation Unit Motherboard
E. P202 Connector
• Voltage connection to the Ventilation Unit Motherboard
F. Paw Pressure Sensor
• Measures the absolute pressure in the patient side of the Flow Sensor
G. Adjustment Potentiometers
• Used to perform Zero and Gain adjustments
H. Test Pins
• Used to test for specific measurements
I. dP Flow Sensor Differential Pressure Sensor
• Measures the pressure difference between the two Flow Sensor Chambers
J. Paux Pressure Sensor
• Measures the absolute pressure of an external pressure source
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Overview
3.2.4
Servo Board Components Overview
Figure 3-6. Servo Board Components Overview
2016-03-24
A. Servo Board
• Provides components to manage the Inspiratory Valve
B. Test Pins
• Used to test for specific measurements
C. Adjust Potentiometers
• Used to perform Zero and Gain adjustments
D. P101 Connector
• Not used
E. P102 Connector
• Not used
F. P103 Connector
• Power connection to the Ventilation Unit Motherboard
G. P104 Connector
• Communication connection to the Ventilation Unit Motherboard
H. J107 Connector
• Inspiratory Valve connection pressure
I. dP Servo Differential Pressure Sensor
• Measures the difference across the triangular orifice of the Inspiratory Valve
J. Ppat Pressure Sensor
• Measures the pressure at the outlet of the Inspiratory Valve
624093/06
3-9
3 Electronics: Component Functions
3.2.5
Sensor Backplane Components Overview
Figure 3-7. Sensor Backplane Components Overview
3-10
A. Sensor Backplane Board
• Provides an interface for Optional monitoring modules
B. Hot Swappable Connector
• Used to connect Optional monitoring modules to the Sensor Backplane Board
C. Hot Swappable Connector
• Used to connect Optional monitoring modules to the Sensor Backplane Board
D. P502 Connector
• Communication connection to the Ventilation Unit Motherboard
E. P501 Connector
• Power connection to the Power Management Supply
F. P507 Connector
• Cable connection for the Operating Status LED Sticker mounted to the front of the Ventilation Unit
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Overview
3.2.6
IntelliCuff Board Components Overview
Figure 3-8. Sensor Backplane Components Overview
2016-03-24
A. IntelliCuff Board
• Provides cuff pressure controller
B. U3 Cuff Pressure Controller (CPC)
• Micro controller chip for IntelliCuff system. Runs with IntelliCuff firmware
C. IntelliCuff pump
• Pump that handles the cuff pressure
D. V1, V2 Valves
• Used to handle the cuff pressure
E. U4 Pressure sensor
• Used to monitor cuff pressure
F. U1 Pressure sensor
• Used to control cuff pressure
G. P1 Connector
• Connection to the Sensor Backplane
H. Cable with connector
• Cable that connects to the VU motherboard
I. D6, D7 LEDs
• D6 Software functions, D7 Power availability
624093/06
3-11
3 Electronics: Component Functions
3.2.7
Paramagnetic oxygen sensor
Figure 3-9. Paramagnetic oxygen sensor
3-12
A. LED
• The LED on the sensor PCB changes from green to blinking amber as you hold the control button. After you release the button the LED changes to blinking green to indicate that calibration is in progress
B. Calibration button
• Allow the ventilator to run then press and hold the Paramagnetic Sensor control button for three seconds
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Overview
3.3
Interaction Panel Electronics Components
Figure 3-10. Interaction Panel Components Overview
2016-03-24
624093/06
3-13
3 Electronics: Component Functions
A. Interaction Panel Motherboard
• Contains the Interaction Panel Processor (IPP) • The Interaction Panel Processor controls: • Communication with the Ventilation Unit Processor (VUP) • EEPROM Memory • Key and LED Communication Board • P&T Encoder • TFT 15” Display • Alarm Lamp • Loudspeaker output • Microphone input • Software download from the Compact Flash Carrier • Data Export to the Compact Flash Carrier • Digital Video Interface - Integrated (DVI-I) (Integrated Digital and Analog Signals) • Input Voltage supplied from the Power Management Supply (Ventilation Unit PMS) • 24VDC, 40W • Output Voltages created by Switching Regulators on the Interaction Panel Motherboard • 3.3VDC, 7W • 5VDC, 3W • 12VDC, 25W
B. IP ESM Module
• Interaction Panel Embedded System Microprocessor Module stores following information: Event logs
C. Compact Flash Socket
• Used to: • Upload/install software from the Compact Flash Carrier • Export Data (Event log, Black box, Technical state and Print screen) to a Compact Flash Carrier
D. Loudspeaker and Microphone
• Audible indication of alarms • Adjustable volume based on feedback from the Microphone • Provides a tool to measure the operation of the Loudspeaker • If the Loudspeaker doesn’t function, audible alarm indication is transferred to the Ventilation Unit Processor (VUP)
3-14
E. USB Socket
• Used to: • Download screen shots to USB stick • Export Event logs to USB stick
F. Digital Video Interface - Integrated (DVI-I) Connector
• Integrated digital and analog connector • The IPP converts RGB signals to digital and analog signals for external display • Provides external connection to a display or beamer • Resolution: XGA (1024 x 768)
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Overview
G. Key and LED Communications Board
• • • •
H. Alarm Lamp
• Indicates Alarm Conditions or the use of Heliox • Red - High Priority Alarms and Technical Faults • Yellow - Medium and Low Priority Alarms • Blue - Heliox • Reserved color for future use
Provides 7 Hard Keys with LED illumination for the operator Interfaces the P&T Control Knob with the Motherboard Provides Day/Night dimming of the LED illumination LED Colors available: • White • Red • Green • Yellow • Voltage inputs: • 12VDC for the Key and LED Communications Board • 3.3VDC for the P&T Control Knob
I. Ethernet J1 Connector • Provides a connection for the Power and Communications Cable
from the Ventilation Unit (VU) J. Power and Communications Cable
• Cable used to provide power to the Interaction Panel and communications between the Interaction Panel and the Ventilation Unit
K. Ethernet J2 Connector • Used for debugging
2016-03-24
L. 15” TFT LCD Display
• Graphical User Interface (GUI) with the user
M. Backlight Inverter
• Converts 12VDC (Input Voltage) to 1700VAC for the 15” TFT LCD Display Backlights
N. P&T Control Knob Encoder
• Provides additional controls for interaction with various screen functions • Functions: • -16 Encoder positions from center • +16 Encoder positions from center • Switch activation when the P&T Control Knob is depressed
624093/06
3-15
3 Electronics: Component Functions
3-16
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Section
4
4
Lithium Ion Battery
4.1
Lithium Ion Battery Handling Precautions Note Before using Lithium Ion Batteries for the first time, carefully study this section, including all Cautions and Warnings. Keep this section for future reference.
4.1.1
Cautions CAUTION If you find rust, a bad odor, overheating and/or other irregularities when using the Battery for the first time, return it to HAMILTON Medical. If acid leaking from the Battery comes into contact with your skin or clothing, immediately wash it away with running water. Otherwise, skin inflammation can occur. The Battery incorporates built-in safety devices. Do not use it in a location where static electricity (greater than the manufacturer’s guarantee) may be present. Otherwise, the safety devices can be damaged, possibly leading to acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. Do not use or subject the Battery to intense sunlight or hot temperatures such as in a car in hot weather. Otherwise, acid leakage, overheating and/or smoke emission can occur. Also, its guaranteed performance will be lost and/or its service life will be shortened. The guaranteed recharging temperature range is 0°C to +55ºC. A recharging operation outside this temperature range can lead to acid leakage and/or overheating of the Battery and may cause damage to it. Store the Battery in a location where children cannot reach it. Also, make sure that a child does not take the Battery out of the Battery Charger or equipment.
2016-03-24
624093/06
4-1
4 Lithium Ion Battery
4.1.2
Warnings WARNING 1. Do not use the Battery for a purpose other than those specified. Otherwise, its guaranteed performance will be lost and/or its service life will be shortened. Depending on the equipment in which the Battery is used, excessively high current can flow through the Battery, possibly damaging it and leading to acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. 2. Do not use the Battery in combination with primary Batteries (such as Dry-Cell Batteries) or Batteries of different capacities or brands. Otherwise, the Battery can be overdischarged during use or overcharged during recharging, abnormal chemical reactions may occur, possibly leading to acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. 3. Do not use or leave the Battery near a heat source such as a fire or a heater (+80ºC or higher). If the resin separator should be damaged owing to overheating, internal short-circuiting may occur to the Battery, possibly leading to acid leakage, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition of the Battery. 4. Do not put the Battery into a microwave oven or pressurized container. Rapid heating or disrupted sealing can lead to acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. 5. Do not discard the Battery into fire or heat it. Otherwise, its insulation can melt down, its gas release vent or safety features will be damaged and/or its electrolyte can ignite, possibly leading to acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition on it. 6. Do not immerse the Battery in water or seawater and do not allow it to get wet. Otherwise, the protective features in it can be damaged, it can be charged with extremely high current and voltage, abnormal chemical reactions may occur in it, possibly leading to acid leakage, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. 7. Do not pierce the Battery with a nail or other sharp objects, strike it with a hammer, or step on it. Otherwise, the Battery will become damaged and deformed, internal short-circuiting can occur, possibly leading to acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. 8. Do not strike or throw the Battery. The impact might cause leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. Also, if the protective feature in it becomes damaged, it could become charged with an extremely high current and voltage, abnormal chemical reactions can occur, which can lead to acid leakage, overheating smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. 9. Do not disassemble or modify the Battery. The Battery is equipped with built-in safety/protection features. Should these features be disabled, the Battery can leak acid, overheat, emit smoke, burst and/or ignite. 10. If the Battery leaks and the electrolyte gets into the eyes, do not rub them. Instead, rinse the eyes with clean running water and immediately seek medical attention. Otherwise, eye injury may result. 11. Do not use an apparently damaged or deformed Battery. Otherwise, acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition of the Battery may occur. 12. Do not directly solder the Battery. Otherwise, heat can melt down its insulation, damage its gas release vent or safety features, possibly leading to acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. 13. If the Battery leaks or gives off a bad odor, remove it from any exposed flame. Otherwise, the leaking electrolyte may catch fire and the Battery may emit smoke, burst or ignite. 14. If the Battery gives off an odor, generates heat, becomes discolored or deformed, or in any way appears abnormal during use, recharging or storage, immediately remove it from the equipment or Battery Charger and stop using it. Otherwise, the problematic Battery can develop acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. 15. Do not reverse the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals. Otherwise, during recharging, the Battery will be reverse-charged, abnormal chemical reactions then may occur, or excessively high current can flow during discharging, leading to acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. 16. The positive (+) and negative (-) terminals are arranged in a particular orientation. Do not force
4-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Rechargeable Lithium Ion Battery
the connection if you cannot easily connect the Battery terminals to the Battery Charger or other equipment. Confirm that the terminals are correctly oriented. Reversing the terminals will result in reverse-charging, possibly leading to acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition of the Battery. 17. Do not connect the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals with a metal object such as wire. Do not transport or store the Battery together with metal objects such as necklaces, hair pins, etc. Otherwise, short-circuiting will occur, over-current will flow, causing the Battery to leak acid, overheat, emit smoke, burst and/or ignite, or the metal object such as wire, necklace or hair pin can generate heat. 18. Do not connect the Battery to an electrical outlet, vehicle cigarette lighter, etc. When subjected to large voltage, over-current can flow on the Battery, possibly leading to acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. 19. Do not recharge the Battery near fire or in extremely hot weather. Otherwise, hot temperatures can trigger its built-in protective features, inhibiting recharging, or can damage the built-in protective features, causing it to be charged with an extremely high current and voltage and, as a result, abnormal chemical reactions can occur in it, possibly leading to acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. 20. To recharge the Battery, use the Battery Charger specifically designed for the purpose and observe the recharging conditions specified in the Section 4.3 Battery Charger / Calibrator. A recharging operation under non-conforming recharging conditions (higher temperature and larger voltage/current than specified, modified Battery Charger, etc.) can cause the Battery to be overcharged, or charged with extremely high current, abnormal chemical reaction can occur in it, possibly leading to acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition. 21. If recharging operation fails to complete even when a specified recharging time has elapsed, immediately stop further recharging. Otherwise, acid leakage, overheating, smoke emission, bursting and/or ignition can occur.
4.2
Rechargeable Lithium Ion Battery The Rechargeable Lithium Ion Batteries utilized in the HAMILTON-G5 are manufactured by Inspired Energy. The Backup Battery provides backup power to the HAMILTON-G5. CAUTION It is mandatory that the HAMILTON-G5 is operated with at least one battery installed. Note • The Backup Battery is intended for short-term use only. It is not intended to be a primary power source. • HAMILTON MEDICAL recommends that the Ventilator’s Batteries be fully charged before you ventilate a patient. If the Batteries are not fully charged and the AC power fails, always pay close attention to the level of Battery Charge.
4.2.1
Introduction Two Backup Batteries, one standard and the other optional, protect the HAMILTON-G5 from low, or failure of, the primary power source. When the primary power source fails, the ventilator automatically switches to Backup Battery operation with no interruption in ventilation. An alarm sounds to signal the switch over. You must silence the alarm to confirm notification of the power system change; this resets the alarm. If the optional Battery (External Battery) is available and adequately charged, the ventilator switches to this Battery first. When External Battery is depleted or not installed, the ventilator switches to the standard Battery (Internal lead-acid battery). The Batteries power the ventilator until the primary power source is again adequate or until the Battery is depleted. Each Battery powers the ventilator typically for 1 hour.
2016-03-24
624093/06
4-3
4 Lithium Ion Battery
As a further safeguard, the HAMILTON-G5 provides a low battery alarm. It also has a capacitor-driven backup buzzer that sounds continuously for at least 2 minutes when Battery Power is completely lost. The ventilator recharges the Batteries whenever the ventilator is connected to AC, with or without the ventilator power switched on. The battery charge indicator (Figure 2-13) lights to show that the Batteries are being charged. The power source symbols in the bottom right-hand corner of the screen show the available power sources. A frame around a symbol indicates the current ventilator power source. Green indicates the level of battery charge. Check the battery charge level before putting the ventilator on a patient and before unplugging the ventilator for transport or other purposes. A green symbol indicates a fully charged battery. A red and green symbol indicates a partially charged battery. If battery symbol 1 is crossed out, the standard battery is is not installed or defective. If battery symbol 2 is not shown, the optional battery is not installed. If a battery is not fully charged, recharge it by connecting the ventilator to the primary power source for a minimum of 3h for one battery and 5h charging time for two batteries until the battery charge level is 80 to 100%. If the battery is not fully charged at this time, have the ventilator serviced.
Battery charge indicator
Crossed out Battery1 means the standard battery is not available
Figure 4-1. Power Source Symbols and Battery Charge Indicator 4.2.2
Replacing Lithium Ion Battery The Battery is hot-swappable; that is, it can be replaced while the ventilator is operating. Replace with a newly charged Battery. Refer to Operators Manual Chapter 2.12.2.
4-4
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Battery Charger / Calibrator
4.3
Battery Charger / Calibrator The Battery Charger / Calibrator (369104) is a standalone desktop Battery Charger with the added ability to Recalibrate the Fuel Gauge on Smart Batteries. It works with all Moltech Power Systems or Inspired Energy® Brand Smart Batteries and hybrids irrespective of size, shape, voltage, cell chemistry or capacity.
Figure 4-2. Battery Charger/Calibrator 4.3.1
Package Contents 1. One Desktop Charger/Calibrator (369104) 2. Three plastic spacers to modify the battery recess to suit your battery size. 3. One 24V 2.5A AC:DC Power Supply, Universal Mains Input. Note Chargers shipped with medical grade power supplies carry the suffix “M” – eg. CH5000AM 4. One Mains Cable. a. European Chargers (CH5000E) are packed with a European 2-pin Mains Power Cord a. UK Chargers (CH5000U) are packed with a UK 3-pin Mains Power Cord 5. Instuction Manual.
4.3.2
Warnings and Cautions WARNING 1. Do not expose the charger or power supply to water or conductive liquids, this is not a sealed case. 2. Do not open the charger or power supply case. There are no user serviceable parts inside. 3. Do not cover the fan exhaust or obstruct the airflow, as this will cause overheating. 4. Use only the manufacturer’s 24V 2.5A power supply and observe terminal polarity. 5. Place the charger in a cool spot, away from external heat sources
2016-03-24
624093/06
4-5
4 Lithium Ion Battery
CAUTION During recalibration, the battery connector and base of the charger may become warm.
4.3.3
Battery Charger/Calibrator Installation Place the Charger Unit on a flat, level surface away from sources of heat and moisture. Plug the DC Connector from the Power Supply into the back of the charger and connect the Power Supply to the AC Mains Supply using the supplied cable.
4.3.4
Battery Charging Place the Battery into the Battery Bay making sure that the 5-way connector is fully seated. The LEDs in the status window will provide status information as detailed below, and the charger will automatically begin to charge the Battery.
4.3.5
LED Indications The status of the Battery is indicated by the LEDs visible in the status window: Green Flashing
Charging
Green Solid
Fully Charged
Blue Flashing
In Calibration Mode
Blue Solid
Calibration Complete
Red Flashing
Fuel Gauge Calibration Required
Red Solid
Error
Table 4-1. Charger LED Status Indicator Descriptions 4.3.6
Battery Recharge Time The times given below are for a full charge from 0% to 100% state of charge. Battery Chemistry
Battery Model
Typical Recharge Time
Li Ion
NL2024
4 1/2 hours
Table 4-2. Battery Charge Time
4-6
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Battery Charger / Calibrator
4.3.7
Battery Recalibration If the Battery is in need of Fuel Gauge Recalibration, the red LED will flash upon insertion of the Battery into the Battery Charger. This indicator provides feedback to the user on the accuracy of the fuel gauge and avoids unnecessary Battery Calibration Cycles. The user has the option to calibrate the fuel gauge and charge the Battery, or to only charge the Battery. This option is given because a recalibration cycle is longer than a charge cycle. To recalibrate the Battery, press the calibrate button on the front of the charger. Note No action is required if only a recharge is required, as the charger will automatically begin to charge the battery. The blue calibration LED will flash to indicate that the Battery is undergoing the recalibration cycle. There may be a short delay before the calibration begins. During calibration the discharge resistors will heat up and the fan will operate to maintain temperature within acceptable limits. At the end of this procedure the blue LED will stay constant indicating a fully charged, fully calibrated Battery. Note The most common cause of calibration failure is overheating of the Battery during discharge. Please keep the charger away from direct sunlight or heat sources.
4.3.8
Recalibration Time The Recalibration Cycle begins by discharging away any residual capacity. Then a Calibration Charge is delivered to the Battery. This is followed by a Calibration Discharge. Finally the Battery is given a regular charge. A Calibration Cycle will be faster if the Battery is fully discharged to begin with. Recalibration Time is governed by the battery voltage and capacity. Larger Batteries, and lower voltage Batteries will take longer to recalibrate. Calibration is initiated each time the Recalibration Button is pressed, so it is not recommended to press the Recalibration Button part way through the recalibration cycle. Battery Chemistry
Battery Model
Min. Recalibration Time
Max. Recalibration Time
Li Ion
NL2024
14.6 hours
19.2 hours
Table 4-3. Battery Recalibration Times 4.3.9
Recalibration Description The Fuel Gauge in the Battery uses a highly accurate voltmeter, amperemeter and time clock to measure actual charge in and out of the Battery. In addition, there are algorithms to compensate for the effects of discharge rate, discharge temperature, self-discharge and charging efficiency etc. All this combines to provide a highly accurate Fuel Gauging System. What is also required is the means to ensure the continued reliability of this system throughout the life of the Battery. Even with all this technology, the only time at which the Battery is absolutely certain of its real capacity is when it is either completely full or completely empty. Anywhere in between is a calculated estimate - albeit a highly accurate calculated estimate.
2016-03-24
624093/06
4-7
4 Lithium Ion Battery
Also, as the Battery ages, the amount of available capacity shrinks - so each cycle the "full" point gets a little bit lower. What's more, if the Battery only sees partial charges and discharges during its application, then it may not get the benefit of a "full" or "empty" reference point for some time and must rely more and more on its calculated figure. The Fuel Gauging System may be subject to drift during use.
Figure 4-3. Battery Capacity Graph
In use, as the Fuel Gauge mathematically works out the Batteries remaining capacity. It will also work out an estimated accuracy figure known as the "Max Error". This keeps track of the overall accuracy of the system. In this way, the Battery can tell the device not only how much capacity is remaining, but also how reliable this estimate is. When a Moltech Power Systems or Inspired Energy battery achieves a max. error of 10% the recalibration bit is set. Some devices use this recalibration bit to trigger a note on the device screen to tell the user to recalibrate their Battery. The Battery Charger/Calibrator uses the recalibration bit to tell the user if recalibration is necessary and flashes the red LED if the Battery Fuel Gauge is becoming inaccurate. The recalibration is used to re-set the Fuel Gauge algorithms, re-establish the full and empty points, and re-calculate the actual capacity in the Battery. In this way, even as the Battery ages and things change, the accuracy and reliability of the Fuel Gauge can be retained throughout the life of the Battery. In order to carry out a full recalibration the following must occur: • Either; begin with a fully discharged Battery, or discharge away any residual capacity. • Fully charge the Battery (this tells the system how much charge has been put into the battery to take it from 0% to 100% charged, and establishes the current "Full" point.) • Fully discharge the Battery (This tells the system how much of the full charge input is available for discharging, and re-sets the Max Error) At this point the Battery is calibrated, but it is also empty - so it needs a full recharge to return it to use. This process can be achieved inside the device (e.g. you leave the device on until it shuts down, fully charge it, leave it on until it shuts down again and then fully charge it again) but this can be time consuming and inconvenient. Also many devices operate a device shut-down before the Battery is discharged to the point at which the fully-discharged bit is set. These devices will not be capable of recalibration Smart Batteries and an external device such as the Battery Charger/Calibrator must be used instead. A desktop device like the Battery Charger/Calibrator, which automatically takes the Batteries through this process, is a useful alternative, ensuring accuracy and reliability of the fuel gauge throughout the life of the battery. As the process of recalibration includes the charging process it is most convenient to build in this functionality into a charger and give the user the option of a regular charge or a recalibration with a charge.
4-8
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Part 2: Preventive Maintenance and Testing
2016-03-24
624093/06
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Section
5
5
Preventive Maintenance and Testing Overview
WARNING •
•
To prevent disease transmission, you must use personal protective equipment when handling contaminated bacterial filters or other patient accessories. Refer to one of the operator’s manuals for instructions on sterilizing patient system parts. You must complete a service training course for the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator with HAMILTON MEDICAL before undertaking the maintenance and testing procedures described in this manual.
CAUTION Make sure to take full electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions before handling any EPROM, or before opening the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. For more information, see Appendix A, Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment.
5.1
Introduction All preventive maintenance and testing must be performed: • After replacing any component. • Once a year or once every 5000 operating hours, whichever comes first. To perform preventive maintenance, you perform all the steps shown in Table 5-2. Note If the Heliox option is installed, the Heliox gas supply must be disconnected and air supply gas must be connected instead when performing maintenance and testing procedures.
5.2
Checking the Software Level In general HAMILTON MEDICAL AG recommends updating to the latest software available. See the HAMILTON MEDICAL AG Partner Web Site (http://www.hamilton-medical.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
5-1
5 Preventive Maintenance and Testing Overview
5.3
Items Required for Preventive Maintenance and Testing
Step • Section 6, Hospital Preventive Maintenance • Section 7, Engineer Preventive Maintenance
Required and recommended items • The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Operator’s Manual 624074 or local-language equivalent (you can find this on the HAMILTON MEDICAL AG Partner Website (http://www.hamilton-medical.ch) • Fan Filter 391175 • Flow Sensor. Any of the following: • 155362, Pediatric/Adult, reusable • 155500, Infant, Single-Patient use • 281637, Pediatric/Adult, Single-Patient use • For Mixer Block 159300 and 159311: • Gas Inlet Microfilter Element 155714 • Gas Inlet Water Trap Bowl 155713 • HAMILTON-G oxygen cell 396008 (not required if paramagnetic cell is installed) Note
Details of parts are shown in Appendix B, Spare Parts. • Section 8, Test Mode • Section 9, Electrical Safety Checks
• Tools. Note
Details of tools are shown in Appendix A, Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment. Table 5-1. Items Required for Preventive Maintenance and Testing
5-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Procedure
5.4
Procedure Work methodically through the sections shown in Table 5-2. Maintenance and testing is not complete until all steps are successfully performed.
Step
Task
Where Found
Time Required
1.
Perform (or confirm it has been performed) the Hospital Preventive Maintenance.
Section 6, Hospital Preventive Maintenance
5-15 min.
2.
Perform the Engineer Preventive Maintenance.
Section 7, Engineer Preventive Maintenance.
10 min.
3.
Perform the Test Software Units.
Section 8, Test Mode
90 min
4.
Perform parts replacements as necessary.
Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly
N/A
If a part is replaced during Preventive Maintenance, return to step 3. 5.
Lock all adjustment potentiometers with proprietary locking paint or nail varnish.
No description included
2 min
6.
Complete cover installations
No description included
2 min
7.
Perform the Electrical Safety Tests.
Section 9, Electrical Safety Checks
10 min
8.
Finish the testing of the unit by completing the tasks documented in the Tests and Calibrations section of the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Operator’s Manual.
The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Operator’s Manual or local-language equivalent. (See the HAMILTON MEDICAL AG Partner Website (http://www.hamilton-medical.ch).
10 min
Table 5-2. Overview of Preventive Maintenance and Testing
2016-03-24
624093/06
5-3
5 Preventive Maintenance and Testing Overview
5-4
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Section
6
6
Hospital Preventive Maintenance Table 6-1 shows the maintenance tasks that hospital staff must perform. It is copied from the English version of the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Operator’s Manual. Examine each HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator for which you are responsible, and satisfy yourself that hospital staff are regularly performing these tasks. If necessary: • Perform the tasks yourself. • Train staff how to perform these tasks. Interval
Part/accessory
Between patients and according to hospital policy.
Procedure
Breathing circuit (including mask, inspiratory filter, flow sensor, nebulizer jar, exhalation valve cover and membrane).
Replace with sterilized or new single-patient use parts. Run the test and the flow sensor calibration as shown in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Operator’s Manual.
Entire ventilator.
Run the pre-operational check as shown in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Operator’s Manual.
Every day or as required.
Gas inlet water trap.
Empty any water by pressing on drain valve.
Every 2 days or according to hospital policy.
Breathing circuit.
Empty any water from breathing circuit or water traps. Inspect parts for damage. Replace as necessary.
Every month (or more often, if required).
Fan filter.
Check for dust and lint. If needed, clean or replace as shown in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Operator’s Manual.
WARNING To reduce the risk of patient cross-contamination through the Fan Filter, always perform maintenance at the prescribed level.
Table 6-1. Hospital Preventive Maintenance Schedule
2016-03-24
PN 624093/04
6-1
6 Hospital Preventive Maintenance
6-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Section
7
7
Engineer Preventive Maintenance
WARNING This section is not a stand-alone, independent part of the manual. Perform the tasks detailed here only as a part of, and as instructed by, Section 5, Preventive Maintenance and Testing Overview. Note If the Heliox option is installed, the Heliox gas supply must be disconnected and air supply gas must be connected instead when performing maintenance and testing procedures.
2016-03-24
624093/06
7-1
7 Engineer Preventive Maintenance
Note Export HAMILTON-S1/G5 default parameters before starting maintenance. Appendix H, Set default configuration Perform the Engineer Preventive Maintenance according to the table below: Interval Every year or every 5000 operating hours, whichever comes first.
Part/accessory
Procedure
Gas inlet micro filter.
Make sure that the gas inlet micro filter elements are clean. If they are discolored, replace them. (See Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly.)
HAMILTON MEDICAL CAPNOSTAT® 5 CO2 monitor option (if installed).
CO2 sensor accuracy check (see Section 8, Test Mode).
Optional Modules installed
Verify communication between installed modules and G5. All installed modules shall be listed at the user accessible system-register at G5
Humidifier installed
Verify communication by checking at user accessible "system-register" that the humidifier is listed.
Cuff Pressure Controller
Replace as described in
Filter PN282015
Section Cuff Pressure Controller Filter (282015) Removal/Assembly
Every two years, or every 5000 operating hours, or as necessary.
12 V internal lead-acid battery
Replace the 12 V internal battery as described in Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly.
Which ever comes first:
Lithium Ion Battery (Optional Extended Battery)
Replace the Lithium Ion Battery.
LCD display backlight
Replace as described in Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly
LED backlight
LED backlight must not be replaced. Section 11.5.14, LCD Display Removal/Assembly until VU SN #5314
Recycle all batteries, or return them to HAMILTON MEDICAL AG.
• Capacity < 80% • Cycles > 400 • Years in use > 4years
Every 20,000 operating hours
Table 7-1. Engineer Preventive Maintenance
7-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Section
8
8
Test Mode
WARNING • •
Read Section 5 Preventive Maintenance and Testing Overview, before performing any of the tests in this section. If a test indicates that you must replace a part, do so immediately, and then repeat the complete series of tests. See Section 11 Components Removal/Assembly.
This section describes Test mode. Complete the HAMILTON G-5 Ventilator Test Report every time you perform Test mode. The test report also includes a section for electrical safety testing (see Section 9, Electrical Safety Checks). A blank test report appears at the end of this manual. Note • Perform all tests in order. • Audible alarms stop for 60 minutes during Test mode, except for Technical Faults (TF 5500 and higher) and supply alarms.Section 8.30, CO2 Sensor Accuracy Check • To perform the CO2 sensor accuracy check (if the CO2 module is installed), follow the instructions in CO2 Sensor Accuracy Check. • If the Heliox option is installed, the Heliox gas supply must be disconnected and air supply gas must be connected instead when performing maintenance and testing procedures.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-1
8 Test Mode
8.1
Starting Test Mode Follow these steps to start Test mode: 1. Connect the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator to mains power and switch ON. The ventilator displays the Standby screen (Figure 8-1).
Figure 8-1. Standby Screen
2. Activate the Configuration and Test mode tabs (Figure 8-1): on the interaction panel, press hard keys A, then press hard keys B (Figure 8-2). Press hard keys A, then press hard keys B.
Figure 8-2. Activating the Configuration and Test Mode Tabs
3. Select Test mode. The screen heading for the first test unit appears.
8-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Starting Test Mode
4. Turn the Control knob to scroll through the test units. Push the knob to enter the displayed test. Test mode units include: 1: VUP Checks 2: Status LED, Relay & Emergency Checks 3: VRC-VUP Communication Checks 4: A/D Converter Checks 5: D/A Converter Checks 6: Zero & Full-Scale Calibration 7: O2 cell or paramagnetic oxygen sensor Calibration & Checks 8: Mixer Calibration & Checks 9: Flow Sensor Circuit Checks 10: Patient Overpressure Valve Checks 11: Ambient Valve Checks 12: Inspiratory Valve Checks 13: Exp Valve Calibration & Checks 14: Nebulizer Checks 15: Internal Battery / PMS 16: Extended Battery 17. Cuff controller 18: IPP Checks 19: LCD Display Checks 20: User Interface & Alarm Tone Checks 21: Touchscreen Calibration 22: Event Log & Technical Status 23: Update Software 5. To perform the CO2 sensor accuracy check (if the CO2 module is installed), follow the instructions in Section 8.30, CO2 Sensor Accuracy Check.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-3
8 Test Mode
8.2
VUP Checks 1: VUP checks (Figure 8-3) automatically checks the versions and revisions of Ventilation Unit Processor (VUP) hardware and software. Following checks are VUP version specific. Therefore check first the installed VUP version before you proceed.
Figure 8-3. 1: VU Processor Checks
8-4
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
VUP Checks
8.2.1
Software Version VUP02.60 Note Upgrade any HAMILTON-G5 / S1 ventilators to software versions 02.60. Verify information and take a screen shot to record results to be attached to the test report, then select Close when done. Field
Definition
Do this:
VUP version
Software version information.
Verify VUP02.60
Software Checksum
Cyclical redundancy check results for VUP software code.
Verify VUP OK.
VRC version
Software version information.
Verify VRC02.60
FPGA code
Reference information.
Verify A12/A12.
MenMon
Reference information.
Verify 01.23.
NIOS ID
Reference information.
Verify Rev 3.3c.
ESM model
VUP ESM model.
Verify EM01A4.
ESM SN
ESM serial number.
No action required.
ESM-HW revision
ESM hardware revision.
No action required.
CPU sys model
Reference information.
No action required.
CPU temp
CPU temperature on the ventilation unit ESM.
The temperature must be < 70 oC.
RTC date
Real-time clock (RTC) date and time.
Verify correct date and time. Change the date and time in system window (standby mode) if incorrect.
Operating hours
Ventilator operating hours.
Verify the plausibility of the operating hours.
VUP motherboard HW rev
VUP motherboard hardware revision
No action required.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-5
8 Test Mode
8.2.2
Software Version VUP01.21d Note Upgrade any HAMILTON-G5 / S1 ventilators to software versions 02.60. Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Field
8-6
Definition
Do this:
VUP version
Software version information.
Record on the test report.
Software Checksum
Cyclical redundancy check results for VUP software code.
Verify VUP OK.
VRC version VIP 1 version VIP 2 version
Software version information.
Record on the test report.
FPGA code
Reference information.
Verify A11/A11.
MenMon
Reference information.
Verify 01.18.
NIOS ID
Reference information.
Verify Rev 3.2c.
ESM model
VUP ESM model.
Verify EM01A4.
ESM SN
ESM serial number.
Record on the test report.
ESM-HW revision
ESM hardware revision.
Record on the test report.
CPU sys model
Reference information.
No action required.
CPU temp
CPU temperature on the ventilation unit ESM.
The temperature must be < 70 oC.
ESM voltage 1200 mV
ESM 1.2V measurement.
Verify that is 1170 to 1230 mV.
ESM voltage 1500 mV
ESM 1.5V measurement.
Verify that is 1451 to 1538mV.
ESM voltage 2500 mV
ESM 2.5V measurement.
Verify that is 2421 to 2563mV.
ESM voltage 3300 mV
ESM 3.3V measurement.
Verify that is 3211 to 3431 mV.
ESM voltage 5000 mV
ESM 5V measurement.
Verify that is 4866 to 5236 mV.
RTC date
Real-time clock (RTC) date and time.
Verify correct date and time. Change the date and time in system window (standby mode) if incorrect.
Operating hours
Ventilator operating hours.
Verify the plausibility of the operating hours.
VUP motherboard HW rev
VUP motherboard hardware revision
No action required.
(VIP 1 and VIP 2 are optional.)
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Status LED, Relay & Emergency Checks
8.3
Status LED, Relay & Emergency Checks 2: Relay & emergency checks (Figure 8-4) allows you to test the VUP speaker, alarm and relays.
Figure 8-4. 2: Relay & Emergency Checks
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Button/control VUP Speaker
Emergency alarm
Function
Do this:
Turns VUP speaker ON and OFF.
Verify that VUP speaker turns ON and OFF.
Turns emergency buzzer, alarm LED, and alarm relay ON and OFF.
Verify that emergency alarm sound turns ON and OFF.
Record on the test report
Record on the test report Relay on/off
Switches the Nurse alarm relay ON and OFF. A full test is only possible when connected to an external Nurse alarm.
Listen for a “click” to verify that the alarm relay opens and closes. Verify that the red alarm LED turns ON and OFF..
If connected, verify that an external Nurse alarm turns ON and OFF. Record on the test report
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-7
8 Test Mode
Button/control I:E relay on/off
Function Switches the I:E relay ON and OFF. A full test is only possible when connected to an external nebulizer.
Do this: Listen for a “click” to verify that the I:E relay opens and closes. If connected, verify that an external nebulizer turns ON and OFF. Record on the test report
ac mains power (blue LED) and battery symbol at interaction panel
Power switch is on (green LED)
8-8
Tests „ac mains power status” LED.
Tests „power switch on” LED.
1.
Disconnect and reconnect mains power.
2.
Verify that blue as mains power LED turns OFF and ON..
3.
Verify that battery symbol INT is framed and AC is crossed red while AC power is disconnected.
4.
Record on the test report
1.
Verify that the green power switch LED is turned ON..
2.
Record on the test report
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
VRC-VUP Communication Checks
8.4
VRC-VUP Communication Checks 3: VRC-VUP communication checks shows the results of communication checks between the ventilation real-time controller (VRC) and VUP (Figure 8-5).
Figure 8-5. 3: VRC-VUP Communication Checks
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Field
2016-03-24
Definition
Do this:
DPRAM test
Check for defective cells in the dual-ported RAM (DPRAM).
Verify OK.
VUP-VRC test
Communication check from the VUP to the VRC.
Verify OK.
VRC-VUP test
Communication check from the VRC to the VUP.
Verify OK.
DPRAM R/W test
Check in which the VUP and VRC read and write to the same DPRAM address at the same time, causing address collisions.
Verify OK.
624093/06
8-9
8 Test Mode
Field Self-test
Definition VRC self-check performed at the start of VRC operation.
Do this: Verify that is 0. 1: checksum error (VRC EPROM or motherboard defect) 2: RAM check failed 4: DPRAM check failed (motherboard defect) 8: VRC software not compatible with VUP software version (TF9412, TF9413) 16: AD converter error (Motherboard defect) 32: DA converter error (Motherboard defect) 64: Start up error (check VUP, VRC communication again) 128: Buzzer or Microphone failed (TF 9708) 1984: +15 Volt supply failed 1920: -15 Volt supply failed 1792: Reset during operating (check the 5 Volt supply) 1536: GMP ready (Time out 40s) 1024: GCP version check failed The shown number can be an sum of several errors as well. Please follow the troubleshooting.
8-10
DPRAM collisions
The number of collisions that occurred in the DPRAM R/W test.
Verify that is 1000 or higher in one or both fields.
Incremented value
The incrementing communication check between the VRC and VUP.
Verify that value displayed counts up from approximately 0 (0 to 20) to 255 (235 to 255) in steps of 20.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
A/D Converter Checks
8.5
A/D Converter Checks 4: A/D converter checks shows the results of checks on the analog-to-digital (A/D) converters (Figure 8-6).
Figure 8-6. A/D Converter Checks Screen
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Field
Definition
Do this:
ADC 11
A/D Channel 11 - voltage of the (nominal) 15 VDC power (half the actual value).
Verify that both max and min values are 7250 to 7750.
ADC 12
A/D Channel 12 - voltage of the (nominal) -15 VDC power (half the actual value).
Verify that both max and min values are -7250 to -7750
ADC 14
A/D Channel 14 - voltage of the (nominal) -10 VDC sensor supply monitor from the Sensor board.
Measure the voltage on the Sensor board between -10 VDC (TP2) to GND (TP1): must be -9.93 to -10.07 V. Verify that both max and min values are -990 to -1010.
2016-03-24
ADC 15
A/D Channel 15 - voltage of the (nominal) 10 VDC servo supply monitor from the Servo board.
Verify that both max and min values are 990 to 1010.
ADC 16
A/D Channel 16 - ground voltage.
Verify that the value reads -10 to 10 and max and min values are -60 to 60.
624093/06
8-11
8 Test Mode
8.6
D/A Converter Checks 5: D/A converter checks (Figure 8-7) shows results of a performance check of the digital-to-analog (D/A) converter. Use the Control knob to adjust the onscreen “knob.”
Figure 8-7. D/A Converter Checks Screen
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Field Input (onscreen knob)
8-12
Definition Selects the value of the signal sent to the D/A converter.
Do this: Use the Control knob to select values of 0, 40, and 100. Check that ADC 9 and ADC 10 values are correct.
ADC 9
D/A converter value after conversion to a digital signal.
When Input knob is: • 0, ADC 9 min and max must be -20 to 20. • 40, ADC 9 min and max must be 3800 to 4200. • 100, ADC 9 min and max must be 9800 to 10200.
ADC 10
Value equal to 10000 minus the value set at the Input knob.
When Input knob is: • 0, ADC 10 min and max must be 9800 to 10200. • 40, ADC 10 min and max must be 5800 to 6200. • 100, ADC 10 min and max must be -20 to 20.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Zero & Full-Scale Calibration
8.7
Zero & Full-Scale Calibration 6: Zero & full-scale calibration (Figure 8-8) allows calibration and checks of the pressure sensors.
Figure 8-8. Zero & Full-Scale Calibration Screen
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. 8.7.1
Zero Calibration Tests 1. Before performing any calibration tests, run the ventilator in any mode (including Test mode) for 15 minutes to ensure that all parts are at normal operating temperature. 2. Disconnect the patient breathing circuit from the ventilator. 3. Disconnect the tubing from the inspiratory valve (Figure 8-9).
Figure 8-9. Tubing Connection to Inspiratory Valve
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-13
8 Test Mode
Calibration test
Potentiometer
Do this:
Zero calibrations
8-14
Ppat zero calibration
Adjust Ppat Zero potentiometer on the servo board so that the displayed Ppat = 0.0 ± 0.1 mbar.
Servo board
Paw zero calibration
Adjust Paw Zero potentiometer on the sensor board so that the displayed Paw = 0.0 ± 0.1 mbar.
Sensor board
Paux zero calibration
Adjust Paux Zero potentiometer on the sensor board so that the displayed Paux = 0.0 ± 0.1 mbar.
Sensor board
dP servo zero calibration
Adjust dP Servo Zero potentiometer on the servo board so that the displayed dP servo = 0.0 ± 0.3 mbar.
Servo board
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Zero & Full-Scale Calibration
Calibration test dP mixer zero calibration
dP flow sensor zero calibration (TC1)
Potentiometer
Do this: 3.
Connect a digital voltmeter (DVM) to Test pin 1 (GND) and Test pin 6 on the sensor board.
4.
Adjust the dP Mixer Zero potentiometer on the sensor board so that the DVM measures 0 5 mV.
1.
Reconnect tubing to inspiratory valve (Figure 8-9).
2.
Ensure that air and oxygen are connected and verify cable connections at servoboard for proper connections.
3.
Connect a flow sensor (without patient breathing circuit) as shown in Test Configuration 1 (Figure 8-10).
4.
Select Mixer on/off to turn mixer on.
5.
Adjust dP Flow Sensor Zero potentiometer on the sensor board until the displayed dP Flow Sensor = 0 ± 40 bar.
Sensor board
Sensor board
Figure 8-10. Test Configuration 1
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-15
8 Test Mode
8.7.2
Full-Scale Calibration Tests 1. Set up Test Configuration 2 (Figure 8-11).
(A) Plastic adapter (optional, for better seal) (B) Adapter (C) Stopper (D) Flow restrictor (E) Hand pump with gauge (F) Pressure gauge, eg. 350mbar sensor (WIKA) (G) X-connectors (qty. 3) (H) 110-cm, 22-mm dia. patient tubing (qty. 2)
Figure 8-11. Test Configuration 2
8-16
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Zero & Full-Scale Calibration
2. Use the hand pump (E) to generate a pressure of approximately 80 mbar at the pressure gauge (F). Use restrictor (D) or hand pump (E) as needed to maintain a constant pressure. Calibration test
Do this:
Potentiometer
Full-scale calibrations Ppat full-scale calibration (TC2)
Adjust Ppat Full-Scale potentiometer on the servo board so that the displayed Ppat = pressure gauge value ± 5%.
Servo board
For example, if pressure gauge = 80 mbar, Ppat = 76-84 mbar.
Paw full-scale calibration (TC2)
Adjust Paw Full-Scale potentiometer on the sensor board so that the displayed Paw = Ppat ± 0.5 mbar.
Sensor board
Paux full-scale calibration (TC2)
Adjust Paux Full-Scale potentiometer on the sensor board so that the displayed Paux = Ppat ± 0.5 mbar.
Sensor board
3. Set up Test Configuration 3 (Figure 8-12) and connect to silver flow sensor connector on ventilator. 4. Use the flow restrictor (A) to generate a pressure of approximately 2.0 mbar on the pressure gauge (B). (A) Flow restrictor (B) Pressure gauge, 2.5-mbar probe
Figure 8-12. Test Configuration 3
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-17
8 Test Mode
Calibration test
Function
Do this:
Full-scale calibrations (continued) dP flow sensor full-scale check (TC3)
Verify that dP flow sensor is reading correctly.
Verify that displayed dP Flow Sensor = pressure gauge value ± 200 bar and is a positive value.
5. Set up Test Configuration 4 (Figure 8-13): remove tubing from silver flow sensor connect and attach to blue connector. 6. Use the flow restrictor (A) to generate a pressure of approximately 2.0 mbar on the pressure gauge (B).
(A) Flow restrictor (B) Pressure gauge, 2.5-mbar probe
Figure 8-13. Test Configuration 4 Calibration test
Function
Do this:
Full-scale calibrations (continued) dP flow sensor full-scale check (TC4)
Verify that dP flow sensor is reading correctly.
1.
Verify that displayed dP Flow Sensor = pressure gauge value ± 200 bar and is a negative value.
2.
Remove tubing from blue flow sensor connector.
3.
Select Mixer on/off to turn mixer off.
7. Disconnect tubing from inspiratory valve (Figure 8-9). 8. Set up Test Configuration 5 (Figure 8-14). 9. Use the hand pump (F) to create a pressure of 200 to 300 mbar.
(A) Inspiratory valve (B) Servo board (C) Inspiratory valve tubing (D) dP servo sensor (E) T-connector (F) Hand pump (G) Inspiratory valve connector (H) Pressure gauge with 400-mbar probe
Figure 8-14. Test Configuration 5
8-18
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
O2 cell or paramagnetic oxygen sensor Calibration & Checks
Calibration test
Do this:
Potentiometer
Full-scale calibrations dP servo sensor full-scale calibration (TC5)
8.8
1.
Adjust dP Servo Full-Scale potentiometer so that the displayed dP servo = pressure gauge value ± 1 mbar.
2.
Replace inspiratory valve tubing (Figure 8-9).
Servo board
O2 cell or paramagnetic oxygen sensor Calibration & Checks 7: O2 cell or paramagnetic oxygen sensor calibration & checks (Figure 8-15) calibrates and checks the oxygen sensor cell.
Figure 8-15. O2 Cell Calibration & Checks Screen
Use one of the following two procedures: O2 cell ....... 1. Ensure that an oxygen cell is installed in the ventilator. If necessary, allow the oxygen cell to reach room temperature before performing tests. Ensure that the O2 cell voltage shows at least 0.5 V. 2. Connect the air and oxygen supplies. 3. Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-19
8 Test Mode
(optional) if paramagnetic oxygen sensor is installed: 1. Disconnect oxygen gas supply 2. Connect air gas supply 3. Select "Air inlet" 4. Wait 10 seconds 5. Press for three seconds the "paramagnetic oxygen sensor calibration button" 6. Verify that the "paramagnetic oxygen sensor calibration LED" blinks and wait for approximately 30 seconds to complete procedure. 7. Verify that the LED contentiously illuminates green. 8. Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done.
Field/button Calibrate O2 cell
Calibrates oxygen cell using 100% air and oxygen.
Do this: 1.
Select Calibrate O2 cell.
2.
Wait 2 minutes. This message is displayed: O2 cell cal. in progress.
3.
After 2 minutes, verify that this message is displayed: O2 cell is calibrated.
Calib status
Shows if calibration process is running (1) or complete (0).
Verify that Calib status is 0 at the end of calibration (0 means that the calibration is complete and does not indicate whether calibration was successful).
Oxygen (onscreen knob)
Selects oxygen concentration mixer system delivers to tank (flushes tank until concentration is reached).
1.
Select Oxygen knob.
2.
Use Control knob to set knob to 50%.
3.
Press knob again to deactivate.
Sends tank gas to oxygen cell for measurement.
1.
Select Tank gas.
2.
Verify that O2 cell voltage is 1.25 to 4.25.
3.
Verify that Oxygen % voltage is 47 to 53.
1.
Select Air inlet.
2.
Verify that O2 cell voltage is 0.5 to 1.7.
3.
Verify that Oxygen % voltage is 19 to 23.
1.
Select O2 inlet.
2.
Verify that O2 cell value is 2.5 to 8.5.
3.
Verify that Oxygen % voltage is 98 to 102.
Tank gas
Air inlet
O2 inlet
8-20
Function
Sends air from supply inlet to oxygen cell for measurement.
Sends oxygen from supply inlet to oxygen cell for measurement.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Mixer Calibration & Checks
8.9
Mixer Calibration & Checks 8: Mixer calibration & checks (Figure 8-16) checks for leaks in the tank, mixer and heliox connection, correct mixer valve operation, correct tank overpressure valve operation, and allows mixer gain calibration.
Figure 8-16. Mixer Calibration & Checks Screen
1. Ensure that an oxygen cell is installed in the ventilator. If necessary, allow the oxygen cell to reach room temperature before performing tests. 2. Connect the air and oxygen supplies. 3. Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-21
8 Test Mode
Field/button
Function
Do this:
Tank tightness check Ptank
Shows tank pressure.
Verify that it takes more than 8 seconds for Ptank to decrease from 300 to 280 mbar. Do not perform check until Ptank is at or above 300 mbar.
Mixer valve checks 90ms flow
Shows the combined leakage flow from both mixer valves, measured 90 ms after valves close.
Verify that 90ms flow is 0 to 600.
100ms flow
Shows the combined leakage flow from both mixer valves, measured 100 ms after valves close.
Verify that 100ms flow is 0 to 500.
Mixer gain calibration Ptank max
Mixer calibration: sets the maximum tank pressure during the gas inlet/gas use cycle
1.
Select Mixer Gain and wait for three complete cycles.
2.
Adjust the dP Mixer Full-Scale potentiometer on the sensor board until displayed Ptank max is 330 to 350 mbar. To compensate for hysteresis in the tank, start with a pressure greater than 350 mbar then decrease.
Turn dP Mixer Full-Scale to increase or decrease tank pressure: CCW to CW to decrease tank increase tank pressure pressure Tank overpressure valve and mixer check
8-22
Check mixer
Starts test.
Select Check mixer.
Oxygen (onscreen knob)
Displays percentage of oxygen concentration.
1.
Set oxygen concentrations of 21%, 80%, 60% and 30%.
2.
Verify that value displayed = Oxygen knob setting
Ptank
Shows tank pressure.
Verify that displayed Ptank max is < 500 mbar.
5%.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Heliox leak test
8.10
Heliox leak test
Figure 8-17. Heliox Leak Test
Heliox leak test Number of air bubbles
Shows leak
1. Ensure that air and oxygen are
of the heliox assembly
connected. 2. Connect the tubing as shown in Test Configuration Figure 8-17, Heliox Leak Test 3. Select Mixer Gain to turn on the mixer. 4. Verify that the numbers of bubbles is maximum 5 per minute.
C
A
B
Figure 8-18. Heliox leak test tubing
1x Heliox DISS 279880 (A) 1x Heliox NIST 279906 (B) 1x Tube, silicone, 4 mm ID, 7 mm OD. Order 200 millimeters. 7249057 (C)
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-23
8 Test Mode
8.11
Flow Sensor Circuit Checks 9: Flow Sensor circuit checks (Figure 8-19) check the flow sensor autozero valves and the rinse flow assembly.
Figure 8-19. Flow Sensor Circuit Checks Screen
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Field/button
Function
Do this:
dP flow sensor autozero valves check dP Flow Sensor
dP Flow Sensor
8-24
Displays pressure at the flow sensor differential pressure (dP) sensor. During this check, the pressure changes from approximately zero (when both autozero valves are open to ambient pressure) to approximately 5000 (when the autozero valves are closed and one side of the flow sensor connector is sealed, allowing rinse flow to build pressure on that side).
1.
Set up Test Configuration 6 (Figure 8-20).
2.
Block silver flow sensor connector with finger.
3.
Ensure that dP Flow Sensor display alternates every five seconds between the following (intermediate values may be briefly displayed between): -40 to 40 bar 5040 to 5200 bar
4.
If the +-40uBar is not in range, perform a flow sensor calibration. (Test 12 Inspiratory valve checks). The shown value is corrected by the rinse offset calibration value. SW 1.04 only corrected with 1.10d
1.
Set up Test Configuration 7 (Figure 8-20).
2.
Block blue flow sensor connector with finger.
3.
Ensure that dP Flow Sensor display alternates every five seconds between the following (intermediate values may be briefly displayed between): -40 to 40 bar -5040 to -5200 bar
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Flow Sensor Circuit Checks
Figure 8-20. Test Configuration 6 and 7
Field/button
Function
Do this:
Rinse flow check Not applicable
To verify that the rinse flows through both flow sensor connectors are equal.
1.
Set up Test Configuration 8 (Figure 8-21).
2.
TC 8 includes two equal (15-cm) lengths of tubing: attach one tube to the silver flow sensor connector, and attach the other to the blue flow sensor connector.
3.
Place other ends of tubing in water.
4.
Ensure that rate of bubble flow appears equal from both tubes.
Figure 8-21. Test configuration 8
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-25
8 Test Mode
Field/button
Function
Do this:
Auxiliary rinse flow check Not applicable
1.
Set up Test Configuration 9 (Figure 8-22).
2.
TC 9 includes one length of tubing attached to the Paux connector.
3.
Place tubing in water, and ensure that no bubbles are visible. If bubbles are visible, verify that metal plate is installed in OFF position. If so, look for leaks in the system.
Figure 8-22. Test Configuration 9
8-26
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Patient Overpressure Valve Checks
8.12
Patient Overpressure Valve Checks 10: Patient overpressure valve checks (Figure 8-23) checks for servo (inspiratory) valve leaks, safety valve block leaks, and patient overpressure valve opening pressure.
Figure 8-23. Patient Overpressure Valve Checks Screen
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Field/button
Function
Do this:
Inspiratory valve tightness check 4.
Choose one of the following test configuration: 10 or 10b
Not applicable.
To check the servo (inspiratory) valve for leaks.
using test configuration 10 1.
Set up Test Configuration 10 (Figure 8-24).
2.
Verify that the pressure gauge reads < 4 mbar.
using test configuration 10b
2016-03-24
1.
Set up Test Configuration 10b (Figure 8-25).
2.
Verify that the TSI flowmeter reads < 3 ml/s.
624093/06
8-27
8 Test Mode
Figure 8-24. Test configuration 10
A) 20ml/s orifice tube B) Pressure sensor, e.g. 25mbar sensor (WIKA) C) Pressure gauge
Figure 8-25. Test configuration 10b
A) Silicon tube 35cm 22F B) TSI Flowmeter (low range: 0 - 10ml/s)
8-28
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Patient Overpressure Valve Checks
Setup test configuration 11
Figure 8-26. Test configuration 11
Field/button
Function
Do this:
Safety valve block tightness check Not applicable.
8.12.1
To check the safety valve block for leaks.
1.
Set up Test Configuration 11 (Figure 8-26).
2.
Use hand pump to generate a pressure over 90 mbar.
3.
Verify that it takes longer than 10 seconds for pressure measurement to decrease from 90 to 43 mbar.
Safety valve block 155338 (aluminium type) Field/button
Function
Do this:
Patient overpressure valve check Ppat max
2016-03-24
To verify that patient overpressure valve opens to at the correct pressure.
1.
Continue to use Test Configuration 11 (Figure 8-26).
2.
Use hand pump to generate an overpressure condition.
3.
Verify that the overpressure valve opens at Ppat max = 104 to 116 mbar.
624093/06
8-29
8 Test Mode
8.12.2
Safety valve block 159605 and 159690 (synthetic material type) Field/button
Function
Do this:
Patient overpressure valve check Ppat
To verify that patient overpressure valve opens to at the correct pressure.
1.
Continue to use Test Configuration 11 (Figure 8-26).
2.
Go to test window 12: Inspiratory Valve Checks.
3.
Select 50 ml/s to create a 50 ml/s air flow at the “To patient” port.
4.
Verify that the overpressure valve opens and a continues flow is hear able.
5.
Verify that the pressure reads Ppat = 104 to 116 mbar.
Figure 8-27. Inspiratory Valve Checks Screen for patient over pressure check
8-30
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ambient Valve Checks
8.13
Ambient Valve Checks Valve specific test procedure overview: Part Number
Type
Required test steps
Chapter
159338
Safety valve block aluminum
Close ambient valve Disable ambient valve
Ambient valve (previous type)
159605
Safety valve block synthetic
159690
Active ambient valve
Close ambient valve Disable ambient valve
Close ambient valve Disable ambient valve Open ambient valve
Ambient valve (previous type)
Active ambient valve
11: Ambient valve checks (Figure 8-28) checks the ambient valve for correct operation.
Figure 8-28. Ambient Valve Checks Screen 8.13.1
Active ambient valve Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done.
Field/button Ppat
2016-03-24
Function Displays patient breathing circuit pressure measured at the servo (inspiratory) valve.
Do this: 1.
Set up Test Configuration 12 (Figure 8-29).
2.
Inhale through bacteria filter and verify that displayed Ppat value is 0 to -6 mbar. (initial opening can reach 0 to -10 mbar).
3.
Attempt to exhale through bacteria filter: verify that exhalation is not possible.
624093/06
8-31
8 Test Mode
Field/button
Function
Close ambient valve (onscreen button)
Closes ambient Valve (ventilation mode state).
Disable ambient valve (onscreen button)
Open ambient valve (onscreen button)
8-32
Do this: 1.
Select Close ambient valve to close the ambient valve.
2.
Attempt to inhale and exhale through bacteria filter: verify that inhalation and exhalation through the filter are not possible.
Releases the pin from the plate (ambient mode state).
3.
Select Disable ambient valve to release the pin from the plate. Attempt to inhale and exhale through bacteria filter: verify that inhalation through the filter is possible, but exhalation not.
Opens ambient valve.
4.
Select Open ambient valve to open the ambient valve.
5.
Attempt to inhale and exhale through bacteria filter: verify that inhalation and exhalation through the filter are possible.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ambient Valve Checks
8.13.2
Ambient valve (previous type) Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Field/button Ppat
Close ambient valve (onscreen button)
Function
Do this:
Displays patient breathing circuit pressure measured at the servo (inspiratory) valve.
Closes and opens ambient valve.
1.
Set up Test Configuration 12 (Figure 8-29).
2.
Inhale through bacteria filter and verify that displayed Ppat value is 0 to -6 mbar. (initial opening can reach 0 to -10 mbar).
3.
Attempt to exhale through bacteria filter: verify that exhalation is not possible.
1.
Select Close ambient valve to close the ambient valve.
2.
Attempt to inhale and exhale through bacteria filter: verify that inhalation and exhalation through the filter are not possible.
3.
Select Disable ambient valve to open the ambient valve.
4.
Attempt to inhale through bacteria filter: verify that inhalation through the filter is possible.
(A) Patient circuit (B) Bacteria filter
Figure 8-29. Test Configuration 12
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-33
8 Test Mode
8.14
Inspiratory Valve Checks 12: Inspiratory valve checks (Figure 8-30) checks servo (inspiratory) valve gas delivery and allows calibration of the inspiratory valve and flow sensor.
Figure 8-30. Inspiratory Valve Checks Screen
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Test Inspiratory valve checks
Function Air delivery check (20 ml/s)
Do this: 1.
Set up Test Configuration 10 for inspiratory valve checks (Figure 8-32) using the 20 ml/s capillary tube.
2.
Select 20 ml/s to create a 20 ml/s air flow at the “To patient” port.
3.
Adjust the 20 ml/s potentiometer on the Servo board until the pressure gauge measurement = engraved pressure value on capillary tube 3 mbar (if a flow measurement device is used, adjust 20 ml/s flow to 1.15 to 1.25 l/min).
20 ml/s 4.
8-34
Close the inspiratory valve.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Inspiratory Valve Checks
Test Inspiratory valve checks (continued)
Function Air delivery check (500 ml/s)
Do this: 5.
Modify TC 10 (Figure 8-31): attach the 500 ml/s orifice tube.
6.
Select 500 ml/s to create a 500 ml/s air flow at the “To patient” port. Adjust the 500 ml/s potentiometer on the Servo board until the pressure gauge measurement = engraved pressure value on orifice tube 2 mbar (if a flow device is used, adjust 500 ml/s flow to 29.2 to 30.8 l/min).
7.
Close the inspiratory valve.
Note Because the adjustment of one potentiometer affects the adjustment of the other, repeat the adjustments until both pressure readings are in range. Use Table 8-1 to make the appropriate altitude corrections for measurements taken with the 500 ml/s orifice tube. No correction is required for flow measuring device.
Flow sensor calibration
Inspiratory valve linearity check
1.
Remove TC 10 and connect an adult patient breathing circuit with a flow sensor but without a test lung. (See diagram in HAMILTON-G5 Operator’s Manual.)
2.
Select Adult.
3.
Select the Calibrate Flow Sensor button: follow onscreen instructions for removing, turning, and replacing flow sensor.
4.
Verify that this message is displayed: Flow Sensor is calibrated, and that Calib status is 0 (indicating that calibration is complete).
1.
Leave the patient breathing circuit in place. Select these flow buttons in turn, and verify that displayed Flow pat and Ppat are within range:
2.
Flow 20 ml/s 50 ml/s 100 ml/s 200 ml/s 500 ml/s Closed
Flow pat 0 to 40 ml/s 30 to 70 ml/s 80 to 120 ml/s 160 to 240 ml/s 425 to 575 ml/s 0 to 5 ml/s
Ppat 0 to 5 mbar 0 to 5 mbar 0 to 5 mbar 0 to 5 mbar 0 to 5 mbar 0 to 5 mbar
Note For flow measurement devices, verify these values, refer to Test configuration 10 and 10b: 20 ml/s: flow = 1.15-1.25 l/min 50 ml/s: flow = 2.4-3.6 l/min 100 ml/s: flow = 5.4-6.6 l/min 200 ml/s: flow = 10.8-13.2 l/min 500 ml/s: flow = 29-31 l/min
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-35
8 Test Mode
Figure 8-31. Test configuration 10 and 10b
A) 20ml/s capillary tube or 500ml/s orifice tube B) Pressure sensor, e.g. 0 ... 350mbar sensor (WIKA) C) Pressure gauge
Altitude (m)
0
Correction (mbar) +4.3 Altitude (m)
700
Correction (mbar) -0.2
50 +4.0 800 -0.9
100 +3.6
150 +3.3
200 +3.0
250 +2.7
300 +2.3
350 +2.0
400 +1.7
450 +1.4
500 +1.0
550 +0.7
600 +0.4
650 +0.1
660 0
900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 1.5
-2.1
-2.7
-3.2
-3.8
-4.4
-5.0
-5.5
-6.1
-6.7
-7.2
-7.8
-8.4
Altitude (m) 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900 3000 Correction (mbar) -8.7
-9.2
-9.2
-10.2 -10.7 -11.2 -11.7 -12.2 -12.6
Note The 500 ml/s orifice tube is factory-calibrated at 660 meters above mean sea level. For use at a different altitude apply the correction value from this table. (For example, if using at an altitude of 100 meters, add 3.6 mbars to the pressure gauge reading.)
Table 8-1. Altitude Correction Values for 500 ml/s Orifice Tube
8-36
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Exp Valve Calibration & Checks
8.15
Exp Valve Calibration & Checks 13: Exp valve calibration & checks (Figure 8-32) calibrates and checks the expiratory valve.
Figure 8-32. Exp Valve Calibration and Checks Screen
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-37
8 Test Mode
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Test
Function
Do this: Check expiration valve holder screws to be prober tightened.
Expiratory valve holders
screw tightness
1.
Expiratory valve calibration and checks
Calibration
1.
Block the open end of the flow sensor as shown in Test Configuration 13 (Figure 8-33).
2.
Select the Reset exp valve button (this resets Exp gain to the default value of 128).
3.
Select the Calibrate exp valve button to start calibration.
4.
Verify that this message is displayed: Exp Valve Cal ok, and that Calib status is 0 (indicating that calibration is complete).
1.
Continue to block the open end of the flow sensor as shown in TC 13.
2.
Select the onscreen PEEP/CPAP knob, then turn the Control knob to adjust its value. For each of the following PEEP/CPAP values, verify that Paw and Ppat are within range: • PEEP/CPAP = 0: Paw and Ppat = 0 to 1.5 mbar • PEEP/CPAP = 5: Paw and Ppat = 4.0 to 6.5 mbar • PEEP/CPAP = 10: Paw and Ppat = 9.0 to 11.5 mbar • PEEP/CPAP = 30: Paw and Ppat = 28.5 to 32.0 mbar
Linearity check
Figure 8-33. Test Configuration 13
8-38
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Nebulizer Checks
8.16
Nebulizer Checks Select Test Unit 14: Nebulizer checks (Figure 8-34) checks the nebulizer valve.
Figure 8-34. Nebulizer Checks Screen
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Test Nebulizer checks
Function Nebulizer pressure check
Nebulizer valve leak check
2016-03-24
Do this: 1.
Set up Test Configuration 14 (Figure 8-35).
2.
Confirm that nebulizer valve opens and closes at 5-second intervals once the Nebulizer Checks screen opens (valve cycling stops when screen closes).
3.
Verify that when nebulizer valve is open pressure gauge measures 2 bar 0.5 bar.
1.
Important: select Close to exit Nebulizer Checks screen: valve cycling stops. (Otherwise nebulizer valve can spray from tube.)
2.
Set up Test Configuration 15 (Figure 8-36): disconnect pressure gauge and insert tubing into water.
3.
Ensure no bubbles (3 bubbles per 10 seconds maximum) come from the tube in the water.
624093/06
8-39
8 Test Mode
(A) Pressure gauge with probe suitable for measuring 2500 mbar
Figure 8-35. Test Configuration 14
Figure 8-36. Test Configuration 15
8-40
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Internal Battery / PMS
8.17
Internal Battery / PMS 15: Internal battery / PMS (Figure 8-37) displays information about the internal battery and power management system (PMS).
Figure 8-37. Internal Battery / PMS Check Screen
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done Field
Definition
Do this:
Battery capacity.
Verify that displayed value is 9.000.
Cycle count
Battery charging cycles.
Record on the test report.
SN/Rev.
Power management system serial number or revision.
Record on the test report.
Temperature
Battery temperature.
Verify that displayed value is < 60 oC.
Design cap Ah
C
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-41
8 Test Mode
8.18
Extended Battery 16: Extended battery (Figure 8-38) displays information about the external battery, if installed.
Figure 8-38. Extended Battery Screen
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done Field
Function
Do this:
Battery capacity.
Verify that displayed value is 6,600.
Cycle count
Battery charging cycles.
Record on the test report.
SN/Rev.
Extended battery serial number or revision.
Record on the test report.
Temperature
Battery temperature.
Verify that displayed value is < 60 oC.
Design cap Ah
C
8-42
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Cuff controller
8.19
Cuff controller 17: Cuff Calibration and Checks (Figure 8-39) Tests the cuff pressure controller for correct operation, if installed. WARNING ®
Use IntelliCuff with unit software version 2.60 or higher only.
Figure 8-39. Cuff Calibration and Checks Screen pressure gauge Total volume: 100ml (C= 0,125 mbar/ml) length ca. 36cm (inner diameter 22mm)
Figure 8-40. Test configuration cuff control
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-43
8 Test Mode
8.19.1
Software Version 2.60 or higher Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Field/button
Cuff control
Function
Do this:
Set up the test configuration
Communication check
Record cuff firmware version CPC 01.22 or higher on Test Report
Cuff Pressure performance test
1.
Set Cuff Pressure to 30mbar.
2.
Select On activating cuff pressure controller.
3.
Verify that least 27mbar is reached in less then 40sec
1.
Switch On and set Cuff pressure to 30mbar and switch Off cuff controller.
2.
Verify that the pump reloading interval takes more than 10 seconds.
Leak test
Note Switching off the cuff pressure controller keeps controlling the set pressure.
Pressure reading
Pressure monitoring
1.
Set On and set Cuff pressure to 5, 20, 30, and 50mbar
2.
Verify values displayed Pcuff = Cuff pressure knob setting 2mbar
1.
Switch On and set Cuff pressure to 5, 30 and 50mbar and to 30mbar down again.
2.
Verify that values Pcuff displayed = external measured cuff pressure 2mbar Note Allow the pressure 30 second regulating from 50 to 30mbar.
Deflate test
8-44
1.
Set Cuff pressure to 30mbar
2.
Select the Deflate button to start deflation.
3.
Verify that the deflation -10mbar and lower takes less than 40 seconds.
4.
Set Off the cuff pressure controller and close to exit window.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
IPP Checks
8.20
IPP Checks 18: IPP checks (Figure 8-41) displays information about the interaction panel processor (IPP), the IPP-VUP connection, and the operating system. Follwoing checks are IIP version specific, therefore check first the installed VUP version before you proceed.
Figure 8-41. The IPP Checks Screen 8.20.1
Software Version IPP02.60 Note Upgrade any HAMILTON-G5 / S1 ventilators to software versions 02.60. Verify information and take a screen shot to record results to be attached to the test report, then select Close when done. Field
Definition
Do this:
IPP vers
Software version or revision information.
Verify IPP02.60
Software Checksum
Cyclical redundancy check results for IPP software code.
Verify that displayed value is IPP OK.
IPPVUP
IPProcessor and VUProcessor connection.
Verify that displayed value is CONNECTED
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-45
8 Test Mode
Field PM
Definition
Do this:
provides part number of used country specific CF.
refer to latest software update guide
Valid since 2.42
- 159460 International
e.g. 159641/04 for country USA or further - 159461 USA or - 159462 Japan or - 159463 Canada or - 159464 China
FPGA Code
Field programmable gate array (FPGA) code.
Verify that displayed value is A9. Record on the test report.
MenMon
Reference information
Verify 01.23.
NIOS ID
NIOS ID.
Verify that displayed value is Rev. 3.3c. Record on the test report.
ESM model
Model of the embedded system module (ESM) module.
For IPP ESM S/N 600: verify that displayed value is EM01A3.
8-46
ESM SN
ESM serial number.
No action required.
ESM HW revision
ESM hardware revision.
No action required.
CPU Temp
CPU temperature on the interaction panel ESM.
The temperature must be < 70 oC.
RTC date
Real-time clock (RTC) date and time.
Verify the date and time. If required adjust in system window (Standby mode).
IPP motherboard HW revision
IPP motherboard hardware revision.
No action required.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
IPP Checks
8.20.2
Software Version IPP01.21d Note Upgrade any HAMILTON-G5 / S1 ventilators to software versions 02.60. Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Field
Definition
Do this:
IPP vers
Software version or revision information.
Record on the test report.
Software Checksum
Cyclical redundancy check results for IPP software code.
Verify that displayed value is IPP OK.
IPPVUP
IPProcessor and VUProcessor connection.
Verify that displayed value is CONNECTED
FPGA Code
Field programmable gate array (FPGA) code.
Verify that displayed value is A8. Record on the test report.
MenMon
Reference information
Verify 01.18.
NIOS ID
NIOS ID.
Verify that displayed value is Rev. 3.2c. Record on the test report.
ESM model
Model of the embedded system module (ESM) module.
For IPP ESM S/N 600: verify that displayed value is EM01A3.
ESM SN
ESM serial number.
Record on the test report.
ESM HW revision
ESM hardware revision.
Record on the test report.
CPU Temp
CPU temperature on the interaction panel ESM.
The temperature must be < 70 oC.
ESM voltage 1200 mV
ESM 1.2V measurement.
Verify that is 1170 to 1230 mV.
ESM voltage 1500 mV
ESM 1.5V measurement.
Verify that is 1451 to 1538mV.
ESM voltage 2500 mV
ESM 2.5V measurement.
Verify that is 2421 to 2563mV.
ESM voltage 3300 mV
ESM 3.3V measurement.
Verify that is 3211 to 3431 mV.
ESM voltage 5000 mV
ESM 5V measurement.
Verify that is 4866 to 5236 mV.
RTC date
Real-time clock (RTC) date and time.
Change the date and time in system window (Standby mode) if incorrect.
IPP motherboard HW revision
IPP motherboard hardware revision.
Record on the test report.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-47
8 Test Mode
8.21
LCD Display Checks 19: LCD Display Checks (Figure 8-42) checks LCD color, backlight, pixel alignment, and displays messages for review.
Figure 8-42. The LCD Display Checks Screen
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done.
8-48
Field
Definition
Color buttons (Black, Yellow, etc.)
Displays selected color. (Alarm symbol does not change color.)
Do this: 1.
Select color button.
2.
Verify that screen shows correct color and that no flaws larger than a 4-pixel cluster appear.
3.
De-select button and verify that screen returns to normal.
4.
Repeat for all colors.
5.
Record on the test report.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
User Interface & Alarm Tone Checks
8.22
User Interface & Alarm Tone Checks 20: User Interface & Alarm Tone Checks (Figure 8-43) checks elements of the user interface.
Figure 8-43. The User Interface & Alarm Tone Checks Screen
Figure 8-44. The Interaction Panel Hard Keys
Record results on the test report as required, then select Close when done. Field/control
Function
Do this:
Control knob Knob (onscreen knob)
2016-03-24
Tests control knob push and turn encoder functions.
624093/06
1.
Select onscreen Knob button.
2.
Slowly turn the Control knob 16 clicks to the right: verify that Knob count increases as knob turns.
3.
Return Control knob to neutral position.
4.
Slowly turn the Control knob 16 clicks to the left: verify that Knob count decreases as knob turns.
5.
Record on the test report.
8-49
8 Test Mode
Field/control
Function
Do this:
Audible alarms (IPP speaker) High alarm
Tests high alarm sound.
Select High alarm button: verify high alarm sound (sequence of 3 beeps then 2 beeps that repeats every 9-10 seconds). Record on test report.
Medium alarm
Tests medium alarm sound.
Select Medium alarm button: verify medium alarm sound (sequence of 3 beeps that repeats every 25-30 seconds). Record on test report.
Low alarm
Tests low alarm sound.
Select Low alarm button: verify low alarm sound (2 beeps that do not repeat). Record on test report.
Alarm off
Tests alarm off function.
Turns alarm sounds and indicator off.
Interaction panel hard keys (Figure 8-44) Alarm silence
Tests each button.
100% O2
Press each button and verify that it changes color. Record on test report.
Manual breath Nebulizer on / off Print screen Standby Lock/Unlock since 2.x Lock/Unlock 262672 individual available Note Dimming checks (dimming settings apply to Ventilation mode)
Lamp blue (onscreen knob)
Lamp red (onscreen knob)
Lamp yellow (onscreen knob)
White LED (onscreen knob)
Color LED (onscreen knob)
8-50
Dims blue alarm lamp.
Dims red alarm lamp.
Dims yellow alarm lamp.
Dims white LEDs on front panel hard keys.
Dims color LEDs on front panel hard keys.
1.
Select Lamp blue knob.
2.
Turn Control knob and observe lamp dimming.
3.
De-select Lamp blue knob.
1.
Select High alarm button
2.
Select Lamp red knob.
3.
Turn Control knob and observe lamp dimming.
4.
De-select Lamp red knob.
1.
Select Medium alarm button
2.
Select Lamp yellow knob.
3.
Turn Control knob and observe lamp dimming.
4.
De-select Lamp yellow knob.
1.
Select White LED knob.
2.
Turn Control knob and observe LEDs dimming.
3.
De-select White LED knob.
1.
Select Color LED knob.
2.
Turn Control knob and observe LEDs dimming.
3.
De-select Color LED knob.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Touchscreen Calibration
8.23
Touchscreen Calibration 21: Touchscreen calibration (Figure 8-45) calibrates the touchscreen.
Figure 8-45. Touchscreen Calibration Screen
Select Calibrate touchscreen, then follow the screen prompts to touch the cursor when it appears in the corners and center of the screen (Figure 8-46).
(Touch upper left corner)
(Touch lower right corner)
(Touch center)
Figure 8-46. Calibrate Touchscreen Prompts
When the calibration is complete, the display returns to the initial Touchscreen calibration screen.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-51
8 Test Mode
8.24
Event Log & Technical Status 22: Event log & technical status (Figure 8-47) allows you to view and export the event log.
Figure 8-47. Event Log & Technical Status Screen 8.24.1
Event log The event log records ventilator events, and provides information for troubleshooting. The ventilator event log size keeps up to 10‘000 events. Once the memory is full, oldest information is deleted recording latest events. The event log remains stored also after unit is powered off. View event log data while in Test mode, in ventilation mode, or export it for further detailed analysis. How to export refer to section Importing or Exporting data
Event class
Displayed in
Description
Alarms
All events
Record of the occurrence (but not clearance) of all high-, medium-, and some low-priority patient alarms.
Alarm events
High-priority alarms are shown in red, medium-priority in yellow, and low-priority in yellow in the set language. Calibration
Device
All events Technical events
Record of any calibration, such as flow sensor, oxygen cell, tightness test, and expiratory valve calibrations.
User events
Displayed in white in the set language.
All events
Instrument-related information such as configuration, serial number, and revision numbers. Not available during normal ventilation.
Technical events Configuration events
8-52
Displayed in green in English.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Event Log & Technical Status
Event class Overflow
Displayed in
Description
All events
Record of an intermediate buffer overflow (when too many events take place in the current session for all to be recorded). Note that further events can be recorded in later sessions.
Technical events Alarm events Configuration events
Displayed in white in the set language.
User events Power
All events
Record of when the ventilator was switched ON and OFF.
Technical events
Displayed in white in the set language.
Alarm events User events Setting
All events User events
Record of all control settings, such as mode change, ventilation parameters, alarm limits, and patient group. Displayed in white in the set language.
Special
All events User events
Record of special functions such as PV tool, inspiratory or expiratory hold, oxygen flush, Standby mode, mandatory breath, and nebulizer. Displayed in white in the set language.
Supply
All events
Record of supply alarms, including power, air, and oxygen.
Technical events
Displayed in red in the set language.
Alarm events Technical fault (TF 5500 and higher)
All events
Record of technical events or technical faults.
Technical events
• Technical Events have numbers TF 80–2999. They are not displayed during operation and cannot be viewed in the event log. They record exception handling performed by the ventilator during operation, and are reserved for internal use. • Technical Faults have numbers TF 5500 and higher. They describe problems that require intervention, and are displayed during normal operation.
Alarm events
Displayed in red in English. Test mode
All events
Record of each test unit performed in Test mode.
Technical events
Displayed in green in English.
Configuration events 8.24.2
Black Box record Once the IntelliVent option is installed, the black box records breath by breath information for IntelliVent® related analysis. The Black Box memory takes up to 10 days continues ventilation information. Export the Black Box information to a Compact Flash data carrier. The export procedure will create folders named g5-sn-xxxx including files named bb_data_x.txt, and bb_export.log. The Black Box export takes approximately 15 minutes. Wait for the procedure to be completed. A Compact Flash size 230 MB is required. The Hamilton Medical AG technical support ([email protected]) will provide you a FTP - server login for further investigation.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-53
8 Test Mode
Example of export Black Box information:
8-54
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Event Log & Technical Status
8.24.3
Viewing the Event Log Select any of the onscreen Show events buttons to display the event log (Figure 8-48).
Figure 8-48. Viewing the Event Log
Each event shows its date and time of occurrence, event description, event class, and ID number.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-55
8 Test Mode
8.24.4
Importing or Exporting data Use either USB Stick or Compact flash (CF) importing or exporting data. Event Log
Print screen
Black box
Software upgrade
Technical state (default transfer)
Import options
USB Stick
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Compact flash (CF)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Data Carrier
1. Insert either a USB stick or a Compact Flash data carrier (CF 512MB 396211) in the interaction panel slot (Figure 8-49).
Figure 8-49. Compact Flash Inserted into Interaction Panel Slot
2. Select for example Export all events, and wait for the message Export done. 3. Remove the USB stick or Compact Flash data carrier. 4. Review the data or add it to ky2help for analysis.
8-56
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Update Software
8.25
Update Software 23: Update Software (Figure 8-50) allows you to update ventilator software using a Compact Flash data carrier.
Figure 8-50. Update Software Screen
Follow the screen prompts to update the software. Each software update is delivered with an installation guide.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-57
8 Test Mode
8.26
Exit Test Mode Note To return to normal ventilation mode, switch the ventilator OFF, then ON after using Test mode.
Figure 8-51. Exit Test Mode Screen
Follow these steps when Test mode is complete: 1. Select Exit test mode, then push the knob to exit. 2. Lock all the potentiometer adjustment screws in place using proprietary locking paint or nail varnish. 3. Close and secure the ventilator covers. 4. If the CO2 option is installed, continue to the CO2 sensor accuracy check (Section 8.30). 5. Perform the electrical safety tests as described in this manual (see Section 9, Electrical Safety Checks). 6. Perform the preoperational check described in the HAMILTON-G5 Operator’s Manual.
8-58
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Humidifier Check
8.27
Humidifier Check Follow this step to check: • Humidifier H900 communication. Verify installed humidifier to be listed at user accessible "System register“. • Record on the test report.
8.28
SPO2 measurement Check Follow this step to check: • SPO2 communication. Verify installed SPO2 to be listed at user accessible „System register“. • Record on the test report.
8.29
AERONEB ® Check Follow this step to check: • AERONEB® communication. Verify installed AERONEB® to be listed at user accessible „System register“. • Record on the test report.
8.30
CO2 Sensor Accuracy Check Follow these steps to check the accuracy of the CO2 monitor, if installed. In addition to the HAMILTON-G5 ventilator with CO2 monitor installed, this check requires: • Patient breathing circuit (not required: humidifier, water traps, or inspiratory filter) • Test lung • 281718, CO2 sensor • 281719, CO2 adult airway adapter, single use, 10/box • 281803, adapters (x3), (one Box contains 25 pieces) • Barometric pressure gauge (mbar) • 159173, CO2 calibration gas. • 159172, CO2 gas regulator.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-59
8 Test Mode
1. Exit Test mode, then switch the ventilator off and on. Select the Configuration tab from the Standby screen. Select Options, then CO2 (Figure 8-52).
Figure 8-52. Configuration Tab: Selecting the CO 2 Hardware Option
8-60
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
CO2 Sensor Accuracy Check
2. Select the System tab, then Sensors on/off, and select CO2 monitoring (Figure 8-53).
Figure 8-53. System Tab: Selecting CO2 Monitoring
3. Select the System tab, Tests & calib, then CO2 Sensor to start the zero calibration (Figure 8-54) Wait 3min till the sensor reached working temperature.
Figure 8-54. System Tab: CO2 Sensor Calibration
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-61
8 Test Mode
4. Connect a patient breathing circuit, test lung, CO2 sensor, adapters (3x 281803), CO2 calibration gas, and CO2 gas regulator as shown (Figure 8-55).
Flow sensor connectors
CO2 sensor Expiratory valve membrane Expiratory valve cover Flow sensor Expiratory limb
Adapters (x3): keep upright Inspiratory limb
Y-piece CO2 adapter CO2 gas regulator
Test lung
CO2 calibration gas
Figure 8-55. CO2 Accuracy Check Setup
8-62
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
CO2 Sensor Accuracy Check
5. Enter Test mode and select 1: VUP checks. 6. Note the displayed barometric pressure (Figure 8-56), and verify that it is within 5% of actual barometric pressure.
Figure 8-56. Barometric Pressure (Test Mode Unit 1: VUP checks)
7. Record actual ambient temperature measurement with extra thermometer. 8. Switch the ventilator OFF then ON.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-63
8 Test Mode
9. Start ventilation with standard settings. Select the PCO2 curve for displaying on screen (Figure 8-57). 10. Set oxygen (FiO2) =21%. 11. Wait 3 minutes in order for the sensor to reach working temperature
PCO2 curve
Freeze button and value
Figure 8-57. Display during Standard Ventilation (PCO2 curve shown)
12. Fill up the test volume – created by the three adapters – with CO2. Open the CO2 regulator only slightly, so the pressure does not push the CO2 out of the test volume. 13. Close the CO2 regulator once the test volume is filled and a stable curve is displayed. Hold the test volume steady and upright. Note Should the curve not be stable, repeat step (12) and step (13). 14. To get the PCO2 value in mmHg press the freeze button. (e.g. 34.6mmHg as shown)
8-64
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
CO2 Sensor Accuracy Check
15. Using the graph that corresponds to the ambient temperature, verify that the displayed PCO2 reading is within the range shown. Example: if the ambient temperature is 25 °C, barometric pressure is 900 mbar, and displayed PCO2 reading is 34 mmHg, the displayed PCO2 value is at the low end, but still within, the range. 44 43 42 41 40
25°C/77°F
39 38 37
PCO2 (mmHg)
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 1050
1040
1030
1020
1010
1000
990
980
970
960
950
940
930
920
910
900
890
880
870
860
850
840
830
820
810
800
790
780
770
760
750
740
730
720
710
700
690
680
670
660
650
640
22
Atmospheric Pressure (mbar)
34 mmHg PCO2 within range for 25 °C and 900 mbar barometric pressure
See the following graphs based on ambient temperature: • Ambient temperature 20 °C (17.5 to 22.5 °C): Figure 8-58. • Ambient temperature 25 °C (22.5 to 27.5 °C): Figure 8-59. • Ambient temperature 30 °C (27.5 to 32.5 °C): Figure 8-60. • Ambient temperature 35 °C (32.5 to 37.5 °C): Figure 8-61.
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-65
8 Test Mode
1050 1040 1030 1020 1010 1000 990 980 970 960 950 940 930 920 910
890 880 870 860 850 840 830 820 810
Atmospheric Pressure (mbar)
900
800 790 780 770 760
20°C/68°F
750 740 730 720 710 700 690 680 670 660 650
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
640
PCO2 (mmHg)
Figure 8-58. Acceptable Range for PCO2 at Atmospheric Pressure (17.5 to 22.5 °C)
8-66
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
CO2 Sensor Accuracy Check
1050 1040 1030 1020 1010 1000 990 980 970 960 950 940 930 920 910
890 880 870 860 850 840 830 820 810
Atmospheric Pressure (mbar)
900
800 790 780 770 760
25°C/77°F
750 740 730 720 710 700 690 680 670 660 650
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
640
PCO2 (mmHg)
Figure 8-59. Acceptable Range for PCO2 at Atmospheric Pressure (22.5 to 27.5 °C)
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-67
8 Test Mode
1050 1040 1030 1020 1010 1000 990 980 970 960 950 940 930 920 910
890 880 870 860 850 840 830 820 810
Atmospheric Pressure (mbar)
900
800 790 780 770 760
30°C/86°F
750 740 730 720 710 700 690 680 670 660 650
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
640
PCO2 (mmHg)
Figure 8-60. Acceptable Range for PCO2 at Atmospheric Pressure (27.5 to 32.5 °C)
8-68
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
CO2 Sensor Accuracy Check
1050 1040 1030 1020 1010 1000 990 980 970 960 950 940 930 920 910
890 880 870 860 850 840 830 820 810
Atmospheric Pressure (mbar)
900
800 790 780 770 760
35°C/95°F
750 740 730 720 710 700 690 680 670 660 650
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
640
PCO2 (mmHg)
Figure 8-61. Acceptable Range for PCO2 at Atmospheric Pressure (32.5 to 37.5 °C)
2016-03-24
624093/06
8-69
8 Test Mode
8-70
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Section
9
9
Electrical Safety Checks
WARNING Electrical safety tests detailed in this section must be performed as part of, or as instructed by, Section 5, Preventive Maintenance and Testing Overview. In addition, to comply with IEC 62353 the electrical safety tests must be performed after, installing the unit, performing repairs, adjustment that includes replacing any internal items or removing any of the internal earth connectors. In addition, even if a repair is not made, the electrical safety tests are performed during Preventive Maintenance.
9.1
Overview Hamilton Medical AG performs a set of electrical safety tests, according IEC 60601-1, on all the ventilator and compressor units that it manufactures. For recurrent tests and test after repair of medical devices the standard IEC 62353 is used. Hamilton Medical AG performs these tests automatically, using the RIGEL 288 Safety Analyzer (see Appendix A, Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment). As stated in the warning above, it is a legal necessity that, after installing the unit, performing repairs, adjustment that includes replacing any internal items or removing any of the internal earth connectors, you must perform the electrical safety tests. In addition, even if a repair is not made, the electrical safety tests are performed during Preventive Maintenance. The electrical safety tests you must perform are explained in this section. If you have an automated safety device such as the Metron or RIGEL, perform the automated tests in addition to the tests shown in this section.
9.2
Visual Checks - Grounding (Earthing) 1. Identify the yellow/green ground wires in the enclosure. They are positioned near the Mixer Block. (Figure 9-1.)
Figure 9-1. Position of the Ground Wires
2. Pull each wire, to test for tightness.
2016-03-24
624093/06
9-1
9 Electrical Safety Checks
3. Check the contact strips in the main housing. (Figure 9-2.) All must be securely in place. WARNING Do not touch the contact strip, as the sharp edges could result in injury. i
Figure 9-2. Contact Strips
9-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Internal Cable Checks
9.3
Internal Cable Checks For these tests a Digital Voltmeter is required, as specified in Appendix A, Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment. Check the resistance between the ground (earth) pin on the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator’s Mains Power inlet socket, and other components, as shown in Table 9-1. Maximum acceptable resistance
Check
A. Ground (earth) pin to: Potential Equalization Terminal
Figure
Figure 9-3 200
Table 9-2. IEC 62353 Specifications (Type B and BF)
9-8
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Part 3: Component details, repairs, and troubleshooting
2016-03-24
624093/06
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Section
10 Troubleshooting 10
This section describes the following troubleshooting information: • Technical event descriptions (Section 10.1). • Technical faults with suggested troubleshooting actions (Section 10.2). • How to contact HAMILTON MEDICAL AG technical support (Section 10.3) • What to do if the ventilator does not start (Section 10.4). • Troubleshooting voltage checks (Section 10.5). • Test mode troubleshooting (Section 10.6).
Note After performing a repair or adjustment, always perform the complete range of tests as described in Section 8, Test Mode. Alarms, technical events, and technical faults can be used for troubleshooting: • Alarms usually concern a user activity and with a low, medium, or high priority. The screen displays alarm messages and an audible alarm sounds. Alarms are recorded in the event log. An alarm usually requires user intervention and automatically cancels when the condition is corrected. • Technical events (TF 80 to TF 2999) are designed primarily for technical reference, and often precede a technical fault. Technical events are recorded in the event log, and can help understand the cause of a technical fault. Technical events are not displayed during ventilation and do not include audible alarms. Technical events usually indicate a software exception, are usually self-correcting, and do not require user intervention. • Technical faults (TF 5500 to TF 9999) are designed for users and technical reference. A technical fault usually occurs with a high-priority alarm that sometimes cannot be silenced by the user. The screen displays the technical fault and an audible alarm sounds. Technical faults are recorded in the event log. Technical faults usually indicate a pneumatic, electronic, or software error, and always require the intervention of a service technician or HAMILTON MEDICAL AG. Some technical faults can cancel if the alarm condition is corrected. WARNING Do not remove, repair, or maintain any component while the device is used on a patient Many Technical Faults require a Service Engineer to open and repair the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. HAMILTON MEDICAL AG only permits you to do this if you have completed a HAMILTON MEDICAL Service Training Course for the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. Instructions for responding to Technical Faults are provided during training.
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-1
10 Troubleshooting
10.1
Technical Events Note Update with latest information SW2.x. Note • Technical event messages are prefaced by the letters “TF” even though they are not technical faults. • Technical events are numbered from 80 to 2999. • To review technical events, export the event log (see Section 8, Test Mode).
Technical event 80 - 100
Description •
System usage over defined usage limits. Technical event ends when system usage is within range.
•
Technical event number recorded in the event log.
•
Event log error.
•
Technical event number recorded in the event log and displayed on the screen. These are the only minor technical faults that are displayed on the screen.
1201, 1203, 1204, 1205, 1211
•
Problem while performing test software tests.
•
Technical event number recorded in the event log.
1300
•
Undefined event occurred.
•
Technical event number recorded in the event log.
•
Sound process created twice.
•
Technical event number recorded in the event log.
1302 - 1305, 1350 - 1355
•
Real-time operating system error detected.
•
Technical event number recorded in the event log.
1402, 1403
• •
Power management system (PMS) communication error. Technical event number recorded in event log.
1404, 1405
•
Internal battery voltage low for charging status, possible defective battery. Technical event ends when internal battery voltage is within range. Ventilator displays message: INTERNAL BATTERY EMPTY. Ensure that alternate power source is available, replace internal battery.
1100 - 1105
1301
• • 1406
1502
10-2
• • •
Defective barometric pressure sensor. Technical event ends when barometric pressure sensor operates within 500 to 1100 mbar range. Technical event number recorded in event log. Replace VU motherboard.
• • •
The string length of the alarm message including the date and time stamp is too long. The ventilator automatically cancels the condition and shortens the date and time string. Technical event number recorded in the event log.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Events
Technical event
Description
1503 - 1505
• •
Internal software process event. Technical event number recorded in event log.
1600
• • •
Invalid or undefined event. Event ignored. Technical event number recorded in event log.
1607
• • •
Language file or icons cannot be loaded. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator attempts to load the English language file. If this is not possible, generates a major Technical Fault 8607.
1608
• •
Invalid or unknown option in the configuration file. Technical event number recorded in event log.
1609
• •
Fault in the GUI table. Technical event number recorded in event log.
1616, 1617
• • •
Invalid status reported when ventilator attempts to read the user dialog and display manager process queue. Ventilator ignores the read attempt. Technical event number recorded in event log.
1622
• • •
The ventilator cannot close window after user changes ventilation mode. Technical event number recorded in event log. After 10 attempts to close the window, no more attempts are made.
1623
•
The ventilator cannot change ventilation mode in response to user’s input. (There is an invalid mode in shared memory, following a mode change by a user.) Technical event number recorded in event log. Reverts to CMV ventilation mode.
• • 1624
• •
• •
The ventilator cannot copy Event Log data from ZPRAM (zero power RAM) to the file during boot. Minor technical faults from the last session, including this technical fault, are lost. Other events can be viewed by selecting Event Log during ventilation.
1626
• • •
It is not possible to write to the event log during booting or closing of the start-up screen. Technical event number recorded in event log. Contact HAMILTON MEDICAL AG ([email protected]).
1628
• •
The new value of a setting does not correspond to the value that should be there. Technical event number recorded in event log.
1629
• •
The HAMILTON-G5 cannot find an object in the GUI table. Technical event number recorded in event log.
1625
2016-03-24
•
The ventilator cannot change ventilation mode in response to user’s input. (The selected mode is inconsistent with the configuration philosophy.) Reverts to a consistent mode. Technical event number recorded in event log.
624093/06
10-3
10 Troubleshooting
Technical event 1630
Description • • •
The patient breathing circuit is set to an unrecognized value while the TRC (Tube Resistance Compensation) Window is open. Technical event number recorded in event log. Disables TRC, displays the Adult window so that the TRC setting can be made.
1632
• • •
Process ending error. Ventilation does not start because processes are not ended. Technical event number recorded in event log. If ventilation does not start, remove the patient from the ventilator and provide alternative ventilation.
1700
• •
Synchronization error: the last breath could not be monitored properly. Cancelled when ventilator synchronizes with a following breath. Technical event number recorded in event log.
1701, 1702
• •
Invalid queue status. Technical event number recorded in event log.
1800
• •
Ventilator could not open the COM 1 port, cannot communicate with that external communication interface. Technical event number recorded in event log.
1900
• •
An error occurred while reading the queue. Technical event number recorded in event log and ventilator initializes the queue.
1901
• •
Incorrect trend event received. Technical event number recorded in event log.
1902
• • •
No more space in breath buffer. Technical event number recorded in event log. Overwrites the oldest data in the breath buffer.
1903
• • •
Timeout reached on display. Technical event number recorded in event log. Refreshes display.
1904
• • •
Invalid function. Technical event number recorded in event log. Does not carry out function.
1905
• • •
Access to shared memory not possible. Technical event number recorded in event log. Does not carry out function.
1950 - 1954, 1957
• •
Trend processing error. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2000
• •
The ventilator cannot read ZPRAM (zero power RAM). Technical event number recorded in event log.
10-4
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Events
Technical event
Description
• • • •
ZPRAM (zero power RAM) checksum incorrect for control settings, backup settings, alarm limits, flow calibration, oxygen cell calibration, expiratory valve calibration or tightness test. Cancelled if checksum is correct. Technical event number recorded in event log. Uses standard settings where possible. Can display one of the following messages: Flow Cal needed; O2 Cal needed; Expi Cal needed.
2008, 2009, 2050, 2051
• • •
Incompatible nonvolatile RAM (NOVRAM) memory map or software version. Cancelled if ventilator detects correct NOVRAM memory map and software version. Ventilator initializes NOVRAM.
2010
• • •
Cuffsettings: Incompatible nonvolatile RAM (NOVRAM) memory map or software version. Cancelled if ventilator detects correct NOVRAM memory map and software version. Ventilator initializes NOVRAM.
2100
• • •
Testbyte received from VUP fails twice to correspond with expected value. Cancelled if testbyte corresponds twice with expected value. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2101
• • •
VIP received invalid communication. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator ignores the communication to the VIP.
2103
• • •
The ventilator cannot read input queue. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator initializes, or deletes and initializes queue.
2106
• •
Real-time operating system error detected. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2200 - 2205, 2208
• • •
DPRAM communication error. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ignores the communication to the VIP.
2209
• •
Testbyte received from VUP fails twice to correspond with expected value. Cancelled if testbyte from VUP corresponds twice with expected value.
•
Technical event number recorded in the event log.
2210, 2211
• •
Interrupt request processing error. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2300
• • •
Unknown or undefined event received. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator ignores the event.
2001 - 2007
2016-03-24
•
624093/06
10-5
10 Troubleshooting
Technical event
• • •
One of the following received: unknown ventilation mode requested; incompatible mode requested as backup mode; invalid test software mode requested; apnea event in the context of an invalid ventilation mode. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator ignores the event. Does not change ventilation mode (with the exception of changing to CMV in backup mode.)
2302
• • •
Incorrect setting made by user. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator ignores the setting.
2303
• • •
Unknown patient circuit event received. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator ignores the event.
2304, 2305
• • •
Calibration value (Flow Sensor, autozero value, expiratory valve, tightness test or oxygen cell) contains an undefined status. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator ignores undefined status.
2306, 2307
• • •
Unknown backup event received. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator ignores event.
2308
• • •
Ventilation queue read error. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator ignores event.
2311, 2312
• • •
Invalid setting error. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator ignores event.
2400
• • •
Unknown alarm result. Technical event number recorded in event log. Event ignored.
2401
• • •
Invalid alarm number received. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ignores event.
2402
• • • •
Number of VUP interrupts outside of tolerance over a period of 500 ms. (Can occur during startup and self-test.) Cancelled if the number of interrupts is within tolerance over a period of 500 ms. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator resets VUP interrupts.
• • • •
No testbyte received from VIP in 3 seconds. Cancelled if testbyte received from VIP. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator repeats the sending of the last testbyte.
2301
2403
10-6
Description •
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Events
Technical event
Description
2404
• • •
Alarm buffer is full. There is no room for any more active alarms. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator ignores alarm.
2405, 2406
• • •
Read status for alarm queue is invalid. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator initializes the alarm queue in some cases.
2407
• • •
The alarm counter does not read zero, even though there are no alarms stored in the alarm buffer. Technical event number recorded in event log. Corrects the alarm counter.
2408
• •
The low pressure alarm limit is not correct in DPRAM. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2409
• • • •
A message that expiratory valve calibration is needed, is held in ZPRAM (zero power RAM). Cancelled when expiratory valve is correctly calibrated. Technical event number recorded in event log. Activates Exp. valve calibration needed alarm.
2410 - 2413
• • •
Undefined VUP alarm bit. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator ignores the undefined bit.
2414
• • • •
One of the following two things occurred: The VUP received two consecutive faulty testbytes, or no testbytes over a period of 100 ms. Cancelled when the testbyte is correctly received one time. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator ignores the undefined bit.
2415, 2416
• •
Alarm buffer failure. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2417
• • •
The checksum for the alarm limits held in ZPRAM (zero power RAM) is invalid. Technical event number recorded in event log. Uses the default alarm limits.
2418
• • •
Undefined return queue for expired jobs. Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator does not send the event.
2419
• • •
Undefined alarm initialization type (neither Standard, Last, nor Auto). Technical event number recorded in event log. Initializes the alarm using Standard.
2420, 2421
• •
The ventilator tried to write over or under the alarm buffer’s upper or lower limit. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-7
10 Troubleshooting
Technical event
Description
2422, 2423, 2425, 2426, 2428, 2429
• • •
Error in the alarm buffer. Technical event number recorded in event log. For TF 2429 only, initializes the alarm buffer index.
2430
• • •
Undefined case of apnea. Technical event number recorded in event log. Displays an Apnea alarm patient alarm.
2431 - 2433
•
Apnea alarm detected (timer expired) at a time when apnea is not expected (for example, when in a mechanical ventilation mode, during a disconnection alarm, or during a breath-hold maneuver). Technical event number recorded in event log. Ventilator displays an Apnea alarm patient alarm for TF 2432, no alarm for TF 2431 and 2433.
• •
Note This technical event can occur for safety reasons rather than an actual apnea incident (for example, putting the ventilator on hold or some other interrupt in ventilation).
2434
• • •
Invalid information in alarm buffer. Technical event number recorded in event log. Empties the alarm buffer.
2435
• •
The VUP/VRC alarm counter appears faulty. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2436
• •
Problem with apnea alarm handler. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2437
• • •
Possible VIP version transfer error. Technical event number recorded in event log. Performs a second request to the VIP: technical event ends when the VIP version is correct at a later download.
2438 - 2573
• •
Software error or exception. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2600
• • •
Process ending error. Technical event number recorded in event log. No ventilation: provide alternative ventilation.
2601 - 2700
• •
Software error or exception. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2701
• • •
Software cannot initialize bus. Technical event number recorded in event log. Current process halts: provide alternative ventilation.
2702 - 2713
• •
Software error or exception. Technical event number recorded in event log.
10-8
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Events
Technical event
Description
2714
• • •
Invalid CO2 sensor ID detected. Ventilator displays ALL CO2 SENSOR FAULTY alarm. Resets if valid ID is detected. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2715, 2716
• •
CO2 sensor software error. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2717 - 2719
• •
CO2 sensor port error. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2720
• •
CO2 sensor status error. Technical event number recorded in event log.
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-9
10 Troubleshooting
10.2
Technical Faults If you cannot resolve a technical fault, export the event log (see Section 8, Test Mode) and contact the HAMILTON MEDICAL AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
Technical Fault 5500
5501
5502
Description Cause:
•
Servo supply monitor out of range (10 V
Cancel condition:
•
Signal returns to a value within range.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm that cannot be silenced by the user. Displays the technical fault number on the screen Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (reversible if TF is cancelled).
Do this:
• • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the A/D Converter Checks screen: the min and max values for ADC 15 must be 9.90 to 10.10 V (see Section 8, Test Mode). Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Sensor supply monitor signal out of range (-10 V
Cancel condition:
•
Signal returns to a value within range.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm that cannot be silenced by the user. Displays the technical fault number on the screen Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (reversible if TF is cancelled).
Do this:
• • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the A/D Converter Checks screen: the min and max values for ADC 14 must be -9.90 to -10.10 V (see Section 8, Test Mode). Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Power supply signal out of range (-15/ +15V
Cancel condition:
•
Signal returns to a value within range.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm that cannot be silenced by the user. Displays the technical fault number on the screen Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (reversible if TF is cancelled).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the A/D Converter Checks screen: the min and max values for ADC 11 / 12 must be 15Vand -15 VDC 1% (see Section 8, Test Mode). Check the event log.
•
1%) for 1 second.
1%) for 1 second.
1%) for 1 second.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-10
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 5503
5505 - 5507
Description Cause:
• • •
15V_GND signal out of range (0 V 50 mV). A/D converter is out of specification. The power supply monitor for the servo and sensor boards is out of specification.
Cancel condition:
•
Signal or A/D converter returns to a value within range.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm that cannot be silenced by the user. Displays the technical fault number on the screen Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (reversible if TF is cancelled).
Do this:
• • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check cables connecting servo board and sensor board. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
•
TF 5505: tank pressure above 550 mbar for 50 ms, indicating that a mixer valve is leaking. TF 5506: Error P Tank signal on the servo board remains active for 5 seconds and tank pressure is too high, indicating that a mixer valve is leaking. TF 5507: air or oxygen inlet valve cannot close properly.
Cancel condition:
•
The faulty mixer valve is replaced.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm that cannot be silenced by the user. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (reversible if TF is cancelled).
Do this:
• • • • •
Provide alternate ventilation. Perform Mixer Calibration & Checks (see Section 8, Test Mode). Replace mixer valves (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Replace sensor board (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Check the event log.
•
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-11
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 5508
Description Cause:
•
The ventilator is running an unauthorized version of software.
Cancel condition:
•
The ventilator detects an authorized software version.
Ventilator response:
• • •
Sounds a tone during startup. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilation continues, but some alarms are disabled.
Do this:
• •
Check the event log. Contact HAMILTON MEDICAL technical support (see below).
WARNING Never use unauthorized software in a clinical environment.
5509
5510
Cause:
•
The Error Servo signal remains active for 5 seconds, indicating that the servo (inspiratory) valve is not functioning correctly.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • •
Sounds high-priority alarm that cannot be silenced by the user. Displays the technical fault number on the screen Records technical fault number in the event log.
Do this:
• • •
Perform Inspiratory Valve Checks (see Section 8, Test Mode). Replace inspiratory valve (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Check the event log.
Cause:
•
The dP Sensor signal has been above 8.75 V on two consecutive occasions, indicating that one or both autozero valves are not switching. (If the first autozero calibration is faulty, the ventilator immediately repeats the calibration.)
Cancel condition:
•
At the start of the next flow sensor calibration.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilation continues.
Do this:
• • • •
Check the cable between the autozero valves and the VU-Motherboard. Replace the VU-Mother (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Replace the sensor board (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-12
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 5511
5512
Description Cause:
•
The dP Flow Sensor signal has been outside the range of 0 V 0.6 V when the flow sensor autozero valves open to ambient air during autozeroing. (If the first autozero calibration is faulty, the ventilator immediately repeats the calibration.)
Cancel condition:
•
At the start of the next flow sensor calibration.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilation continues.
Do this:
• • • •
Check the cable between the autozero valves and the VU-Mother board. Replace the VU-Mother (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Replace the sensor board (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Check the event log.
Cause:
•
The Paw pressure sensor has been outside the range of 0 V 0.5 V when the flow sensor autozero valves close during autozeroing. (If the first autozero calibration is faulty, the ventilator immediately repeats the calibration.)
Cancel condition:
•
At the start of the next flow sensor calibration.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilation continues.
Do this:
• • • • •
Perform pressure sensor zero calibrations (see Section 8, Test Mode). Check the cable between the autozero valves and the VU-Mother. Replace the VU-Mother (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Replace sensor board (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-13
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 5513
Description Cause:
•
The Error Fan signal is active for over 1 second.
Cancel condition:
•
The Error Fan signal is inactive for over 1 second.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilation continues.
Do this:
•
•
Provide alternative ventilation in case the ventilator fails later.Verify that the fan cable is properly connected and that the fan is not blocked. Verify that the fan cable is properly connected and that the fan is not blocked. Replace the fan (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Replace the servo (inspiratory) module (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Alarm queue could not be opened. It is not possible to give alarm messages.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
•
Contact HAMILTON MEDICAL technical support (see below).
Cause:
•
User dialog and display manager process (uddm) monitoring or trend queue cannot be initialized.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Continues to ventilate patient.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
• • •
8000
8001 - 8003
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-14
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 8004 - 8006
8007
Description Cause:
•
Shared memory or real-time priority cannot be initialized.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Continues to ventilate patient.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Unauthorized version of SW Program Compact Flash is installed.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Continues to function normally.
Do this:
•
Contact HAMILTON MEDICAL technical support (see below).
WARNING Never use unauthorized software in a clinical environment.
8008
Cause:
•
Memory address pointer or initialization error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation halts.
Do this:
•
Provide alternative ventilation.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-15
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 8009, 8010
8050
8051
8052
Description Cause:
•
Trend process error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation halts.
Do this:
•
Provide alternative ventilation.
Cause:
•
Shared memory cannot be initialized.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation halts.
Do this:
•
Provide alternative ventilation.
Cause:
•
Real-time priority incorrectly initialized.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation halts.
Do this:
•
Provide alternative ventilation.
Cause:
•
Trend data flag set.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-16
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 8053, 8054
8200 - 8205
88306
8300 - 8311
Description Cause:
•
Trend process error
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation halts.
Do this:
•
Provide alternative ventilation.
Cause:
•
Blackbox handling error
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log. .
Cause:
•
Power supply 24V overvoltage for more then 30 seconds
Cancel condition:
•
24 V in range.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
•
Check the event log. .
Cause:
•
Power supply 24V overvoltage for more then 30 seconds
Cancel condition:
•
24 V in range.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-17
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 8312
8400, 8401
8402
8403
Description Cause:
•
Power management system (PMS) error
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
•
Provide alternative ventilation.
Cause:
•
Could not open input queue, or could not open shared memory.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Could not initialize real-time priority.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Could not read input queue.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Initializes input queue.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-18
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 8404
8405, 8406
8407 - 8410, 8450 - 8458
8500
Description Cause:
•
Real-time operating system initialization error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Sound process error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log.
Do this:
•
Contact HAMILTON MEDICAL technical support (see below).
Cause:
•
Real-time operating system initialization error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Could not initialize graphics mode.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-19
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 8501
8504 - 8508
8600
8601
Description Cause:
•
Could not open font file.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Software operation error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Operating system error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Could not open input queue.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-20
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 8602, 8603
8604
8605, 8606
Description Cause:
•
Could not initialize part of shared memory or could not initialize queues.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Cause:
•
ZPRAM (zero power RAM) test failed during initialization.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
DPRAM failed.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-21
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 8607
8608
8609
Description Cause:
•
The HAMILTON-G5 could not find the file containing the icons or the file containing the language strings for British English.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Functions as normal, but the screen does not display words or does not display icons.
Do this:
• •
Replace the SW Program Compact Flash (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Operating system error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Could not start the interface communication process.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Continues to function as normal, but cannot communicate to other equipment using the communication interface.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-22
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 8610
8611
8612 - 8617, 8620 - 8623
Description Cause:
•
Could not find an object in the GUI table.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Could not find initialize monitor queue.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Operating system error (clock rate; invalid model, revision, or version detected; unsuccessful access).
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-23
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 8700 - 8702
8703 - 8705
8706
8707
Description Cause:
•
Could not open shared memory.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause
•
Could not open input queue, or could not open output queue.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Operating system error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Could not initialize queue.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-24
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault
8708, 8709
8800, 8801
8802
Description Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Monitor process error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Could not initialize queue.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
The HAMILTON-G5 tried ten times to initiate communication through the communication interface, but failed each time.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Continues to ventilate patient.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Ensure that the device connected to the communication interface can open the VueLink protocol. Make sure the VIP EPROM is the latest version. Replace the Interface Board (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Check the event log.
• • •
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-25
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 8803
Description Cause:
•
Communication between the IPP and the VIP failed.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number and this message: Communications interface option not found. Records technical fault number in the event log. Continues to ventilate patient.
• • Do this:
•
•
Reconfigure the HAMILTON-G5 so that the communication interface is disabled. You can continue to ventilate the patient. Ensure that the device connected to the communication interface can understand the HAMILTON MEDICAL AG or VueLink protocol. Make sure the VIP EPROM is the latest version. Replace the VU motherboard Board (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Communications error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Communications error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilation continues, but no communication is possible.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
• • •
8804, 8805
8806
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-26
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 8807 - 8808
8809
8900 - 8911
8912
Description Cause:
•
Communications error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Communication to Vuelink file failed..
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Cuff Pressure Controller system errors.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
No motor, Cuff Pressure Controller pressure low.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-27
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 8913
8914
8915
8916
Description Cause:
•
Always motor, Cuff Pressure Controller pressure high.
Cancel condition:
•
Switching off and on cuff.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
• •
Update Intellicuff firmware to CPC 01.22 or higher
Cause:
•
Cuff Pressure Controller pressure sensors read different.
Cancel condition:
•
Switching off and on cuff.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Cuff Pressure Controller Watchdog.
Cancel condition:
•
Switching off and on cuff..
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Cuff Pressure Controller connection to CPC lost.
Cancel condition:
•
Connection to CPC available.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-28
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 8917
8918
9000
Description Cause:
•
Incompatible Cuff Pressure Controller Firmware version. Unit Software version not compatible with IntelliCuff Firmware version CPC 01.20 and higher implemented with unit software version 02.31 or higher.
Cancel condition:
•
Compatible Firmware.
Ventilator response:
• • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log.
Do this:
•
Check for compatible Cuff Controller Pressure Firmware
Cause:
•
Cannot open shared memory
Cancel condition:
•
None
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation Check the event log
Cause:
•
Operating system error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-29
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9001 - 9003
9050 - 9051
9052, 9053
Description Cause:
•
The ZPRAM (zero power RAM on the VU motherboard) test, which takes place during the boot process, failed.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible). Can lose latest setup details and the events from the last session with TF 9001.
Do this:
• • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Replace the VU motherboard (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Operating system initializing error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Hardware error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-30
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9100, 9101
9102 - 9104
9105 - 9107
Description Cause:
•
VIP error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Operating system error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Could not open output queue, or could not open input queue.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-31
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9108
9109
9111
Description Cause:
•
Could not open shared memory.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
The alarm watchdog process could not be performed.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the Event Log for earlier alarms or Technical Faults (especially TF 6000 to 9999) that could have caused this Technical Fault. Contact HAMILTON MEDICAL technical support (see below).
Cause:
•
Watchdog is inactive.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-32
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9112 - 9120
9121
9122
Description Cause:
•
Operating system initialization process problem.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Interaction panel 12 V supply 5 seconds out of range.
Cancel condition:
•
12 V supply in range.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Shared memory access impossible.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-33
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9200 - 9203
9204, 9205
9206
Description Cause:
•
DPRAM error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical fault number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Operating system error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
VUP gives testbyte error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the Event Log for earlier alarms or technical faults (especially TF 6000 to 9999) that could have caused this technical fault.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-34
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9207 - 9209
9210 - 9212
9213
Description Cause:
•
Cannot open output queue.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Cannot open shared memory.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Alarm watchdog is not functioning.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Continues to ventilate patient normally.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-35
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9214 - 9219
9300 - 9302
9303, 9304
Description Cause:
•
Interrupt initialization process failed.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Could not open output queue.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Could not open shared memory.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-36
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9305
9306
9307
Description Cause:
•
Operating system error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
The Inspiratory Valve leak is higher than acceptable.
Cancel condition:
•
The tightness test must show that the Inspiratory Valve leak is within range.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (reversible if TF is cancelled).
Do this:
• • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Perform Inspiratory Valve Checks (Section 8, Test Mode). Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Invalid square root flow calculation result.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-37
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9308
9309
9310
Description Cause:
•
Synchronization signal to ventilation process not started.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Initialization finish signal not processed.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Communication initialization to VRC failed.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-38
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9311, 9312
9313
9400 - 9404
Description Cause:
•
Hardware memory initialization failed.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Tightness Test, Ambient valve defect
Cancel condition:
•
Tightness Test ok.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Cannot open alarm output queue.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-39
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9405 - 9408
9409
9410
Description Cause:
•
Cannot open VUP, alarm, monitor or other shared memory.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Operating system error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
DRAM error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible). Loses some alarm functions.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-40
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9411
9412, 9413
9416
Description Cause:
•
ZPRAM (zero power RAM) error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible). Loses some alarm limits.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
SW Program Compact Flash software versions are incompatible.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check SW versions. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
High pressure alarm limit value incorrect in DPRAM.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log. Contact HAMILTON MEDICAL technical support (see below).
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-41
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9417
9418 - 9420
9421
Description Cause:
•
Apnea time value incorrect in DPRAM.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
VRC interrupt problem.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
The VRC has received four false testbytes consecutively, or has received no testbyte in the last 200 ms.
Cancel condition:
•
None. (This technical fault can be caused by many conditions.)
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the Alarm Buffer for earlier alarms or technical faults (especially TF 6000 to 9999) that could have caused this technical fault. Check the Event Log for earlier alarms or technical faults (especially TF 6000 to 9999) that could have caused this technical fault. Check the event log.
• •
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-42
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9422
Description Cause:
•
Running the HAMILTON-G5 using non-production software that cancels the watchdog.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilates normally, but alarms are suppressed.
Do this:
• •
Check the event log. Replace the affected program carriers with officially released software.
WARNING Never use software of this kind in a clinical environment.
9423
9424
Cause:
•
Cannot start time-out procedure for a procedure.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Continues to ventilate patient.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Cannot communicate using user dialog and display manager process.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Continues to ventilate patient.
Do this:
• • • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Make sure that the VRC EPROM is properly seated. Replace the VRC EPROM (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Replace the VU motherboard (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Check the event log.
•
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-43
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9425 - 9427
9428
9429
9430, 9431
Description Cause:
•
Alarm process error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Faulty interaction panel (IP) alarm speaker.
Cancel condition:
•
When ventilator detects functional IP alarm speaker and user presses Alarm silence key twice.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Ventilator unit (VU) alarm speaker sounds with high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilation continues
Do this:
• •
Check the event log. Replace IP alarm speaker (Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly).
Cause:
•
Faulty interaction panel (IP) and ventilator unit (VU) alarm speaker.
Cancel condition:
•
When ventilator detects functional IP and VU alarm speaker and user presses Alarm silence key twice.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilation continues
Do this:
• •
Check the event log. Replace IP alarm speaker (Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly).
Cause:
•
Alarm speaker monitoring disabled (for internal use only).
Cancel condition:
•
When ventilation starts.
Ventilator response:
• •
Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log.
Do this:
• •
Check the event log. Replace motherboard.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-44
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9432
9433
9434
Description Cause:
•
Speaker timer error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Faulty interaction panel (IP) alarm speaker. Speaker signal always active (low level over 10minutes not reached)
Cancel condition:
•
When ventilator detects functional IP alarm speaker and user presses Alarm silence key twice.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Ventilator unit (VU) alarm speaker sounds with high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilator continues.
Do this:
• •
Check the event log. Replace IP alarm speaker (Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly).
Cause:
•
Faulty interaction panel (IP) alarm speaker. Speaker signal always active (low level over 10minutes not reached)
Cancel condition:
•
When ventilator detects functional IP alarm speaker and user presses Alarm silence key twice.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Ventilator unit (VU) buzzer sounds with high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilator continues.
Do this:
• •
Check the event log. Replace VU alarm speaker (Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly).
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-45
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9435
9436
9437
Description Cause:
•
Faulty interaction panel (IP) speaker timer task.
Cancel condition:
•
None
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Ventilator unit (VU) alarm speaker sounds with high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilator continues.
Do this:
• •
Check the event log. Replace IP alarm speaker (Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly).
Cause:
•
Faulty interaction panel (VU) speaker timer task.
Cancel condition:
•
None
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Ventilator unit (VU) buzzer sounds with high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilator continues.
Do this:
• •
Check the event log. Replace IP alarm speaker (Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly).
Cause:
•
Faulty interaction panel (IP) and ventilator unit (VU) speaker.
Cancel condition:
•
None
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Ventilator unit (VU) buzzer sounds with high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilator continues.
Do this:
• •
Check the event log. Replace IP alarm speaker (Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly).
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-46
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9438
9450 - 9455
9500 - 9504
Description Cause:
•
Could not open cuff shared memory.
Cancel condition:
•
None
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Alarm process error (unsuccessful memory access, cannot set priority, or process error).
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Ventilation process error (unsuccessful memory access., cannot set priority, or cannot open queue).
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-47
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9507, 9508
9509 - 9515
9516 - 9520
Description Cause:
•
Ventilation process error (cannot start communications or unexpected clock rate).
Cancel condition:
•
Error not detected.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilation continues.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Ventilation process error (invalid model, revision, or version; unsuccessful RAM access).
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Ventilation process boot error, used alternative procedure.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log.
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-48
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9519, 9907, 2402, 2414 after start- up
9600, 9601
9602
Description Cause:
• •
Faulty communication between IPP (Panel) and VUP (VU) due to IPP and VUP having different software version, e.g IPP 01.20e; VUP 01.21d;VRC 01.20d.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
9519 FTF_VUM_VUP_IPP_REVISION_MISMATCH (Main TF) 9907 TF_WDOG_GCP_IRQ 2402 ITF_ALRM_GCP_COMM_IRQ_ERROR 2414 ITF_ALRM_GCP_ERROR_COM
Do this:
•
Perform Software Restore Procedure followed by SW Update to latest SW (see Chapter Software recovery procedure 2.x or Software recovery procedure 1.x)
Cause:
•
Software process error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
CO2 sensor software process error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-49
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9603, 9604
9605 - 9607
9608
Description Cause:
•
Software process or shared memory access error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
CO2 sensor software process error (synchronization, initialization, or shared memory access).
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Shared memory access error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-50
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9609, 9610
9611
9612
9613
Description Cause:
•
CO2 sensor software process error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Software process error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Invalid air pressure (outside the range of 500 - 1000 mbar).
Cancel condition:
•
Air pressure is within range.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Air pressure value set to default (760 mmHg).
Do this:
•
Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Bus initialization error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-51
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9614
9618
9619 - 9624
Description Cause:
•
Software process error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
RAM initialization error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
SPA driver error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-52
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9704
9705
9706
Description Cause:
•
The value of the A/D converter offset at the time the VUP starts, is out of specification; or the status of the A/D converter at time the VUP starts, is out of specification at startup.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Perform A/D Converter Check (Section 8, Test Mode). Check the event log.
Cause:
•
The voltage of both D/A channels are out of specification at startup.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log.
Do this:
• • • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Perform voltage checks (Section 8, Electrical Safety Checks). Perform D/A Converter Check (Section 8, Test Mode). Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Following a reset, communication between the VUP and the VIP could not be established before the expiration of the 40-s timeout.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-53
10 Troubleshooting
Technical Fault 9708
9709 - 9711
9750 - 9772
Description Cause:
•
Emergency buzzer self-test failure.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • •
Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilation continues.
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Supply signal or RAM self-test failure.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
Cause:
•
Controller supervisor value invalid.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Ventilator operation continues.
Do this:
• • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Reinstall software (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Download black box and send data to hamilton medical for investigation.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10-54
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Technical Faults
Technical Fault 9800 - 9806
9901, 9902 9904 - 9939 9950 - 9958
Description Cause:
•
There is a checksum error.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• • •
Provide alternative ventilation. Reinstall software (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly). Check the event log.
Cause:
•
The watchdog detected that a process does not exist, or reacted too late.
Cancel condition:
•
None.
Ventilator response:
• • • •
Sounds high-priority alarm. Displays the technical fault number on the screen. Records technical event number in the event log. Enters ambient state (not reversible).
Do this:
• •
Provide alternative ventilation. Check the event log.
For technical support: export the event log and contact the Hamilton Medical AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
2016-03-24
624093/06
10-55
10 Troubleshooting
10.3
Technical Support Follow these steps in the event of a major Technical Fault which cannot be resolved by the Service Engineer (any Technical Fault between 5500 and 9999): Please follow this procedure: 1. Export the Event Log to a CompactFlash Data Carrier (as described in Section 8, Test Mode). 2. Enter a customer event report (CER) on the HAMILTON MEDICAL AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com) and attach the exported Event Log. 3. HAMILTON MEDICAL AG will analyze the event and provide technical support.
10.4
If the Ventilator Does Not Start Follow these steps if the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator doesn’t turn on: • Verify that hospital power supply is working correctly and that all power cord connections are secure. • Check, and if necessary replace, mains power inlet fuses. • Check, and if necessary, replace the ventilator power supply (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly).
10.5
Troubleshooting Voltage Checks Use a digital voltmeter to confirm that the following ventilation unit (VU) motherboard voltages are within range. If the voltages are out of range, replace the VU motherboard. Voltage
Measure between:
Range
+3.3 V
Test points 25 and 28
3.24 to 3.4 V
+5 V
Test points 25 and 27
4.85 to 5.25 V
+15 V
Test points 25 and 31
13.5 to 16.5 V
-15 V
Test points 25 and 32
-13.5 to -16.5 V
+ 24 V
Test points 25 and 26
> 20 V
Table 10-1. Troubleshooting Voltage Checks
See Appendix G, Test Points and LEDs for descriptions of test points and LEDs.
10-56
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Test Software Troubleshooting
10.6
Test Software Troubleshooting Follow suggested troubleshooting steps in order (see Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly for removal and replacement instructions). Follow these steps when troubleshooting: 1. Confirm that test configuration is correct. 2. If replacing components, repeat the applicable test following each replacement. If the test passes successfully, repeat all Test mode tests in order (see Section 8, Test Mode). 3. If a problem cannot be resolved, Enter a customer event report (CER) on the HAMILTON MEDICAL AG online help desk (https://hamilton.ky2help.com).
10.6.1
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 1: VUP Checks Field
Symptom
Do this:
VUP version
Obsolete or incompatible software version.
Install appropriate software.
Software Checksum
VUP failed is displayed
1.
Use recovery CompactFlash to restore IPP/VUP and then to reinstall software.
2.
Replace VUP ESM module.
VRC version VIP 1 version VIP 2 version
Obsolete or incompatible software version.
Install appropriate software.
FPGA code NIOS ID
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
ESM model
EM01A4 is not displayed.
Replace VUP ESM module.
ESM SN
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
ESM-HW revision
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
CPU sys model
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
CPU temp
Displayed temperature is > 70 °C
1.
Replace VUP ESM module.
2.
Replace cooling fan.
3.
Replace VU motherboard.
ESM voltage 1200 mV
Displayed voltage is out of range.
ESM voltage 1500 mV
Displayed voltage is out of range.
ESM voltage 2500 mV
Displayed voltage is out of range.
ESM voltage 3300 mV
Displayed voltage is out of range.
ESM voltage 5000 mV
Displayed voltage is out of range.
RTC date
Incorrect date or time displayed.
Change the date or time in Configuration mode.
Operating hours
Unreasonably low or high operating hours displayed.
No action available.
VUP motherboard HW rev
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
2016-03-24
624093/06
Replace ESM module
10-57
10 Troubleshooting
10.6.2
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 2: Relay & Emergency Checks Field
10.6.3
Symptom
Do this:
VUP Speaker
VUP speaker does not turn on and off.
Replace ventilation unit speaker.
Emergency alarm
Emergency buzzer does not turn on and off; alarm LED does not turn on and off; alarm relay “click” is not audible.
1.
Replace ventilation unit speaker.
2.
Replace VU motherboard.
Relay on/off
Alarm relay “click” is not audible; if connected, external Nurse alarm does not turn on and off.
Replace VU motherboard.
I:E relay on/off
I:E relay “click” is not audible; if connected, external nebulizer does not turn on and off.
Replace VU motherboard.
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 3: VRC-VUP Communication Checks Field DPRAM test
Symptom OK is not displayed.
VUP-VRC test
Do this: 1.
Replace VRC SW chip.
2.
.Replace VU motherboard
1.
Replace VU motherboard.
2.
Replace VRC SW chip.
1.
Replace VU motherboard.
2.
Replace VRC SW chip.
1.
Replace VU motherboard.
2.
Replace VRC SW chip.
VRC-VUP test DPRAM R/W test Self-test DPRAM collisions
Incremented value
10-58
0 is not displayed. A value of 1000 or greater is not displayed in one or both of these fields. Does not increment from approximately 0 (0 to 20) to 255 (235 to 255) in steps of 20.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Test Software Troubleshooting
10.6.4
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 4: A/D Converter Checks Field ADC 11
Symptom Max or min value is out of range.
Do this: 1.
Check/measure voltage on VU motherboard (see Section 10.5, Troubleshooting Voltage
Checks). ADC 12
Max or min value is out of range.
2.
Replace VU motherboard.
1.
Check/measure voltage on VU motherboard (see Section 10.5, Troubleshooting Voltage
Checks). 2.
10.6.5
ADC 14
Max or min value is out of range.
Replace sensor board.
ADC 15
Max or min value is out of range.
Replace inspiratory valve assembly.
ADC 16
Max or min value is out of range.
Replace VU motherboard.
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 5: D/A Converter Checks Field
2016-03-24
Replace VU motherboard.
Symptom
Do this:
ADC 9
Max or min value is out of range.
Replace VU motherboard.
ADC 10
Max or min value is out of range.
Replace VU motherboard.
624093/06
10-59
10 Troubleshooting
10.6.6
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 6: Zero & Full-Scale Calibration Field Zero calibrations:
Symptom
Ppat
After correct adjustment, later moves out of range.
Paw
Cannot adjust to within range.
Do this: 1.
Replace sensor board.
2.
Replace inspiratory valve assembly.
3.
Replace mixer block sintered disk.
4.
Replace sensor board.
Paux dP servo Zero calibration:
Cannot adjust to within range.
dP mixer Zero calibration:
Cannot adjust to within range.
Replace the sensor board.
Cannot adjust to within range.
1.
Replace sensor board.
2.
Replace inspiratory valve assembly.
1.
Check for leaks.
2.
Replace sensor board.
dP flow sensor Full-scale calibrations: Ppat Paw Paux Full-scale calibration:
Cannot adjust to within range.
dP flow sensor (TC 3, TC 4) Full-scale calibration:
Cannot adjust to within range.
Replace inspiratory valve assembly.
dP servo sensor
10.6.7
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 7: O2 Cell Calibration & Checks Field Calibrate O2 cell (button)
1.
Ensure that oxygen is connected.
2.
Replace the O2 cell.
3.
Ensure that the oxygen supply is delivering 100% oxygen.
4.
If the cell does not calibrate, continue to other checks to isolate the fault.
Displayed value out of range.
Replace the O2 cell.
O2 cell
Displayed value out of range.
1.
Replace the O2 cell.
2.
Replace mixer.
1.
Replace the O2 cell.
2.
Replace mixer inlet valves.
3.
Replace defectiv oxygen cell calibration valves.
Displayed value out of range.
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 8: Mixer Calibration & Checks Field Ptank
10-60
The calibration was not successful.
Do this:
O2 gain
Oxygen %
10.6.8
Symptom
Symptom Tank tightness check fails (pressure decreases too quickly, indicating a leak)
Do this: 1.
Check for leaks at all connections to the tank.
2.
Check for leak at the tank overpressure relief valve.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Test Software Troubleshooting
Field 90ms flow
Symptom Displayed value out of range.
Do this: 1.
If tank pressure rises after disconnecting air supply, replace oxygen mixer inlet valve.
2.
If tank pressure rises after disconnecting oxygen supply, replace air mixer inlet valve.
3.
Disconnect air and oxygen gas supplies: if values are still out of range, replace sensor board.
200ms flow
10.6.9
Ptank max
Mixer calibration cannot be adjusted to within range.
Replace sensor board.
Ptank max / Mixer Gain
Tank overpressure valve check fails.
Replace tank overpressure relief valve.
Heliox Valve leak test
Leak out of range
1. If the leaks is out of range, replace heliox assabmbly.
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 9: Flow Sensor Circuit Checks Field dP Flow Sensor dP flow sensor autozero valve check (TC 6, TC 7)
10.6.10
Displayed values out of range.
Do this: 1.
Step forward to test mode 12 to run Flow sensor calibration which will perform an auto zero calibration. After that return and continue at test unit 9.
2.
Verify that the autozero valves on the sensor board are properly opening and closing without leaks.
3.
Replace sensor board.
Rinse flow check (TC 8)
Flows through both flow sensor connectors are unequal
Replace flow restrictors.
Auxiliary rinse flow check (TC 9)
Bubbles indicate there is auxiliary rinse flow
1.
Check for leaks.
2.
Check for proper position of auxiliary plate and leaks.
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 10: Patient Overpressure Valve Checks Field
2016-03-24
Symptom
Symptom
Do this:
Servo (inspiratory) valve tightness check (TC 10)
Measured pressure out of range.
Replace inspiratory valve.
Safety valve block tightness check (TC 11)
Measured pressure decreases too quickly.
1.
Check for leaks.
2.
Replace safety valve block.
Patient overpressure valve check (TC 11)
Displayed Ppat max is out of range.
Replace safety valve block.
624093/06
10-61
10 Troubleshooting
10.6.11
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 11: Ambient Valve Checks Field
Displayed Ppat value is out of range or exhalation is possible.
Ppat
Close ambient valve (button)
10.6.12
Close or Disable or Open ambient valve (button)
Ensure that the connection to the safety valve block is correct.
2.
Replace safety valve block.
1.
Ensure that the connection to the safety valve block is correct.
2.
Replace safety valve block.
On of the function fails
Do this: 1.
Ensure that the connection to the safety valve block is correct.
2.
Replace safety valve block.
1.
Ensure that the connection to the safety valve block is correct.
2.
Replace safety valve block.
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 12: Inspiratory Valve Checks Field
Symptom
Do this:
Inspiratory valve air delivery check
Servo board 20ml/s and 500ml/s potentiometers cannot be adjusted to within range.
Replace inspiratory valve.
Flow sensor calibration
Flow sensor cannot be calibrated.
1.
Verify that the breathing circuit is adult type and connected properly, and repeat calibration.
2.
Replace flow sensor.
3.
Replace sensor board.
1.
Replace inspiratory valve.
2.
Replace sensor board.
Inspiratory valve linearity check
Displayed values are out of range.
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 13: Exp Valve Calibration & Checks Field Expiratory valve calibration check
Expiratory valve linearity check
10-62
1.
Symptom Displayed Ppat value is out of range or exhalation is possible.
Ppat
10.6.14
It is possible to inhale and exhale when ambient valve is closed, or cannot inhale and exhale when ambient valve is open.
Do this:
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 11: Active Ambient Valve Checks Field
10.6.13
Symptom
Symptom Expiratory valve cannot be calibrated.
Displayed values are out of range.
Do this: 1.
Check the cable connections to the expiratory valve.
2.
Check the patient breathing circuit for leaks.
3.
Check that air and oxygen supplies are connected properly.
4.
Verify that expiratory valve plunger pin is clean.
5.
Replace expiratory valve cover and membrane.
6.
Replace expiratory valve.
1.
Replace expiratory valve cover.
2.
Replace expiratory valve.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Test Software Troubleshooting
10.6.15
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 14: Nebulizer Checks Field
10.6.16
Nebulizer valve does not open and close properly or measured pressure is out of range.
1.
Check for leaks.
2.
Replace nebulizer valve.
Nebulizer valve leak check (TC 15)
Bubbles are visible, indicating a leak.
Replace nebulizer valve.
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 15: Internal Battery / PMS Symptom
Do this:
Design cap Ah
Displayed battery capacity is out of range.
Install appropriate internal battery.
Temperature C
Battery temperature is above acceptable limit.
1.
Replace internal battery.
2.
Replace cooling fan.
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 16: Extended Battery Field
2016-03-24
Do this:
Nebulizer valve pressure check (TC 14)
Field
10.6.17
Symptom
Symptom
Do this:
Design cap Ah
Displayed battery capacity is out of range.
Install appropriate extended battery.
Temperature C
Battery temperature is above acceptable limit.
1.
Replace extended battery.
2.
Replace cooling fan.
624093/06
10-63
10 Troubleshooting
10.6.18
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 17: Cuff Calibration and Checks Field Communication check
Cuff firmware version missing
Do this: 1.
Check if SW 2.60 or higher is installed.
2.
Check the connection of the Cuff pressure controller cable
3.
Replace Cuff Controller
Cuff Pressure performance test
Doesn‘t reach 27mbar in less than 40 seconds
1.
Check the connection of the Cuff pressure tube
2.
Replace Cuff Controller
Leak test
The pump reloading interval takes less than 10 seconds.
1.
Check the connection of the Cuff pressure tube
2.
Replace Cuff Controller
Pcuff is out of tolerance
1.
Check for proper tube connection between pressure sensors
2.
Replace Cuff Controller
1.
Check the connection of the Cuff pressure controller cable
2.
Replace Cuff Controller
1.
Check the connection of the Cuff pressure tube
2.
Replace Cuff Controller
Pressure reading
Pressure monitoring
Deflate test
10-64
Symptom
External measured Pcuff reads out of tolerance Doesn‘t deflate or takes longer than 40 seconds
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Test Software Troubleshooting
10.6.19
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 18: IPP Checks Field
Symptom
Do this:
IPP vers
Obsolete or incompatible software version.
Install appropriate IPP software.
Software Checksum
IPP failed is displayed
Install appropriate IPP software.
IPPVUP
CONNECTED is not displayed.
Check that IPP-to-VUP cable is correctly installed and undamaged.
FPGA Code
Displayed value is incorrect.
1.
Use recovery CompactFlash to restore IPP/VUP and then to reinstall software.
2.
Replace IPP ESM module.
1.
Use recovery CompactFlash to restore IPP/VUP and then to reinstall software.
2.
Replace IPP ESM module.
NIOS ID
Displayed value is incorrect.
ESM model
Displayed model is incorrect.
Replace IPP ESM module.
ESM SN
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
ESM HW revision
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
CPU sys model
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
CPU Temp
Displayed temperature is above acceptable limit.
Replace IPP ESM module.
ESM voltage 1200 mV
Displayed voltage is out of range.
ESM voltage 1500 mV
Displayed voltage is out of range.
ESM voltage 2500 mV
Displayed voltage is out of range.
ESM voltage 5000 mV
Displayed voltage is out of range.
ESM voltage 3300 mV
Displayed voltage is out of range.
RTC date
Incorrect date or time displayed.
1.
Change the date or time in Configuration mode.
2.
Replace IPP ESM module.
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
IPP motherboard HW revision
2016-03-24
624093/06
Replace ESM module
10-65
10 Troubleshooting
10.6.20
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 19: LCD Display Checks Field
Symptom
Color buttons (Black, Yellow, etc.)
A cluster of greater than 4 pixels is visible or colors do not display correctly.
LCD on/off
10.6.21
Control knob
High, Medium, Low alarm, Alarm off
Interaction panel hard keys
Dimming checks
Check cable connections between display and IP motherboard.
2.
Replace IP motherboard.
3.
Replace LCD display.
1.
Check cable connections between the IP motherboard, backlight inverter, and the display.
2.
Replace LED driver board.
3.
Replace IP motherboard.
4.
Replace LCD display.
Symptom Some or all of the knob range does not function. Alarm sound is incorrect.
Button does not change color when pressed.
Lamps, LEDs, or LCD do not dim correctly.
Do this: 1.
Verify that the cable from the key and LED board is properly connected.
2.
Replace the control knob encoder.
1.
Verify that the cable from the speaker to the IP motherboard is properly connected.
2.
Check for speaker technical fault.
3.
Replace speaker.
4.
Replace IP motherboard.
1.
Verify that the cable from the encoder to the key and LED board is properly connected.
2.
Replace IP motherboard.
3.
Replace key and LED board.
1.
Verify that the cable connections to the IP motherboard are properly connected.
2.
Replace IP motherboard.
3.
Replace key and LED board.
4.
Replace LCD display.
Troubleshooting Touch Screen Calibration Field Touch screen calibration screen
10-66
1.
Troubleshooting Test Mode Unit 20: User Interface & Alarm Tone Checks Field
10.6.22
LCD does not turn on or off properly.
Do this:
Symptom Calibration cannot be performed.
Do this: 1.
Check cable connections between touch screen and IP motherboard.
2.
Replace IP motherboard.
3.
Replace LCD display.
4.
Replace IP ESM module.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Section
11 Components Removal/Assembly 11
WARNING You must perform the repairs detailed in this section only as instructed in Section 5, Preventive Maintenance and Testing Overview.
11.1
Overview This section provides: • General information about all major components in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator • Maintenance or replacement information about many components
11.2
Notes on Maintenance and Replacement CAUTION After performing Maintenance or Replacement of a component or module, perform the necessary Test Software checks and calibrations and Safety Tests to ensure the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator is performing properly.
HAMILTON MEDICAL AG does not permit repairs to parts that are supplies as an assembly. For example: • • • • •
You have to replace the Inspiratory Valve as a complete module, including Servo Board You have to replace the Expiratory Valve as a complete assembly You have to replace the Tank Overpressure Relief Valve as a complete assembly You have to replace the Safety Valve Block as a complete assembly You have to replace all printed circuit boards
WARNING Repair of parts, components or assemblies is not permitted by HAMILTON MEDICAL AG, as incorrectly repaired parts, components or assemblies could result in patient injury. See available spare parts in Appendix B, Spare Parts. Note Always send defective parts, components or assemblies to HAMILTON MEDICAL AG with a completed Returned Goods ID Tag. Always make sure that all grounding (earthing) connections are in place, especially after replacing any component. There are two types of connections: • The contact strips beneath the enclosure and the front and rear covers. (see Figure 11-2 on page 11-3) • The green/yellow striped wires used to assure good grounding (earthing) contact that are connected to the Chassis
2016-03-24
624093/06
11-1
11 Components Removal/Assembly
CAUTION Make sure to take full ESD (ElectroStatic Discharge) precautions before opening the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. See Appendix A, Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment for more information. CAUTION When the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator is switched ON, even when not connected to the external Mains Power, the internal or extended backup batteries supply power. Therefore, a short circuit is possible when the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator is switched ON. WARNING • • • •
Always disconnect the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator from the external Mains Power and switch the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator OFF, before opening the Cover Disconnect the PMS from the Ventilation Unit Motherboard (connector P309) to isolate the batteries from supplying power to the HAMILTON-G5 before Component Removal/Assembly Always make sure that all Grounding (Earthing) Connections are in place Never use any kind of lubrication on any part of the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator
WARNING While maintaining or replacing components inside the main enclosure, do not touch the contact strips (Figure 11-2) as the sharp edges could result in injury.
Figure 11-1. Chassis Contact Strip
11-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Notes on Maintenance and Replacement
WARNING Do not touch the active ambient valve magnetic as the hot valve could result in injury. (Figure 11-2)
Figure 11-2. Hot item label
Note Before making any repairs, remove from the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator: • External Mains Power Supply • Air and Oxygen Supplies • Patient Breathing Circuit (if not needed) • Flow Sensor Tubing (if not needed) • Tubing Support Holder (if not needed) • PMS from the Ventilation Unit Motherboard (connector P309)
2016-03-24
624093/06
11-3
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.3
Contents of this Section • Section 11.5, Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly, on page 11-7 • Section 11.5.1, Interaction Panel Removal/Assembly, on page 11-7 • Section , , on page 11-9 • Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10 • Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13 • Section 11.5.4, Power and Communications Cable Removal/Assembly, on page 11-14 • Section 11.5.5, ESM Module Removal/Assembly, on page 11-15 • Section 11.5.6, Interaction Panel Motherboard Removal/Assembly, on page 11-16 • Section 11.5.8, Speaker Removal/Assembly, on page 11-18 • Section 11.5.9, LED Driver Board Removal/Assembly since VU SN #5314, on page 11-19 • Section 11.5.11, Alarm Lamp Board Removal/Assembly, on page 11-21 • Section 11.5.12, Keys and LED Board Removal/Assembly, on page 11-22 • Section 11.5.13, Display with LED Backlight Removal/Assembly since VU SN #5314, on page 11-23 • Section 11.5.15, P&T Control Knob Encoder Removal/Assembly since VU SN 3871, on page 11-26 • Section 11.6, Ventilation Unit Covers Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28 • Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28 • Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29 • Section 11.6.3, Connector Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-30 • Section 11.6.4, Front Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-31 • Section 11.6.5, Front Chassis Removal/Assembly, on page 11-32 • Section 11.6.6, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-34 • Section 11.7, Ventilation Unit Electronic Components Removal/Assembly, on page 11-35 • Section 11.7.1, Sensor Board Removal/Assembly, on page 11-35 • Section 11.7.2, ESM Module Removal/Assembly, on page 11-36 • Section 11.7.3, Ventilation Unit Motherboard Removal/Assembly, on page 11-37 • Section 11.7.4, Power Management Supply Removal/Assembly, on page 11-39 • Section 11.7.5, Main Power Switch Removal/Assembly, on page 11-40 • Section 11.7.6, Cooling Fan Removal/Assembly, on page 11-41 • Section 11.7.7, Speaker Removal/Assembly, on page 11-42 • Section 11.7.8, Internal Battery Removal/Assembly, on page 11-43
11-4
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Figures in this Section
• Section 11.8, Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly, on page 11-45 • Section 11.8.1, Expiratory Valve Removal/Assembly, on page 11-45 • Section 11.8.2, Nebulizer Valve Removal/Assembly, on page 11-46 • Section 11.8.3, Safety Valve Block Removal/Assembly, on page 11-47 • Section 11.8.4, Inspiratory Valve Removal/Assembly, on page 11-48 • Section 11.8.5, Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves Removal/Assembly, on page 11-49 • Section 11.8.6, Metal Plate Removal/Assembly, on page 11-50 • Section 11.8.7, Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Sintered Disk Removal/Assembly, on page 11-51 • Section 11.8.8, Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Removal/Assembly, on page 11-52 • Section 11.8.9, Interconnection Block with Tank Removal/Assembly, on page 11-53 • Section 11.8.10, Tank Removal/Assembly, on page 11-55 • Section 11.8.11, Water Trap Bowl/Microfilter Element Removal/Assembly, on page 11-56 • Section 11.8.12, Filter Block Removal/Assembly, on page 11-57 • Section 11.8.13, One-Way Check Valves Removal/Assembly, on page 11-58 • Section 11.8.14, Mixer Block 159311 Removal/Assembly, on page 11-59 • Section 11.8.15, Mixer Valves 394077 Removal/Assembly, on page 11-60 • Section 11.9, Ventilation Unit Column Removal/Assembly, on page 11-64 • Section 11.9.1, Power Strip Removal/Assembly, on page 11-64 • Section 11.9.2, Extended Battery Removal/Assembly, on page 11-65 • Section 11.9.3, External Battery Holder Removal/Assembly, on page 11-66 • Section 11.9.4, Ventilation Unit Removal/Assembly, on page 11-67 • Section 11.9.5, Column to Trolley Removal/Assembly, on page 11-69 • Section 11.9.6, Wheels Removal/Assembly, on page 11-71
11.4
Figures in this Section • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2016-03-24
Figure 11-2, Hot item label, on page 11-3 Figure 11-3, Interaction Panel Communications Connector Removal, on page 11-7 Figure 11-4, Interaction Panel from Swivel Mount Removal, on page 11-8 Figure 11-6, Interaction Panel from Release Clamp Removal, on page 11-9 Figure 11-7, Interaction Panel Mounted to the Swivel Mount Post, on page 11-10 Figure 11-9, Interaction Panel Mounted to the Rail, on page 11-11 Figure 11-6, Interaction Panel Rear Cover Removal Step 1, on page 11-10 Figure 11-7, Interaction Panel Rear Cover Removal Step 2, on page 11-11 Figure 11-8, Interaction Panel Rear Cover Removal Step 3, on page 11-12 Figure 11-9, Metal Shield Removal, on page 11-13 Figure 11-10, Communications Cable Removal, on page 11-14 Figure 11-11, ESM Module Removal, on page 11-15 Figure 11-12, Interaction Panel Motherboard Removal, on page 11-16 Figure 11-14, Speaker Removal, on page 11-18 Figure 11-15, LED Driver Board Removal, on page 11-19 Figure 11-17, Alarm Lamp Board Removal, on page 11-21 Figure 11-18, Keys and LED Board Removal, on page 11-22 Figure 11-20, LCD Display Removal, on page 11-24 Figure 11-21, P&T Control Knob Encoder Removal, on page 11-26 Figure 11-23, Rail Removal, on page 11-28
624093/06
11-5
11 Components Removal/Assembly
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
11-6
Figure 11-24, Main Cover Removal, on page 11-29 Figure 11-25, Connector Cover Removal, on page 11-30 Figure 11-26, Front Cover Removal, on page 11-31 Figure 11-27, Front Chassis Removal Step 1, on page 11-32 Figure 11-28, Front Cover Removal Step 2, on page 11-33 Figure 11-29, Rear Cover Removal, on page 11-34 Figure 11-30, Sensor Board Removal, on page 11-35 Figure 11-31, ESM Module Removal, on page 11-36 Figure 11-32, Ventilation Unit Motherboard Removal, on page 11-37 Figure 11-33, Power Management Supply Removal, on page 11-39 Figure 11-34, Main Power Switch Removal, on page 11-40 Figure 11-35, Cooling Fan Removal, on page 11-41 Figure 11-36, Speaker Removal, on page 11-42 Figure 11-37, Internal Battery Drawer Removal, on page 11-43 Figure 11-38, Internal Battery Removal, on page 11-44 Figure 11-39, Expiratory Valve Removal, on page 11-45 Figure 11-40, Nebulizer Valve Removal, on page 11-46 Figure 11-41, Safety Valve Block Removal, on page 11-47 Figure 11-43, Inspiratory Valve Removal, on page 11-48 Figure 11-44, Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves Removal, on page 11-49 Figure 11-45, Metal Plate Removal, on page 11-50 Figure 11-46, Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Sintered Disk Removal, on page 11-51 Figure 11-47, Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Removal, on page 11-52 Figure 11-48, Interconnection Block with Tank Removal Step 1, on page 11-53 Figure 11-49, Interconnection Block with Tank Removal Step 2, on page 11-54 Figure 11-50, Tank Removal, on page 11-55 Figure 11-51, Water Trap Bowl Removal, on page 11-56 Figure 11-52, Filter Block Removal, on page 11-57 Figure 11-53, One-Way Check Valves Removal, on page 11-58 Figure 11-54, Mixer Block 159311 Removal, on page 11-59 Figure 11-55, Mixer Valves 394077 Removal, on page 11-60 Figure 11-59, Power Strip Removal, on page 11-64 Figure 11-60, Extended Battery Removal, on page 11-65 Figure 11-61, Extended Batter Holder Removal, on page 11-66 Figure 11-62, Ventilation Unit Removal Step 1, on page 11-67 Figure 11-63, Ventilation Unit Removal Step 2, on page 11-68 Figure 11-64, Column Mount Screws Removal, on page 11-69 Figure 11-65, Column Mount Removal, on page 11-70 Figure 11-66, Wheels Removal Step 1, on page 11-71 Figure 11-67, Wheels Removal Step 2, on page 11-72
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly
11.5 11.5.1
Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly Interaction Panel Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-3. Interaction Panel Communications Connector Removal
To remove the Interaction Panel: 1.
2016-03-24
Disconnect the Interaction Panel Communications Cable (159367) from the rear of the Ventilation Unit by depressing the latch (A) on the side of the connector socket.
624093/06
11-7
11 Components Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-4. Interaction Panel from Swivel Mount Removal
2.
11-8
If the Interaction Panel is mounted to the Swivel Mount on top of the Ventilation Unit, depress the lever (B) used for rotation, and lift.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-5. Interaction Panel from Release Clamp Removal
2016-03-24
3.
If the Interaction Panel is mounted to the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit, unscrew the Clamp Knob (C) to release the clamp and remove the Interaction Panel.
4.
Place aside in a safe location.
5.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-9
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.2
Rear Cover Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-6. Interaction Panel Rear Cover Removal Step 1
To remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (159220): 1.
11-10
Remove the Hex Allen screw (A) M6x10 (420696) and Washer (B) (159369) to remove the Cable Management Cover (C) (159293).
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-7. Interaction Panel Rear Cover Removal Step 2
2.
Remove 4 Hex Allen screws M4x16 (420321) to remove the Interaction Panel Swivel Mount (159493). Reinstalling the Interaction Panel Swivel Mount fix the screws using Loctite 222 (511000).
2016-03-24
624093/06
11-11
11 Components Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-8. Interaction Panel Rear Cover Removal Step 3
11-12
3.
Remove 6 Hex Allen screws (F) M4x12 (400304).
4.
Remove the Rear Cover (G) (159220).
5.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.3
Metal Shield Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-9. Metal Shield Removal
To remove the Metal Shield: 1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove 1 Hex Allen screw (A) M4x6 (400500) and 4 Hex Allen screws (B) M3x6 (420695).
WARNING Hex Allen screw (A) cannot be any longer than the specified size (M4x6), otherwise, damage can be caused to the Interaction Panel Motherboard.
2016-03-24
3.
Remove the Metal Shield (C).
4.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-13
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.4
Power and Communications Cable Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-10. Communications Cable Removal
To disconnect the Power and Communications Cable (159367):
11-14
1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove the Metal Shield (see Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13).
3.
Depress the latch (A) underneath the Power and Communications Cable Connector, and disconnect the cable.
4.
Remove the Power and Communications Cable.
5.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.5
ESM Module Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-11. ESM Module Removal
To remove the ESM Module (MSP159211): 1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove the Metal Shield (see Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13).
3.
Unplug the ESM Module from 2 connector sockets (A) on the Interaction Panel Motherboard.
4.
Remove the ESM Module (B).
5.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal. A new ordered ESM board MSP159211 runs on a pre-installed software. Refer to Section E Software Versions.
2016-03-24
624093/06
11-15
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.6
Interaction Panel Motherboard Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-12. Interaction Panel Motherboard Removal
To remove the Interaction Panel Motherboard (159204):
11-16
1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove the Metal Shield (see Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13).
3.
Disconnect the Power and Communcations Cable (see Section 11.5.4, Power and Communications Cable Removal/Assembly, on page 11-14).
4.
Disconnect all cables from the Interaction Panel Motherboard.
5.
If necessary, remove the ESM Module (see Section 11.5.5, ESM Module Removal/Assembly, on page 11-15).
6.
Remove 3 Hex nuts (A) M3 (408005) and 3 Hex Allen screws (B) M3x4 (400000).
7.
Remove the Interaction Panel Motherboard (B).
8.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.7
Interaction Panel Motherboard Display jumper setting
Figure 11-13. Interaction Panel Motherboard Display jumper setting
For display 380036 remove display jumper P324 on IP Motherboard 159204/04 or higher. For display identification (see Section 11.5.13, Display with LED Backlight Removal/Assembly since VU SN #5314, on page 11-23). Note Software version 2.60 or higher is required for Display with LED Backlight 380036
For display LCD Display 380024 install jumper P324 as shown with Section Figure 11-13., Interaction Panel Motherboard Display jumper setting, on page 11-17. For display identification Section 11.5.14, LCD Display Removal/Assembly until VU SN #5314, on page 11-24
2016-03-24
624093/06
11-17
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.8
Speaker Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-14. Speaker Removal
To remove the Speaker (157219):
11-18
1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove the Metal Shield (see Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13).
3.
Disconnect the Speaker cable from the Interaction Panel Motherboard.
4.
Remove 3 Hex Allen screws (A) M3x6 (420695).
5.
Remove the Speaker (B).
6.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.9
LED Driver Board Removal/Assembly since VU SN #5314
Figure 11-15. LED Driver Board Removal
To remove the LED Driver Board (396236):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove the Metal Shield (see Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13).
3.
Disconnect the cables from the Interaction Panel Motherboard and the LCD Display.
4.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws (A) M3x6 (400002).
5.
Remove the LED Driver Board (B).
6.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-19
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.10
Backlight voltage inverter Removal/Assembly until VU SN #5314
Figure 11-16. Backlight voltage inverter Removal
To remove the Backlight voltage inverter (396196):
11-20
1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove the Metal Shield (see Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13).
3.
Disconnect the cables from the Interaction Panel Motherboard and the LCD Display.
4.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws (A) M3x4 (400000).
5.
Remove the Backlight voltage inverter (B).
6.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.11
Alarm Lamp Board Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-17. Alarm Lamp Board Removal
To remove the Alarm Lamp Board (159272):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove the Metal Shield (see Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13).
3.
Disconnect the cable from the Interaction Panel Motherboard.
4.
Slide the Alarm Lamp Board (A) from the built-in Front Cover slots (B).
5.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-21
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.12
Keys and LED Board Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-18. Keys and LED Board Removal
To remove the Keys and LED Board (159213):
11-22
1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove the Metal Shield (see Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13).
3.
Disconnect the cables from the Interaction Panel Motherboard and the P&T Control Knob Encoder.
4.
Remove 10 Hex Nuts (A) M3 (408005).
5.
Remove the Keys and LED Board (B).
6.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.13
Display with LED Backlight Removal/Assembly since VU SN #5314
Figure 11-19. Display with LED Backlight Removal
To remove the Display with LED Backlight (380036):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove the Metal Shield (see Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13).
3.
Remove the Interaction Panel Motherboard (see Section 11.5.6, Interaction Panel Motherboard Removal/Assembly, on page 11-16).
4.
Remove the LED Driver Board (see Section 11.5.9, LED Driver Board Removal/Assembly since VU SN #5314, on page 11-19).
5.
Remove 4 Hex Nut (B) M3 (408005).
6.
Remove display (A) with interface brackets (E) and IP support metal (D).
7.
Remove 4 Cyl Screws (C) M3x6 (400002).
8.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-23
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.14
LCD Display Removal/Assembly until VU SN #5314
Figure 11-20. LCD Display Removal
To remove the LCD Display (380024):
11-24
1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove the Metal Shield (see Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13).
3.
If necessary, remove the ESM Module (see Section 11.5.5, ESM Module Removal/Assembly, on page 11-15).
4.
Remove the Interaction Panel Motherboard (see Section 11.5.6, Interaction Panel Motherboard Removal/Assembly, on page 11-16).
5.
Remove the Backlight voltage inverter (see Backlight voltage inverter Removal/Assembly until VU SN #5314).
6.
Remove 4 Hex Allen screws (A) M3x6 (420695).
7.
Remove the LCD Display (B).
8.
Assemble according to LCD Backlight Removal/Assembly 380025
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.14.1
LCD Backlight Removal/Assembly 380025 Note The LCD backlight 380025 and LCD Display 380024 are no longer available. In case you require to exchange the backlight 380025 or the display 380024 order the upgrade kit MSP380024. To remove the LCD Backlight (380025): 1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Follow the instruction guide 612217. The MSP380024 kit includes following items: 159622 CABLE FROM MOTHBRD.TO DRIVERB 159623 CABLE FROM DRIVERB.TO DISPLAY 159624 IP LCD HALTEBLECH 2 159625 IP INTERFACE PLATTE 2 380036 GRAPHIC LCD TFT XGA 15" 396236 LED DRIVER BOARD 400002 SCREW M3X6 408005 NUT M3 612217 INSTALLATION GUIDE MSP380024
2016-03-24
624093/06
11-25
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.15
P&T Control Knob Encoder Removal/Assembly since VU SN 3871
Figure 11-21. P&T Control Knob Encoder Removal
To remove the P&T Control Knob Encoder (372036):
11-26
1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove the Metal Shield (see Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13).
3.
Disconnect the cable from the Key and LED Board.
4.
Detach the External Knob (A) (159449) from the Encoder (B).
5.
Remove the P&T Encoder (B).
6.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Components Removal/Assembly
11.5.16
P&T Control Knob Encoder Removal/Assembly until VU SN 3870
Figure 11-22. P&T Control Knob Encoder Removal
To remove the P&T Control Knob Encoder (372036): 1.
Remove the Interaction Panel Rear Cover (see Section 11.5.2, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-10).
2.
Remove the Metal Shield (see Section 11.5.3, Metal Shield Removal/Assembly, on page 11-13).
3.
Disconnect the cable from the Key and LED Board.
4.
Detach the External Knob (A) (155704), O-ring (254154) and insulating washer (157444) from the Internal Knob (C) (155705) Assembly.
5.
Remove the Hex nut (B) and Washer (B) to remove the Internal Knob (C).
6.
Remove the Hex Collet (D) and Shell (D) from the P&T Encoder (E).
7.
Remove the P&T Encoder (E).
8.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION Do not remove the P&T Conrol Knob for maintenance. Removal of the P&T Control Knob can damage the P&T Control Knob Encoder. Only remove if necessary to replace a non-functioning P&T Control Knob Encoder. Note The Knob must be positioned to allow free movement. Attach so there is a 3 mm gap between the back of the Knob and the face of the Interaction Panel. Test the Knob actions for both Press and Turn.
2016-03-24
624093/06
11-27
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.6 11.6.1
Ventilation Unit Covers Removal/Assembly Rail Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-23. Rail Removal
To remove the Rail (159118) surrounding the Ventilation Unit:
11-28
1.
Remove 4 Hex Allen screws (A) M6x60 (420742) from the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit.
2.
Remove the Rail (B) (159118).
3.
The VU handle support (C) (159250) remain with the Main Cover.
4.
Place aside in a safe location.
5.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Covers Removal/Assembly
11.6.2
Main Cover Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-24. Main Cover Removal
To remove the Main Cover (159241):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Lift the Main Cover (A) from the Ventilation Unit using the Standoff Brackets (B) attached to the Main Cover.
3.
Place aside in a safe location.
4.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-29
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.6.3
Connector Cover Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-25. Connector Cover Removal
To remove the Connector Cover (159244):
11-30
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Remove all tubing connected to the Connector Cover fittings.
4.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws (A) M4x12 (403493) at the front of the cover.
5.
To remove the Connector Cover (B), move forward and rotate down to remove from the front of the Ventilation Unit.
6.
Place aside in a safe location.
7.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Covers Removal/Assembly
11.6.4
Front Cover Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-26. Front Cover Removal
To remove the Front Cover (159243):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Remove the Connector Cover (see Section 11.6.3, Connector Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-30).
4.
Remove 4 Hex Allen screws (A) M4x8 (400302) from the sides of the chassis, 2 on each side.
5.
Remove the Front Cover (B), lowering the cover as it is moved from the front of the Ventilation Unit.
6.
Take care for the Alarm Status Display (C).
7.
Disconnect the Alarm Status Display Connector (D) from the Sensor Backplane Board as you remove the Front Cover.
8.
Place aside in a safe location.
9.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-31
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.6.5
Front Chassis Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-27. Front Chassis Removal Step 1
To remove the Front Chassis (159224):
11-32
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Remove the Connector Cover (see Section 11.6.3, Connector Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-30).
4.
Remove the Front Cover (see Section 11.6.4, Front Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-31).
5.
Remove the Internal Battery (see Section 11.7.8, Internal Battery Removal/Assembly, on page 11-43).
6.
Disconnect cables as needed from the Ventilation Unit Motherboard and the Power Management Supply.
7.
Loosen (do not remove) 1 Hex Allen screw (A) M4x8 (400302).
8.
Loosen (do not remove) 1 hidden Hex Allen screw (B) M4x8 (400302).
9.
Remove 1 Hex Allen screw (C) M4x8 (400302).
10.
Remove 1 Hex Standoff screw (D) M4x25 (257041).
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Covers Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-28. Front Cover Removal Step 2
2016-03-24
11.
Tilt the Front Chassis forward (A) and then slide out (B) of the Ventilation Unit Chassis.
12.
Remove or disconnect any cables as necessary.
13.
Remove the Front Chassis.
14.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-33
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.6.6
Rear Cover Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-29. Rear Cover Removal
To remove the Rear Cover (159242):
11-34
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Remove 4 Hex Allen screws M4x8 (400302) from the sides of the chassis, 2 on each side.
4.
Remove the Rear Cover from the rear of the Ventilation Unit.
5.
Place aside in a safe location.
6.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Electronic Components Removal/Assembly
11.7 11.7.1
Ventilation Unit Electronic Components Removal/Assembly Sensor Board Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-30. Sensor Board Removal
To remove the Sensor Board (155699): 1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Disconnect all tubing and cable connections from the Sensor Board.
4.
Remove 2 Hex Allen Screws (A) M3x6 (400262) at the top.
Note The Standoffs for the lower screws snap from the chassis. The lower screws remain attached.
2016-03-24
5.
Snap loose the lower Standoffs (B) from the chassis.
6.
Remove the Sensor Board.
7.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-35
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.7.2
ESM Module Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-31. ESM Module Removal
To remove the ESM Module (159200):
11-36
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Disconnect the ESM Module from 2 connector sockets (A) on the Ventilation Unit Motherboard.
4.
Remove the ESM Module (B).
5.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Electronic Components Removal/Assembly
11.7.3
Ventilation Unit Motherboard Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-32. Ventilation Unit Motherboard Removal
Note If you order a motherboard order MSP159304 that includes the holding plate protecting the electric circuit board. To remove the Ventilation Unit (VU) Motherboard (159202):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
If replacing the VU motherboard, disconnect the ESM Module (A) (see Section 11.7.2) and the VRC SW chip from the original board. Install the ESM module and VRC SW chip onto the replacement board.
4.
Disconnect all cabling connections from the VU Motherboard.
5.
Remove 3 Hex Standoff screws (B) M4x5 (257041) which mounts the VU Motherboard and metal support plate to the chassis.
624093/06
11-37
11 Components Removal/Assembly
Note • If replacing the VU motherboard, also remove its metal support plate. A replacement VU Motherboard is provided with the metal support plate MSP159304. • At reinstallation, install the correct cable between the VU motherboard (connector P309) and the PMS (connector J2): install cable 159324 for use with non-screw connectors, or install cable 159399 for use with screw-type connectors. Move (C) the Motherboard forward and then up to remove from the Ventilation Unit. • If you order a motherboard order MSP159304 that includes the holding plate protecting the electric circuit board.
11-38
6.
Remove the Ventilation Unit Motherboard.
7.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Electronic Components Removal/Assembly
11.7.4
Power Management Supply Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-33. Power Management Supply Removal
To remove the Power Management Supply (159215): 1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Disconnect all cable connections from the Power Management Supply.
4.
Remove 2 Front Hex Allen screws (A) M4x8 (400302).
5.
Remove 2 Rear Hex Allen screws (B) M4x6 (420626).
6.
Slide forward (C) and lift up while removing the Power Supply.
7.
Remove the Power Supply.
8.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
Note At reinstallation, install the correct cable between the VU motherboard (connector P309) and the PMS (connector J2): install cable 159324 for use with non-screw connectors, or install cable 159399 for use with screw-type connectors.
2016-03-24
624093/06
11-39
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.7.5
Main Power Switch Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-34. Main Power Switch Removal
To remove the Main Power Switch Assembly (159328):
11-40
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Disconnect the Main Power Switch Assembly cable from the Power Management Supply (connector J7).
4.
Remove the Main Power Switch Assembly.
5.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Electronic Components Removal/Assembly
11.7.6
Cooling Fan Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-35. Cooling Fan Removal
To remove the Cooling Fan (159345):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Disconnect the cable from the Ventilation Unit Motherboard.
4.
Remove the Fan Cover (A) (391163) which clips onto the filter.
5.
Remove 4 Hex Allen screws (B) M4x20 (420301) which mounts the Rear Cover (C) and the Fan (D) to the Chassis.
6.
Slide the Fan to the side and remove from the Chassis.
7.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-41
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.7.7
Speaker Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-36. Speaker Removal
To remove the Speaker (157219):
11-42
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Disconnect the cable from the Ventilation Unit Motherboard.
4.
If necessary, remove the Ventilation Unit Motherboard (see Section 11.7.3, Ventilation Unit Motherboard Removal/Assembly, on page 11-37).
5.
If necessary, remove the Rear Cover (see Section 11.6.6, Rear Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-34).
6.
Remove the top Hex Nut (A) M4 (421057) and only loosen the 2 lower Hex Nuts (B) M4 (421057).
7.
Tilt and lift the Speaker from the Chassis.
8.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Electronic Components Removal/Assembly
11.7.8
Internal Battery Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-37. Internal Battery Drawer Removal
WARNING • •
Always disconnect the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator from the external Mains Power and switch the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator OFF, before opening the Cover Disconnect the PMS from the Ventilation Unit Motherboard (connector P309) to isolate the batteries from supplying power to the HAMILTON-G5 before Component Removal/Assembly
To remove the Internal Battery (369101):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Remove the Front Cover (see Section 11.6.4, Front Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-31).
4.
Remove 8 Hex Allen screws (A) M4x8 (403491) from the side frame bracket.
5.
Slide out (B) the Internal Battery partially to disconnect the Battery Cables (C).
6.
Remove the Battery Assembly.
624093/06
11-43
11 Components Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-38. Internal Battery Removal
To remove the Internal Battery from the Battery Assembly:
11-44
7.
Remove the 2 Hex Nuts (D) M6 (421058), Washers (D) (409273) and the Cross Bar (E) (159228).
8.
Remove the Battery from the Battery Assembly.
9.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly
11.8 11.8.1
Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly Expiratory Valve Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-39. Expiratory Valve Removal
To remove the Expiratory Valve (155169):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Disconnect 2 cables from the magnet of the Expiratory Valve.
4.
Remove the Expiratory Valve Cover (A) (151228) and Silicon Membrane (A) (151233) (if not already removed).
5.
Remove 3 Hex Allen screws (B) M3x8 (403614).
6.
Remove the Expiratory Valve.
7.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-45
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.2
Nebulizer Valve Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-40. Nebulizer Valve Removal
To remove the Nebulizer Valve (394057):
11-46
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Disconnect the tubing and cable connections to the Nebulizer Valve.
4.
Remove 2 Phillips screws (A) KA30x6 (420690) from the Nebulizer Valve.
5.
Remove the Nebulizer Valve.
6.
The Nebulizer Valve parts are: B.Straight fitting (279675) C.Front Nozzle fitting (279815) D.Elbow fitting (279672) E.Mounting bracket (159348) F.Hex Allen screw for attaching the bracket to the Safety Valve Block M4x8 (400302).
7.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.3
Safety Valve Block Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-41. Safety Valve Block Removal
WARNING Do not touch the active ambient valve magnetic as the hot valve could result in injury. (Figure 11-42)
Figure 11-42. Hot item label
To remove the Safety Valve Block with active ambient valve (MSP159690):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Disconnect the Ambient Valve Solenoid cable from the VU Motherboard.
4.
Disconnect the Shaped Hose (A) (159222).
5.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws (B) M5X12 (420312) mounting the Safety Valve Block to the chassis.
6.
Remove the Safety Valve Block.
624093/06
11-47
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.4
Inspiratory Valve Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-43. Inspiratory Valve Removal
To remove the Inspiratory Valve (155496):
11-48
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Remove the Safety Valve Block (see Section 11.8.3, Safety Valve Block Removal/Assembly, on page 11-47).
4.
Disconnect the tubing and cables from the Inspiratory Valve.
5.
Disconnect the Shaped Hose (A) (159222).
6.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws (B) M5x60 (400058).
7.
Move the Inspiratory Valve forward and then up.
8.
Remove the Inspiratory Valve.
9.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.5
Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-44. Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves Removal
To remove the defective Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves (MSP394055) from the Interconnection Block:
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws (A) M3x18 (400268) from thedefective Valve.
4.
Disconnect the cable connections from the rear of the defective Valve.
5.
Remove the defective Valve.
6.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-49
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.6
Metal Plate Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-45. Metal Plate Removal
A Metal Plate can be reversed to switch ON or OFF the Auxiliary Rinse Flow. The plate is shipped in the OFF Position (Factory Setting). To remove the metal plate (159252): 1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws (A) M3x8 (400263).
4.
If needed, replace the O-Ring (254111).
To switch the Auxiliary Rinse Flow OFF or ON: 5.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws.
6.
Turn and mount the Metal Plate and O-Ring in the opposite direction. The O-Ring mounts into the cutout of the Metal Plate.
7.
Secure with the 2 Hex Allen screws. •The O showing on the outside indicates the flow is OFF, and the Paux Pressure Sensor can be used for Esophageal measurements •The I showing on the outside indicates the flow is ON, and the Paux Pressure Sensor can be used for Auxiliary measurements
WARNING For Esophageal measurement, the Metal Plate must be switched to the OFF position (Factory Setting) to stop the Auxiliary Rinse Flow, indicated by the letter O on the outside of the plate. No Auxiliary Rinse Flow is provided. If the Metal Plate is in the ON position when performing an Esophageal measurement, the patient could be injured.
11-50
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.7
Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Sintered Disk Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-46. Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Sintered Disk Removal
To remove the Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Sintered Disk (153639):
2016-03-24
1.
If necessary, remove the Water Trap Bowls and Microfilter Elements (see Section 11.8.11, Water Trap Bowl/Microfilter Element Removal/Assembly, on page 11-56).
2.
Remove 3 Hex Allen screws (A) M3x8 (420553) and 3 Washers M3 (409281).
3.
Remove the Sintered Disk.
4.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-51
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.8
Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-47. Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Removal
To remove the Tank Overpressure Relief Valve (155187):
11-52
1.
If necessary, remove the Water Trap Bowls and Microfilter Elements (see Section 11.8.11, Water Trap Bowl/Microfilter Element Removal/Assembly, on page 11-56).
2.
Remove the Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Sintered Disk (see Section 11.8.7, Tank Overpressure Relief Valve Sintered Disk Removal/Assembly, on page 11-51).
3.
Remove 3 Hex Allen screws (A) M3x8 (420316).
4.
Remove the Tank Overpressure Relief Valve (B).
5.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.9
Interconnection Block with Tank Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-48. Interconnection Block with Tank Removal Step 1
To remove the Interconnection Block (159230) with Tank (159207):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Remove the Connector Cover (see Section 11.6.3, Connector Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-30).
4.
Remove the Front Cover (see Section 11.6.4, Front Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-31).
5.
Remove the Expiratory Valve (see Section 11.8.1, Expiratory Valve Removal/Assembly, on page 11-45).
6.
Remove the Nebulizer Valve (see Section 11.8.2, Nebulizer Valve Removal/Assembly, on page 11-46).
7.
Remove the Safety Valve Block (see Section 11.8.3, Safety Valve Block Removal/Assembly, on page 11-47).
8.
Remove the Internal Battery (see Section 11.7.8, Internal Battery Removal/Assembly, on page 11-43).
9.
Remove the Front Chassis (see Section 11.6.5, Front Chassis Removal/Assembly, on page 11-32).
10.
Remove the (see Section 11.8.4, Inspiratory Valve Removal/Assembly, on page 11-48).
11.
Remove the (see Section 11.8.5, Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves Removal/Assembly, on page 11-49).
624093/06
11-53
11 Components Removal/Assembly
12.
Disconnect the Shaped Tubing (A) (159279) from the Mixer Block to the Interconnection Block.
13.
Disconnect all tubing and cable connections.
14.
Disconnect the Grounding Wire.
15.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws (B) M4x30 (400310) from the right side of the Interconnection Block.
16.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws (C) M4x5 (400300) from the left side of the Interconnection Block.
Figure 11-49. Interconnection Block with Tank Removal Step 2
11-54
17.
Move the Interconnection Block and Tank forward through the front of the chassis.
18.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.10
Tank Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-50. Tank Removal
To remove the Tank (159207) from the Interconnection Block:
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Interconnection Block with Tank (see Section 11.8.9, Interconnection Block with Tank Removal/Assembly, on page 11-53).
2.
Unscrew the Tank (A) from the Interconnection Block (B).
3.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-55
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.11
Water Trap Bowl/Microfilter Element Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-51. Water Trap Bowl Removal
To remove the Water Trap Bowl(s) (155713) or Microfilter Element(s)(155714):
11-56
1.
Unscrew the Water Trap Bowl (A) from the Filter Block.
2.
Unscrew the Microfilter Element (B) from the Filter Block.
3.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.12
Filter Block Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-52. Filter Block Removal
To remove the Filter Block (159300): 1.
If necessary, remove (see Section 11.8.11, Water Trap Bowl/Microfilter Element Removal/Assembly, on page 11-56).
2.
Remove 3 Hex Allen screws (A) M4x40 (400312).
3.
Remove the Filter Block.
4.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
Note The Filter Block Assembly is part of the Mixer Block and is not provided separately.
2016-03-24
624093/06
11-57
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.13
One-Way Check Valves Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-53. One-Way Check Valves Removal
To remove the One-Way Check Valves (155715):
11-58
1.
If necessary, remove the Water Trap Bowls and Microfilter Elements (see Section 11.8.11, Water Trap Bowl/Microfilter Element Removal/Assembly, on page 11-56).
2.
Remove the Filter Block (see Section 11.8.12, Filter Block Removal/Assembly, on page 11-57).
3.
Remove the One-Way Check Valves (A).
4.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.14
Mixer Block 159311 Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-54. Mixer Block 159311 Removal
To remove the Mixer Block (159311)
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Remove the Filter Block (see Section 11.8.12, Filter Block Removal/Assembly, on page 11-57).
4.
Remove the Nebulizer Valve (see Section 11.8.2, Nebulizer Valve Removal/Assembly, on page 11-46).
5.
Remove the Safety Valve Block (see Section 11.8.3, Safety Valve Block Removal/Assembly, on page 11-47).
6.
Remove the Inspiratory Valve (see Section 11.8.4, Inspiratory Valve Removal/Assembly, on page 11-48).
7.
Remove the Shaped Tubing (A) (159279) from the Mixer Block to the Interconnection Block.
8.
For easier removal, un-mount (but do not remove) the Interconnection Block and Tank Assembly (see Section 11.8.9, Interconnection Block with Tank Removal/Assembly, on page 11-53).
9.
Disconnect all tubing (C =140mm and D=160mm), the Grounding Wire and the Mixer Valve cables.
10.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws (B) M4x14 (400027).
11.
Slide the Mixer Block forward and out of the Chassis.
12.
Remove the Mixer Block.
13.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-59
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.15
Mixer Valves 394077 Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-55. Mixer Valves 394077 Removal
To remove the Mixer Valves (394077):
11-60
1.
Remove the mixer entire block (see Section 11.8.14, Mixer Block 159311 Removal/Assembly, on page 11-59).
1.
Remove 3 Hex Allen screws (A) M4x45 (400313) from Mixer Block.
2.
Remove the Mixer Block (J) (159392).
3.
Remove the O-ring (B) (254265), the Valve Adapter (C) (159397), and the Ring (D) (279546).
4.
Remove the Mixer Valve (E) (394077).
5.
Remove the Ring (F) (279546), the Valve Adapter (G) (159397), the Ring (H) (159398), and the O-ring (I) (254265).
6.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.16
Mixer Block 159300 Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-56. Mixer Block Removal
To remove the Mixer Block (159300)
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Remove the Filter Block (see Section 11.8.12, Filter Block Removal/Assembly, on page 11-57).
4.
Remove the Nebulizer Valve (see Section 11.8.2, Nebulizer Valve Removal/Assembly, on page 11-46).
5.
Remove the Safety Valve Block (see Section 11.8.3, Safety Valve Block Removal/Assembly, on page 11-47).
6.
Remove the Inspiratory Valve (see Section 11.8.4, Inspiratory Valve Removal/Assembly, on page 11-48).
7.
Remove the Shaped Tubing (A) (159279) from the Mixer Block to the Interconnection Block.
8.
For easier removal, un-mount (but do not remove) the Interconnection Block and Tank Assembly (see Section 11.8.9, Interconnection Block with Tank Removal/Assembly, on page 11-53).
9.
Disconnect all tubing, the Grounding Wire and the Mixer Valve cables.
10.
Remove 3 Hex Allen screws (B) M4x14 (400027).
11.
Slide the Mixer Block forward and out of the Chassis.
12.
Remove the Mixer Block.
13.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-61
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.17
Mixer Valves (from mixer 159300) Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-57. Mixer Valves Removal
To remove the Mixer Valves (394077):
11-62
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-28).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-29).
3.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws (A) M3x25 (400270) from each of the Mixer Valves.
4.
Remove the Mixer Valves.
5.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Pneumatic Components Removal/Assembly
11.8.18
Cuff Pressure Controller Filter (282015) Removal/Assembly
A
Figure 11-58. Mixer Valves Removal
To remove the cuff pressure filter (282015):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Rail surrounding the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.6.1, Rail Removal/Assembly, on page 11-30).
2.
Remove the Main Cover (see Section 11.6.2, Main Cover Removal/Assembly, on page 11-31).
3.
Remove the cuff pressure controller filter (A) (282015) from its tubing.
4.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-63
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.9 11.9.1
Ventilation Unit Column Removal/Assembly Power Strip Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-59. Power Strip Removal
To remove the Power Strip (see Part Numbers below): 1.
Remove 2 Hex Allen screws (A) M4x8 (400024) from the Power Strip.
2.
Remove the Power Strip.
Note Power Strip Kit Part Numbers are: • US (159154) • GB (159155) • D (159156) • CH (159157)
3.
11-64
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Column Removal/Assembly
11.9.2
Extended Battery Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-60. Extended Battery Removal
To remove the Extended Battery (369106):
2016-03-24
1.
Depress the Battery Latch.
2.
Slide the Extended Battery from the Battery Charger bracket.
3.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
624093/06
11-65
11 Components Removal/Assembly
11.9.3
External Battery Holder Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-61. Extended Batter Holder Removal
To remove the External Battery Holder (159143):
11-66
1.
Remove 4 Hex Allen screws (A) M4x8 (400024).
2.
Remove the External Battery Holder.
3.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Column Removal/Assembly
11.9.4
Ventilation Unit Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-62. Ventilation Unit Removal Step 1
To remove the Ventilation Unit (159100) from the Column (159120): 1.
2016-03-24
Remove 8 Hex Allen screws (A) M6x16 (400648) and 8 Washers (A) M6 (409108) from inside the Column.
624093/06
11-67
11 Components Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-63. Ventilation Unit Removal Step 2
11-68
2.
Remove the Ventilation Unit, taking care for the weight of the Ventilation Unit.
3.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Column Removal/Assembly
11.9.5
Column to Trolley Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-64. Column Mount Screws Removal
To remove the Column (159120) from the Trolley (159368):
2016-03-24
1.
Remove the Ventilation Unit (see Section 11.9.4, Ventilation Unit Removal/Assembly, on page 11-67).
2.
Remove 8 Hex Allen screws (A) M8x25 (400647) from under the center of the Trolley.
624093/06
11-69
11 Components Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-65. Column Mount Removal
11-70
3.
Remove the Column from the Trolley.
4.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Column Removal/Assembly
11.9.6
Wheels Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-66. Wheels Removal Step 1
To remove the Wheel (281172 with latch or 281173 without latch): 1.
2016-03-24
Remove the Wheel Cover.
624093/06
11-71
11 Components Removal/Assembly
Figure 11-67. Wheels Removal Step 2
11-72
2.
Remove the Hex Nut (A) M10 and Washer (B).
3.
Remove the Wheel.
4.
Assemble in the reverse order of removal.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Part 4: Appendixes
2016-03-24
624093/06
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Appendix
A Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment A
A.1
Overview Standard tools, special tools, ElectroStatic Discharge (ESD) protection and test equipment detailed in the following sections are required to carry out: • The Preventive Maintenance procedures in Section 7, Engineer Preventive Maintenance • The Tests Units in Section 8, Test Mode • The Component Replacemenets in Section 11, Components Removal/Assembly
A.2
Standard Tools To perform basic maintenance on equipment from HAMILTON MEDICAL AG, you require a range of: • Screwdrivers (both flat and cross-head) • Metric Spanners (wrenches) • Metric Hex (Allen) Keys (wrenches)
A.3 A.3.1
Special Tools IC Extractor Tool Although this manual does not document software changes, for Integrated Chip extraction, an extraction tool (239040) can be purchased from HAMILTON MEDICAL AG. (Figure A-1.)
Figure A-1. 239040 Integrated Circuit Extractor
2016-03-24
624093/06
A-1
A Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment
A.3.2
Potentiometer Adjustment Tool The Potentiometer Adjustment Tool can be purchased from HAMILTON MEDICAL AG (Figure A-2) for use when performing the Test Software sensor adjustments.
Figure A-2. R70031 Potentiometer Adjustment Tool A.3.3
Digital Voltmeter To perform the tests in Section 9, Electrical Safety Checks, a Digital Voltmeter (DVM) is required for measuring voltage (to a tolerance of 10mV) or resistance (to a tolerance of 1 (less than 1 Ohm)).
A.3.4
Electrical Safety Tester Electrical Safety Testing is required according to IEC-62353. A Safety Analyzer, or similar equipment is required.
Figure A-3. The Safety Analyzer
A-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Special Tools
A.3.5
ESD (ElectroStatic Discharge) Protection ESD (ElectroStatic Discharge) equipment must be used to prevent damage to sensitive electronic circuits. Typically, this comprises: • ESD grounding (earthing) cable and wrist band connected to the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator for use when working inside the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator • ESD grounding cable and wrist band connected to the work surface for use when working on an electronic component from the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Figure A-4 shows a wrist band and connecting cable complete with the crocodile clip that must be attached to the ventilator or work surface.
Figure A-4. ESD Wrist Strap and Cable A.3.6
Test Equipment The following Test Equipment is required, as well as the tools listed above, to complete the tests and adjustment included in Section 8, Test Mode. Pictures and details of most of these items are in the Product Catalog. Item
2016-03-24
Comment
Capillary Tube with 20 ml/s flow
500280
Orifice Tube with 500 ml/s flow
500290
Pressure Connector
500300
624093/06
see section Calibration of Test Equipment
see section Calibration of Test Equipment
A-3
A Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment
Item Clamp/flow restrictor
Comment 279812
(refer to 624124 test tubing set up)
Hand Pump.
500330
Flow Analyzer
500084 TSI FLOWMETER KIT contains: 500085 TSI-FM BATTERY BOX 500086 TSI-FM SOFT CARRAYING CASE 279963 Bacteria Filter 260100 Silicon Tube 30cm 22F 500308 TSI Flowmeter
Pressure Gauge with the following specifications:
500058
•Range: 0– 25 mbar Accuracy: 0.5% •Range: 0–400 mbar Accuracy: 0.5% •Range: 0– 10 bar Accuracy: 0.5% Tubing Set up Test configuration 2 (TC2). Tubings: 1x3cm, 3x5cm, 1x7cm, 2x10cm, 1x20cm, 1x25cm, 1x30cm Cross-connector: 3x 279813 Adapter: 1x 260054 (22mm x 6mm) Clamp/flow restrictor: 1x 279812
A-4
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Special Tools
Item
Comment
Tubing Set up Test configuration 4 (TC4). Tubings: 3x10cm, 1x30cm Cross-connector: 1x 279813 Adapter: 1x 260054 (22mm x 6mm) Clamp/flow restrictor: 1x 279812 Tubing Set up Test configuration 5 (TC5).
Tubings: 2x60cm T-connector: 1x 279199 Tubing Set up Test configuration 8 (TC8). Tubings: 2x20cm T-piece, external pressure, 4-5 mm OD connector.
279199
Connector, cross, 4-5 mm OD.
279813
Tube, silicone, 4 mm ID, 7 mm OD. Order by the length in millimeters.
7249057
Heliox leak test tubing
1x Heliox DISS 279880 (A) 1x Heliox NIST 279906 (B) 1x Tube, silicone, 4 mm ID, 7 mm OD. Order 200 millimeters. 7249057 (C)
CompactFlash Card to download the Event Log.
2016-03-24
624093/06
CF 512MB 396211
A-5
A Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment
Item
Comment
USB stick to download the Event Log and to safe screenshots.
USB 8GB 396207
Stopper for use in creating equipment setups to perform Test Mode.
A suitable stopper is supplied with every HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator delivered. 281717.
Personal Bacteria Filter.
279211
Locking Paint
511000 (Loctite 222, 10ml) For locking potentiometer adjustment screws in place after adjustment.
Paint Fix 2011
Paint for scratch fixing. The set includes 2 colors with Blue RAL 5013 and Withe RAL 9016 For further information contact Technical Support.
CO2 calibration gas.
159173
For CO2 sensor accuracy check (if CO2 monitor option is installed).
A-6
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Special Tools
Item
Comment
CO2 gas regulator.
159172
For CO2 sensor accuracy check (if CO2 monitor option is installed). Adapter (order three pieces for CO2 calibration)
281803
CO2 module electrical safety test cable.
159171
For CO2 sensor electrical safety test (if CO2 monitor option is installed). .SPO2 module electrical safety test cable.
159681
For SPO2 sensor electrical safety test (if SPO2 monitor option is installed).
.AERONEB module electrical safety test cable.
159682
For AERONEB sensor electrical safety test (if AERONEB monitor option is installed).
.Humidifier module electrical safety test cable.
159680
For Humidifier sensor electrical safety test (if Humidifier monitor option is installed).
2016-03-24
624093/06
A-7
A Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment
Item
Comment
Wrench, Heliox adapter.
239006
To install or remove the Heliox adapter, if installed.
A.3.7
Calibration of Test Equipment Some test equipment must be tested and calibrated periodically. HAMILTON MEDICAL recommends the following schedule: Item
A-8
Schedule
Action
Pressure Gauge
As recommended by the manufacturer, or at least once per year
Send the pressure gauge back to the manufacturer for testing. (for example, www.thommenag.ch or www.wika.com for calibration information).
Digital Voltmeter (DVM)
As recommended by manufacturer
As recommended by manufacturer.
20 ml/s Capillary Tube
Every year
Send to HAMILTON MEDICAL for checking.
500 ml/s Orifice Tube
Every year
Send to HAMILTON MEDICAL for checking.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Appendix
B Spare Parts B
B.1
Introduction to Major Components Appendix B lists replacement parts that are available for the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. The first sections of the appendix contains four diagrams that enable you to locate major components. Later sections offer more detailed listings. Note For information about single-use items (such as tubing) and complete assemblies (such as the Patient Tubing Support Arm), see the HAMILTON MEDICAL Product Catalog (689304) or HAMILTON MEDICAL AG Public Website (http://www.hamilton-medical.ch).
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-1
B Spare Parts
B.2 B.2.1
B-2
Major Components S1 S1 since VU SN #5314
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Major Components S1
B.2.2
S1 VU SN #3871 - 5314
i
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-3
B Spare Parts
B.3 B.3.1
Major Components G5 G5 since VU SN #5314
i
B-4
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Major Components G5
B.3.2
G5 VU SN #3871 - 5314
i
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-5
B Spare Parts
B.3.3
B-6
G5 VU SN #1000 - 3870
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
B.4 B.4.1
2016-03-24
Major Components of the Interaction Panel S1 S1 IP 159109 since VU SN #5314
624093/06
B-7
B.5 B.5.1
B-8
Major Components of the Interaction Panel S1 S1 IP 159107 until VU SN #5314
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Major Components of the Interaction Panel G5
B.6 B.6.1
2016-03-24
Major Components of the Interaction Panel G5 G5 IP 159108 since VU SN #5314
624093/06
B-9
B.7 B.7.1
B-10
Major Components of the Interaction Panel G5 G5 IP 159106 VU SN #3871 - 5314
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Major Components of the Interaction Panel G5
B.8 B.8.1
2016-03-24
Major Components of the Interaction Panel G5 G5 IP 159105 VU SN #1000 - 3870
624093/06
B-11
B.9 Major Components of the Ventilation Unit S1 and G5 B.9.1
B-12
since VU SN #3871
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Major Components of the Ventilation Unit S1 and G5
SN #1000 - 3870
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-13
B.10 B.10.1
B-14
Major Components of the Column S1 and G5 Universal Trolley
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Parts Summary
B.11
Interaction Panel Parts Summary
B.11.1
Swivel Mount since VU SN #3871
B.11.2
Swivel Mount VU SN #2871 - 3780
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-15
B-16
B.11.3
Swivel Mount SN #1000 - 2870
B.11.4
S1 Front Cover with Touchscreen 159543 since VU SN #5314
B.11.5
S1 Front Cover with Touchscreen 159498 until VU SN #5314
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Parts Summary
B.11.6
G5 Front Cover with Touchscreen 159542 since VU SN #5314
B.11.7
G5 Front Cover with Touchscreen 159504 VU SN #3871 - 5314
B.11.8
G5 Front Cover with Touchscreen 159209 VU SN #1000 - 3870
B.11.9
Rear Cover S1 and G5 since VU SN #3871
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-17
B.11.10
B-18
Rear Cover VU SN #1000 - 3870
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Parts Summary
B.11.11
Metal Support Bracket since VU SN #3871
B.11.12
Metal Support Bracket VU SN #1000 - 3870
B.11.13
Interaction Panel Motherboard
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-19
B-20
B.11.14
IP&T Control Knob Encoder since VU SN #3871
B.11.15
P&T Control Knob Encoder VU SN #1000 - 3870
B.11.16
LED Driver Board since VU SN #5314
B.11.17
Backlight Inverter until VU SN #5314
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Interaction Panel Parts Summary
B.11.18
Alarm Lamp Assembly159254
B.11.19
LCD with LED backlight since VU SN #5314 :
B.11.20
LCD with CFL backlight until VU SN #5314
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-21
B-22
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Parts Summary
B.12
Ventilation Unit Parts Summary
B.12.1
Top Cover since VU SN #3871
B.12.2
Top Cover VU SN #1000 - 3870
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-23
B-24
B.12.3
Rear Cover since VU SN #3871
B.12.4
Rear Cover VU SN #1000 - #3870
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Parts Summary
B.12.5
Front Cover since VU SN #3871
Note Complete assembly available only (eg. 159136)
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-25
B-26
B.12.6
Front Cover VU SN #1000 - 3870
B.12.7
Patient Terminal Cover since VU SN #3871
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Parts Summary
B.12.8
Patient Terminal Cover VU SN #1000 - VU SN #3870
B.12.9
Cuff Pressure Control
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-27
B-28
B.12.10
Front Frame Components
B.12.11
Mixer Block Assembly 159311 part 1 since VU SN #1621
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Parts Summary
B.12.12
2016-03-24
Mixer Block Assembly 159311 part 2
624093/06
B-29
B.12.13
B-30
Mixer Block Assembly 159300 VU SN #1000- VU SN #1620
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Parts Summary
B.12.14
2016-03-24
Interconnection Block Assembly
624093/06
B-31
B-32
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Parts Summary
B.12.15
Inspiratory Valve Assembly
B.12.16
Safety Valve Block Assembly
B.12.17
Safety Valve Block Assembly (Active Ambient Valve)
B.12.18
Expiratory Valve Assembly
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-33
B-34
B.12.19
Nebulizer Valve
B.12.20
Sensor Board
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Ventilation Unit Parts Summary
B.12.21
Ventilation Unit Motherboard
Note If you order a motherboard order MSP159304 that includes the holding plate protecting the electric circuit board.
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-35
B.12.22
Power Management Supply
B.12.23
Patient Support Arm
B.12.23.1
CO2 mounting bracket
B-36
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Column Parts Summary
B.13
Column Parts Summary
B.13.1
Tank Supports
B.13.2
Adjustable humidifier holder long
B.13.3
Adjustable humidifier holder short
B.13.4
Ventilair Shelf
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-37
B-38
B.13.5
Column Extension
B.13.6
Basket
B.13.7
Extended Battery supply housing since VU SN 3871.
B.13.8
Extended Battery supply housing VU SN 1000 - VU SN 3870
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Column Parts Summary
B.13.9
Power Strip
B.13.10
G5 Universal Trolley Base since unit SN
B.13.11
G5 Universal Trolley Base unit SN 3871 - SN
B.13.12
G5 Universal Trolley Base until unit SN 3870
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-39
B-40
B.13.13
G5 Standard Trolley Base since unit SN
B.13.14
G5 Standard Trolley Base until unit SN
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
B.14 B.14.1
Detailed Parts Descriptions Tubing and Fittings Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
155212
SENSOR TERMINAL CONNECTION
159611
CUFF PATIENT CONNECTION
155700
GAS INLET FITTINGS (AIR AND O2) NIST
155701
GAS INLET FITTINGS (AIR AND O2) DISS
279880
GAS INLET FITTING TUBE SIDE, DISS (HELIOX)
624093/06
Illustration
B-41
Part Number
B-42
Description
Illustration
279906
GAS INLET FITTING TUBE SIDE, NIST (HELIOX)
159222
FORMED TUBING FROM INSPIRATORY VALVE TO THE SAFETY VALVE BLOCK
159279
FORMED TUBING FROM THE MIXER BLOCK TO THE INTERCONNECTION BLOCK
159287
NEBULIZER TERMINAL CONNECTOR
159296
TUBING FITTING
159305
TUBING FITTING SET WITH RESTRICTORS AND O-RINGS
279336
T PIECE D=4mm POM
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
279337
Y PIECE D=3-4mm POM
279535
DOUBLE NIPPLE 1/4” - 1/4”
279587
NIPPLE D=6 G=1/4”
279672
ELBOW TUBING FITTING D=6 M5
279675
TUBING FITTING D=6 M5
279723
STOPPER M5
624093/06
Illustration
B-43
Part Number
B-44
Description
279811
ANGLED FITTING D=10 R1/4
279815
TUBE PLUG CONNECTOR D=6 JAVELIN
7249057
SILICONE TUBING 4x7 TRANSPARENT
7249072
POLYURETHANE TUBING 4x6 BLUE
7260010
SILICONE TUBING 8x12 TRANSPARENT
7249085
SILICONE TUBING TRANSPARENT
7279391
TAPE, KAPTONR, 9MM
7359014
SPIROBAND 1/2” TYPE TH12
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
B.14.2
Clamps and Fasteners Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
151403
EXPIRATORY VALVE HOLDER
159267
SPA GUIDE PIN
279840
TUBING CLAMP D=12-13.8
279841
TUBING CLAMP D=5.5-6.8
361066
CABLE SNAP 4.8x10.7
361067
CABLE SNAP 14.7x16.8
624093/06
Illustration
B-45
Part Number
B-46
Description
361068
CABLE SNAP 6.5x11.6
361069
CABLE CLAMP
361072
CABLE CLAMP
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
B.14.3
Pneumatic Parts and Assemblies Part Number
Description
151228
EXPIRATORY VALVE PLASTIC COVER
155169
EXPIRATORY VALVE COMPLETE
155187
TANK OVERPRESSURE RELIEF VALVE COMPLETE
MSP159605
SAFETY VALVE BLOCK COMPLETE
151233
SILICONE MEMBRANE
155713
WATER TRAP BOWL
Illustration
(set of two)
155714
2016-03-24
MICROFILTER ELEMENT
624093/06
B-47
Part Number
B-48
Description
Illustration
282015
BACTERIA FILTER 0.2UM PTFE for INTELLICUFF
155715
ONE-WAY CHECK VALVE
159207
TANK
159230
INTERCONNECTION BLOCK DISTRIBUTOR
159231
INTERCONNECTION BLOCK
159232
TANK TUBE
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
159503
G5 Standard Trolley Base (dark blue)
159252
METAL PLATE (AUXILLIARY RINSE FLOW)
159328
MAIN POWER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
279809
O2 PRESSURE REGULATOR (FIX 2 BAR)
279810
SOUND ABSORBER G 1/4” (FOR TANK TUBE)
624093/06
Illustration
B-49
B.14.4
Flow Restrictors Part Number
B-50
Description
153639
SINTERED DISK FOR TANK OVERPRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
153217
MIXER BLOCK SINTERED DISK
155717
MIXER BLOCK SINTERED DISK
159294
NEBULIZER NOZZLE
279662
FLOW RESTRICTOR 2500
279664
FLOW RESTRICTOR 100
279842
FLOW RESTRICTOR 5000-750
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
B.14.5
Assembled Components Part Number
Description
157444
INSULATE DISK
159100
HAMILTON-G5 VENTILATION UNIT COMPLETE
159543
S1 FRONT COVER WITH TOUCHSCREEN and LED BACKLIGHT since VU SN #5314
159498
S1 FRONT COVER WITH TOUCHSCREEN and CCFL Backlight until VU SN #5314
159542
G5 FRONT COVER WITH TOUCHSCREEN and LED Backlight since VU SN #5314
159504
G5 FRONT COVER WITH TOUCHSCREEN VU SN #3871 - 5314
159209
G5 FRONT COVER WITH TOUCHSCREEN
Illustration
until VU SN #3870
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-51
Part Number
B-52
Description
159120
COLUMN ASSEMBLY UNIVERSAL
159121
COLUMN ASSEMBLY STANDARD
159477
HELIOX OPTION BLOCK
159129
AERONEB & HUMIDIFIER PREPARATION KIT
159136
CO2 PREPARATION KIT
159137
SpO2 PREPARATION KIT
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
Description
159139
CO2 & SpO2 PREPARATION KIT
159148
INTEGRATED AERONEB® NEBULIZER KIT
159149
INTEGRATED AERONEB® NEBULIZER & SpO2 KIT
159311
MIXER MODULE S1 / G5
Illustration
since VU SN #1621
159300
MIXER MODULE G5 until VU SN # 1620
159301
2016-03-24
SERVO MODULE G5 (INSPIRATORY VALVE)
624093/06
B-53
Part Number
B-54
Description
159302
PNEUMATICS BLOCK G5
159303
FRONT INTERFACE G5
159305
STECK NIPPLE RESTRICTOR 250
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
B.14.6
Colored Metal Rings and Controls Part Number
Description
155216
COLOR CODING RING P PROX
155217
COLOR CODING RING FLOW SENSOR
155218
COLOR CODING RING P AUX
155219
COLOR CODING RING NEBULIZER
159615
COLOR CODING RING CUFF
159449
PRESS & TURN KNOB HAMILTON-G5/ HAMILTON-S1 since VU SN #3871
Illustration
Order MSP160328 (includes knob and metal spring)
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-55
Part Number 155704
Description
Illustration
BUTTON LID FOR PUSH & TURN KNOB until VU SN #3870
155705
B-56
BUTTON INTERNAL MEMBER PUSH & TURN KNOB
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
B.14.7
Spacers Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
153238
FLAT SPACER EXPIRATORY VALVE LATCH
257041
STANDOFF BOLT M4x25 I/A GEW.
257052
STANDOFF BOLT M3x16 I/I GEW.
257066
STANDOFF BOLT
362068
PLASTIC SPACER M3x8mm
624093/06
Illustration
B-57
B.14.8
O-Rings Part Number
B-58
Description
16104
O-RING ID 7.65x1.78 NIT 70 SH
254004
O-RING
254022
O-RING no longer available, order 254154
254029
O-RING ID 19.50x3.00 NIT 70 SH
254111
O-RING 5.x1.5 VITON
254129
O-RING ID 7.5x1.5 NBR 70.5
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
254141
O-RING, 10.5 x 1.5 MM, VITON
254211
O-RING ID 42.00x1.50 NBR 70 SH
254233
O-RING ID 41.00x1.50 NBR 70 SH
254234
O-RING ID 38.00x3.00 NBR 70 SH
254238
O-RING ID8.50x1.50 NBR 70 SH
254239
O-RING ID 10.00x1.50 NBR 70 SH
254304
QUAD RING, ID 7 65x1.78
624093/06
Illustration
B-59
B.14.9
Rubber Seals, Grommets and Metal Sleeves Part Number
B-60
Description
160509
RJ45 cover
155178
INNER RING
155179
EXPIRATORY VALVE GASKET
257065
DISTANCE MOUNT ID=4.3 AD=8 L=8
279012
SHOCK MOUNT D=15 H=15 M4
279516
DISTANCE MOUNT METAL SLEEVE
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
281683
SHOCK MOUNT D=15.0x15.0 M4
281736
SHOCK MOUNT D=15.0x15.0 M4
364035
SHOCK MOUNT I=8 B=1.5 D=11
364036
SHOCK MOUNT I=5.5 B=1.5 D=8
364037
RUBBER GROMMET I=13.5 B=2 D=20.5
624093/06
Illustration
B-61
B.14.10
Metal Brackets and Frame Components Part Number
B-62
Description
159170
TUBE MOUNT 2x
159224
CHASSIS FRONT
159225
MIXER MOUNT
159226
ELECTRIC METAL
159227
BATTERY MOUNT DRAWER
159228
BATTERY CLAMP
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
Description
159229
DISTANCE HOLDER
159491
INTERACTION PANEL SUPPORT METAL
Illustration
since VU SN #3871
159255
INTERACTION PANEL SUPPORT METAL until VU SN #3870
159256
SUPPORT METAL BRACKET
159625
INTERFACE BRACKET since VU SN #5314
159257
INTERFACE BRACKET until VU SN #5314
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-63
Part Number
Description
Illustration
159282
SERVO SUPPORT
159284
EARTH CONNECTION METAL SENSOR BOARD
159346
CABLE HANGER
159347
RIGHT BASKET HANGER
159348
NEBULIZER VALVE HOLDER
159624
IP LCD SUPPORT METAL since VU SN #5314
B-64
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number 159349
Description
Illustration
IP LCD SUPPORT METAL until VU SN #5314
2016-03-24
159355
WARNING LAMP SUPPORT METAL
159356
LEFT BASKET HANGER
624093/06
B-65
B.14.11
Electrical/Electronic Cables Part Number
Description
Illustration
159321
CABLE FROM 02 SENSOR TO VU MOTHERBOARD
159322
CABLE FROM VU MOTHERBOARD TO SENSOR BOARD
159323
CABLE FROM VU MOTHERBOARD TO SERVO BOARD
159324
CABLE FROM PMS TO VU MOTHERBOARD For use with non-screw connectors on PMS and VU motherboard
159399
CABLE, PMS TO VU MOTHERBOARD For use with screw-type connectors on PMS and VU motherboard.
159325
B-66
CABLE FROM PMS TO SENSOR BACKPLANE
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
159326
CABLE FROM PMS TO LEAD ACID (INTERNAL) BATTERY
159327
CABLE FROM PMS TO LITHIUM ION (EXTENDED) BATTERY
159329
CABLE FROM PMS TO VU MOTHERBOARD
159330
CABLE FROM VU MOTHERBOARD TO EXPIRATORY VALVE
159331
CABLE FROM VU MOTHERBOARD TO AZ VALVE
159332
CABLE FROM VU MOTHERBOARD TO MIXER VALVE
624093/06
Illustration
B-67
Part Number
B-68
Description
Illustration
159408
CABLE FROM VU MOTHERBOARD TO MIXER VALVE
159476
CABLE FROM VU MOTHERBOARD TO HELIOX-, O2- AND NEBULIZER VALVE
159334
CABLE FROM VU MOTHERBOARD TO SENSOR BOARD
159335
CABLE FROM VU MOTHERBOARD TO SERVO BOARD AND SENSOR BOARD
159336
CABLE FROM IP MOTHERBOARD TO DISPLAY
159337
CABLE FROM IP MOTHERBOARD TO BACKLIGHT INVERTER until VU SN #5314
159622
CABLE FROM IP MOTHERBOARD TO BACKLIGHT INVERTER TO LED DRIVER BOARD since VU SN #5314
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
159623
CABLE FROM LED DRIVER BOARD TO DISPLAY since VU SN #5314
159338
CABLE FROM IP MOTHERBOARD TO KEY AND LED BOARD
159339
CABLE FROM IP MOTHERBOARD TO ALARM LAMP
159342
EARTH CABLE FOR MIXER BLOCK AND INTERCONNECTION BLOCK
159566
EAEROGEN NEBULIZER CABLE
391175
FAN FILTER 126x126mm
159367
CONNECTION CABLE FROM IP TO VU
624093/06
Illustration
B-69
B.14.12
Electronic Printed Circuit Boards Part Number
Description
155699
SENSOR BOARD 2
159200
EMBEDDED SYSTEM MODULE (ESM) VUP
Illustration
f
Order MSP159200 For further details refer to section Software Versions 159211
EMBEDDED SYSTEM MODULE (ESM) IPP Order MSP159211 For further details refer to section Software Versions
B-70
MSP159204
IP MOTHERBOARD
159213
KEY AND LED COMMUNICATIONS BOARD
MSP159234
KEY AND LED COMMUNICATIONS BOARD
159215
POWER MANAGEMENT SUPPLY
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number 159216
Description
Illustration
SENSOR BACKPLANE Note The replacement board does not include guide pins. Remove and reuse guide pins from original sensor backplane.
159272
ALARM LAMP BOARD
159202
VU MOTHERBOARD Note Order motherboard MSP159304 that includes the holding plate protecting the electric circuit board.
2016-03-24
159350
SENSOR PROBE ADAPTER BOARD FOR CO2
159561
SENSOR PROBE ADAPTER BOARD FOR CO2 & SpO2
159562
SENSOR PROBE ADAPTER BOARD FOR SpO2
624093/06
B-71
Part Number
Description
Illustration
159564
NEBULIZER BOARD SENSOR PROBE ADAPTER
159565
NEBULIZER BOARD & SpO2 SENSOR PROBE ADAPTER
1595657
HAMILTON-G5 AEROGEN BOARD FOR SENSOR PROBE ADAPTER
159606
CUFF PRESSURE CONTROLLER BOARD
159371
OPERATING STATUS LED STICKER
159382
LABEL, OPTION PVTOOL HAMILTON-G5 (back ground color light blue)
159383
LABEL, OPTION NEONATAL HAMILTON-G5 (back ground color light blue)
B-72
159386
LABEL, EXTERNAL BATTERY
159533
LABEL SET NEBULIZER & SpO2 SPA
262385
SERVICE STICKER 10 YEARS
220226
DUST COVER
220248
PACKAGING MATERIAL
220407
PACKAGING VU/IP
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
Description
220408
PACKAGING TROLLEY
220409
PACKAGING HAMILTON-G5 PRE-ASSEMBLED
396236
LED DRIVER BOARD
Illustration
since VU SN #5314
396196
BACKLIGHT VOLTAGE INVERTER until VU SN #5314
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-73
B.14.13
Electrical/Electronic Devices Part Number
B-74
Description
157219
LOUDSPEAKER COMPLETE
159352
BATTERY CONNECTOR BOARD
159484
BATTERY CONNECTOR BOARD
155337
AMBIENT SOLENOID VALVE
159482
EXTENDED BATTERY SUPPLY HOUSING
159152
POWER STRIP
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
159154
POWER STRIP - US
159155
POWER STRIP - GB
159156
POWER STRIP - D
159157
POWER STRIP - CH (EUROPEAN STANDARD)
369074
COPPER CONTACT SPRING STRIP
369082
COPPER CONTACT SPRING STRIP
624093/06
Illustration
B-75
Part Number
Description
Illustration
369101
INTERNAL BATTERY ACCUMULATOR 12v/15Ah
369106
EXTENDED BATTERY LI-ION 14V4
372036
ANGULAR MOMENTUM KEY 16 POS/U.
MSP380036
GRAPHIC LCD XGA 15" since IP SN #5314
380024
GRAPHIC LCD TFT XGA 15” until IP SN #5314 includes backlight 380025
MSP380024
LCD DISPLAY UPGRADE KTI includes: 159622 CABLE FROM MOTHBRD.TO DRIVERB 159623 CABLE FROM DRIVERB.TO DISPLAY 159624 IP LCD HALTEBLECH 2 159625 IP INTERFACE PLATTE 2 380036 GRAPHIC LCD TFT XGA 15" 396236 LED DRIVER BOARD 400002 SCREW M3X6 408005 NUT M3 612217 INSTALLATION GUIDE MSP380024
380025
Back light to Display 380024 no longer available order MSP380024
B-76
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number 159345
Description
Illustration
FAN COMPLETE order separately: • fan cover set 391163 • filter 391175
393063
FERRITE SHIELD
394055
SOLENOID VALVE FOR OXYGEN CELL CALIBRATION
394057
SOLENOID VALVE FOR NEBULIZER
396008
O2 CELL
394043
SOLENOID VALVE MIXER (FOR UNITS UNTIL SN 1620)
394017
SOLENOID VALVE MIXER$ (FOR UNITS SINCE SN 1621)
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-77
Part Number 394077
Description
Illustration
SOLENOID VALVE MIXER$ (FOR UNITS SINCE SN 10685)
394017
SOLENOID VALVE MIXER$ (FOR UNITS SINCE SN 1621 and until SN 10684)
B-78
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
B.14.14
External Covers and External Hardware Part Number
Description
159493
INTERACTION PANEL MOUNTING BRACKET since VU SN #3871
159580
INTERACTION PANEL MOUNTING BRACKET VU SN #2872 - VU SN #3870
159581
SWIVEL MOUNT
Illustration
since VU SN #2872
159111
SWIVEL MOUNT VU SN #1000 - VU SN #2871
159118
HANDLE Steel • since VU SN #3871 Grip dark gray RAL 7026 • until VU SN #3870 Grip light blue
2016-03-24
624093/06
B-79
Part Number
B-80
Description
Illustration
159112
SIDE MOUNT BRACKET
159140
BASKET
159141
AIR TABLE
159142
TANK HOLDERS
159360
INSERT, IP STICKER, ENGLISH
159361
INSERT, IP STICKER, GERMAN
159362
INSERT, IP STICKER, FRENCH
159363
INSERT, IP STICKER, SPANISH
159496
IP REAR CASE G5 since VU SN #3871
159220
IP REAR CASE G5 VU SN #1000 - VU SN #3871
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
159223
VENTILATION UNIT CHASSIS
159506
FENDER (Dark blue color code: RAL 7026)
159235
FENDER (Light blue color code: NCS S 0510-R70B)
159236
COLUMN FRAME
159237
COLUMN REAR
159238
DOOR METAL
624093/06
Illustration
B-81
Part Number
Description
159239
DOOR FRAMEWORK
159240
COLUMN EXTENSIONS KIT
159487
VENTILATION UNIT TOP COVER RAL - Color: 9016 since VU SN #3871
159241
VENTILATION UNIT TOP COVER
Illustration
until VU SN #3870
159488
VENTILATION UNIT REAR COVER RAL - Color: 5013 since VU SN #3871
159242
VENTILATION UNIT REAR COVER NCS S 1030 - R70B until VU SN #3870
B-82
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number 159489
Description
Illustration
VENTILATION UNIT FRONT COVER RAL - Color: since: VU SN #3871
159243
VENTILATION UNIT FRONT COVER NCS S 1030 - R70B until VU SN #3870
159313
SPA FRONT COVER FOR CO2 AND NEBULIZER
159317
SPA FRONT COVER FOR SpO2
159318
SPA FRONT COVER FOR CO2 & SpO2 OR INTEGRATED AERONEB® NEBULIZER & SpO2
2016-03-24
159314
SPA REAR COVER
159315
SPA RELEAS KNOPP
624093/06
B-83
Part Number
B-84
Description
159319
BRACKET FOR SPA COVER
159490
PATIENT TERMINAL CONNECTIONS COVER RAL - Color: 5013 since VU SN #3871
159244
PATIENT TERMINAL CONNECTIONS COVER NCS S 1030 - R70B until VU SN #3870
159246
O2 CELL COVER
159247
MIXER GASKET
159249
VU TRANSPORT HANDLE
159250
VU HANDLE SUPPORT
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
Description
159253
ACCESSORY BLANK COVER
159254
IP ALARM LAMP COVER
159497
IP ALARM LAMP COVER (for white-darkblue design panels)
159268
TANK GASKET UEV
Illustration
(foam gasket used with tank over pressure valve)
2016-03-24
159269
TOP COVER SWIVEL MOUNT GASKET
159289
GASKET BOW SUPPORT
624093/06
B-85
Part Number 159293
Description
Illustration
CABLE MANAGEMENT since VU SN #3871
159510
CABLE MANAGEMENT until VU SN #3870
B-86
159297
SWIVEL MOUNTING POSITION COVER
159502
G5 UNIVERSAL TROLLEY (dark blue)
281172
CASTER WHEEL 125mm WITH STOP FOR G5 UNIVERSAL TROLLEY
281173
CASTER WHEEL 125mm FOR G5 UNIVERSAL TROLLEY
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
281936
CASTER WHEEL 125mm WITH STOP FOR G5 STANDARD TROLLEY
281937
CASTER WHEEL 125mm FOR G5 STANDARD TROLLEY
281174
ACCESSORY MOUNT
281277
TANK STRAPS
281676
HINGE 180O
281677
SNAP LOCK
624093/06
Illustration
B-87
Part Number
Description
Illustration
340507
LEADING-IN CONDUCTOR MOUNTING FRAME 5P
341326
DUST PROTECTION D SUB 9 TERMINAL METALLIC
341327
DUST PROTECTION D SUB 15 TERMINAL METALLIC
341422
DUST PROTECTION USB SLEEVE TYPE A
341423
DUST PROTECTION FOR RJ45 CONNECTOR
361021
SWITCH/CABLE ASSEMBLY
361061
5.0=PA 6 NATURE CABLE CLAMP D
391163
fan cover set includes: • fan guard • aluminium net • clip-on lid
not included: • 391175 FAN FILTER, 126x126mm
393041
B-88
FERRITE SHELL
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
B.14.15
Screws Part Number
Description
155214
NEBULIZER STOPPER
340272
PLUG DIN 42801 M6x15
Illustration
i
Grounding Terminal
2016-03-24
400000
CYL-SCREW M3x4 DIN912
400002
CYL-SCREW M3x6 DIN912
400003
SCREW, PANHEAD, M3 x 8
400023
SCREW, PANHEAD, M4 x 6
624093/06
B-89
Part Number
B-90
Description
400024
CYL-SCREW M4x8 DIN912
400025
CYL-SCREW M4x10 DIN912
400027
CYL-SCREW M4x14 DIN912
400043
CYL-SCREW M5x8 DIN912
400058
CYL-SCREW M5x60 DIN912
400260
CYL-SCREW M3x4 DIN912 A2
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
400262
CYL-SCREW M3x6 DIN912 A2
400263
CYL-SCREW M3x8 DIN912 A2
400265
SCREW, PANHEAD, M3 x 12
400268
CYL-SCREW M3x18 DIN912 A2
400270
CYL-SCREW M3x25 DIN912 A2
400300
CYL-SCREW M4x5 DIN912 A2
624093/06
Illustration
B-91
Part Number
B-92
Description
400301
CYL-SCREW M4x6 DIN912
400302
CYL-SCREW M4x8 DIN912 A2
400303
CYL-SCREW M4x10 DIN912 A2
400304
CYL-SCREW M4x12 DIN912 A2
400310
CYL-SCREW M4X30 DIN912 A2
400313
CYL-SCREW M4X45 DIN912 A2
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
400500
CYL-SCREW M4x6 DIN7984
400501
CYL-SCREW M4x8 DIN7984
400647
CYL-SCREW M8x25 DIN912 TUFLOK
400648
CYL-SCREW M6x16 DIN912 TUFLOK
403491
C-SUNK SCREW M4x8 DIN7991
403493
C-SUNK SCREW M4x12 DIN7991
624093/06
Illustration
B-93
Part Number
B-94
Description
403594
C-SUNK SCREW M6x14 DIN7991
403535
C-SUNK SCREW M5x16 DIN7991
403611
C-SUNK SCREW M6x40 DIN7991
403610
C-SUNK SCREW M6x70 DIN7991 A2 C112
420074
CYL-SCREW M4x16 DIN912 A2
420301
C-SUNK SCREW M4x20 DIN7991
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
403614
C-SUNK SCREW M3x8 DIN7991
420312
C-SUNK SCREW M5x12 DIN7991
420316
CYL-SCREW M3x14 DIN912 A2
420321
C-SUNK SCREW M4x16 DIN7991
420742
CYL-SCREW M6x60
420747
CYL-SCREW M6x8 DIN7984 A2
624093/06
Illustration
B-95
Part Number
B-96
Description
420553
ROUND HEAD SCREW M3x8 ISO7380 A2
420614
ROUND HEAD SCREW M5x12 A2 ISO7380
420626
ROUND HEAD SCREW M4x6 A2 ISO7380
420641
ROUND HEAD SCREW M3x5 I-6-R A4 TORX
420643
ROUND HEAD SCREW M3x8 I-6-R A4 TORX
420664
C-SUNK SCREW M3x8 I-6-R TORX
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
420690
PHILLIPS HEAD SCREW KA30x6
420691
PLASTIC SCREW 2.9x8
420694
ROUND HEAD SCREW M6x16 A2 ISO7380
420695
ROUND HEAD SCREW M3x6 10.9 16KT
420696
ROUND HEAD SCREW M6x10 A2 ISO7380
420698
SET SCREW M5x20 I-6K
624093/06
Illustration
B-97
B.14.16
Nuts Part Number
Description
408005
HEX NUT M3 DIN934
408006
NUT, HEX, M4
408008
HEX NUT M6 DIN 934
Illustration
Grounding Terminal
B-98
421003
NUT, HEX, M3
421011
HEX NUT M10x1
421057
HEX NUT W/ FLANGE M4
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number 421058
B.14.17
Illustration
Description
Illustration
NUT, M6
Cylinder Pins Part Number 251158
2016-03-24
Description
CYLINDER PIN 5x20 DIN6325
624093/06
B-99
B.14.18
Washers Part Number
Description
159258
TANK GASKET
159369
WASHER OF CABLE MANAGEMENT
369016
INSULATOR
369023
COLOR MARKING DISK
Illustration
Grounding Terminal
369038
INTERLOCKING NUT
409105
WASHER M3 DIN125A
409108
WASHER M6 DIN125A Grounding Terminal
409110
B-100
WASHER M10 DIN125A
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Detailed Parts Descriptions
Part Number
2016-03-24
Description
409201
WASHER M4 DIN9021B
409204
WASHER, FLAT, M8
409271
WASHER M4 DIN125A
409273
WASHER M6 DIN125A
409281
WASHER M3 DIN9021B
409282
WASHER M4 DIN9021B
409907
BODYWORK DISK 4x20 A2
624093/06
Illustration
B-101
Part Number
Description
411001
FAN-TYPE LOCK WASHER M3 DIN6798
411002
LOCKWASHER, EXTERNAL, M4
411004
FAN-TYPE LOCK WASHER M6 DIN6798
Illustration
Grounding Terminal
413024
B-102
RETAINING RING
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Appendix
C Stickers Overview C
C.1
Stickers Interaction Panel Part Number
Description
159534
HAMILTON-G5 plate
159535
HAMILTON-S1 plate
255358
Serial Number Label HAMILTON-G5
Illustration
(order via Technical Support)
2016-03-24
159531
Includes:
Label set
Heliox Option gas inlet sticker
159519
Includes:
Label set
Air and O2 sticker
624093/06
C-1
C Stickers Overview
Part Number
Description
159519
Includes:
Label set
Interface Sticker
Illustration
Warning Sticker
159519
Includes:
Label set
Connections Sticker Front
159529
Includes:
Label set
Connections Sticker Front with IntelliCuff, 4 languages.
159519
Includes:
Label set
Interaction Panel Connector Sticker
255358
Interaction Panel Serial Number Sticker (order via Technical Support)
C-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Stickers Interaction Panel
Part Number
Description
Illustration
Comes with Interaction Panel the software Software Version update Sticker
Comes with Ventilation Unit the software Software Version update Sticker
Ventilation Unit Options Stickers:
2016-03-24
159527
- PVTOOL
159526
- ASV
159531
- Heliox
159528
- Neonatal
159537
- MinVol
159538
- PEEP
159539
- Oxygen
159536
- Intellivent
159519
Includes:
Label set
Air to and from Patient
262672
Symbol Lock/Unlock
159523
LABEL SET CO2 SPA
624093/06
C-3
C Stickers Overview
Part Number
C-4
Description
159524
LABEL SET SpO2 SPA
159525
LABEL SET CO2 & SpO2 SPA
159532
LABEL SET AERONEB & HUMIDIFIER
159533
LABEL SET NEBULIZER & SpO2 SPA
159531
LABEL, OPTION HELIOX HAMILTON-G5
159380
LABEL OPTION OF ASV HAMILTON-G5
159387
LABEL OPTION OF POWERSTRIP (240V)
159388
LABEL OPTION OF POWERSTRIP (100V)
Illustration
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Appendix
D Diagrams D
This section includes the following diagrams for the HAMILTON-G5 ventilator: Drawing number
Descriptions
included
614223
Block diagram, HAMILTON-G5 ventilator
yes
WD616071
Wiring diagram, ventilation unit (VU)
yes
WD616072
Wiring diagram, interaction panel (IP) page 1
yes
WD616072
Wiring diagram, interaction panel (IP) page 2
yes
BSP159216
Component layout diagram, sensor backplane board
yes
BSP159350
Component layout diagram, sensor probe adapter board
yes
BSP159484
Component layout diagram, battery connector board
yes
BSP159352
Component layout diagram, battery connector board
yes
BSP159202
Component layout diagram, VU motherboard
yes
BSP159204
Component layout diagram, IP motherboard
yes
BSP159606
Component layout diagram, Cuff Pressure Controller
yes
BSP155485
Component layout diagram, servo board
no
PMS_IC153
Diagram, power management supply (PMS)
no
SA086804
Schematic diagram, key and LED board
no
SA604912
Schematic diagram, sensor board
no
SA604995
Schematic diagram, servo board
no
SA611087
Schematic diagram, VU motherboard processor
no
SA611089
Schematic diagram, IP motherboard
no
SA611096
Schematic diagram, alarm lamp board
no
SA611097
Schematic diagram, sensor backplane board
no
SA611103
Schematic diagram, sensor probe adapter board
no
SA604508
Schematic diagram, Cuff Pressure Controller
no
2016-03-24
624093/06
D-1
Plot Abs.: cclement 07.10.2011 09:51:56
D Diagrams
D-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Inhaber
jeweiligen
dem
als
gilt
Zeichnung
werden.
Drittper-
Ur-
das
enderg.
Diese
und
Eigentum
schriftliche
Ohne
Firma.
noch
kopiert
weder
sie
155699
Sensor Board
396008
02 Cell
159690
Ambient Valve Active complete
155169
Expiratory Valve
394017
Mixer Valve
394017
Mixer Valve
394.057
Nebulizer Valve
394055
O2 Cal. Valve
394055
O2 Cal. Valve
159135
Heliox Switch
159321
159399
159323
159322
159329
159330
159331
159408
159476
P418 P104
P301
159345
Fan (incl. Cable)
159335
P302
P103
P417
J304
159367
P101
159334
159202
P325
-
+
159399
159326
159327
159329
J8
J3
J2
Design Path:
PMS
159307
Mixer-Block
159342
J1
611.087
614.223
159606
1
1
Rev.
2006-11-03
von
CADel
616.071 03
A3
Blatt
ChassisEarth
Format
Cuff Pressure Controller
159371
Operating LED Sticker
Philipp Riedel
WD
Gepr.
Gez.
SA
BD
BPL
BSP
159302
Block
Interconnection-
159215
E
$PROJECT GIANT EL/wiring diagram/wiring diagram nullserie/616 071 03 Ventilation Unit M1486
HAMILTON MEDICAL AG
S1/G5 - Ventilation Unit 159.100
159216
Backplane
Sensor-
Main Switch (incl. Cable) 159328
Speaker (incl. Cable) 157219
Wiring Diagram
369101
Lead Acid Batt.
to IP-Motherboard (159204)
Ventilation Unit Motherboard
Servo Valve Modul complete 159301
P102
P313
159484 J4 J6 J5 J7
Das
anvertraut.
persoenlich
M1486
M1007
Aend. Nr. M890
P501
der
verbleibt
heberrecht
gemacht
duerst
P324
darf
Genehmigung
10-06-02 11-09-08 14-08-12
Datum
369106
P502
Li-Ion Batt.
P310
zugaenglich
sonen
duerst
cduerst
Name
159325 P507
Ventilation Unit 159100
P201
P202
P322 P323 P321 P318 P312 P309
P320 P311 P300
624093/06
P506
2016-03-24 159342
Trolley 159120
D Diagrams
D-3
Inhaber
jeweiligen
dem
als
gilt
Zeichnung
Ur-
das
01
Revision
Aenderg.
M926
Diese
schriftliche
Ohne
Drittper-
noch
kopiert
und
Eigentum
Das
anvertraut.
Firma.
Aend. Nr.
persoenlich
weder
sie
werden.
gemacht
zugaenglich
der
verbleibt
heberrecht
darf
Genehmigung
11-04-27
Datum
sonen
Duerst
Name
Keys & LED's 159.213
LED Driver Board
159.623
396.236
J1
380.036
Display
372.036
PT-Knob
159.336
159.338 J410 P404
D-4 P414
159.204
P406
P409
159.622 J401
159.339
159.367
Christian Duerst
2011-05-02T11:15:29
$USER_CDUERST/cad/hamilton_g5/Wiring_Diagram/616_072_01_Interaction_Panel_M926 Plot Abs.:
WD
Gepr.
A3
Format
2
1
Rev.
2006-11-03
von
Blatt
CADel
616.072 01
Philipp Riedel
611.089 SA Gez.
614.223 BD
BPL
BSP
to VU-Motherboard (159.202)
Design Path:
HAMILTON MEDICAL AG
Interaction Panel 159.108 / 159.109
Wiring Diagram - HAM-G5 / S1
Touch Panel
Display P/N 380.036: Jumper not assembled
Interaction Panel Motherboard
157.219
Speaker (incl. Cable)
159.272
J701 J411
Alarmlampenboard
D Diagrams
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
P324
J2
R11
J509
R12 R45
U10 U9
R42 R56
R13
R16
R40
M1
R32
R29R58R37R62
R49
R30 U1
R28
R36 C79
J504
R19
R38 R34 R48 R21
C21 C17 C16 C23
C30 C22
J510
R55
U17
R23
J511
U25 U12 U19
R39R63 R35 R61 R18
C28 C20 C27 C19 C26 C18 C25 C24
R22 R51 R50
U23 U22 U26 U27
R31 R59 R60
C13 C12 C11 C10 C9 C8
C15
R27 R24 R52
U4 U24
R10 R33
J503
U11
R54 R17
U6 U21 U20 U18 U16 U15 U14 U13
R57 R20
GIANT
Q2
P507
R71
P501 C58 C59 C60 C66 C67
1
A3
2:1 bei
Rev.
159.217 Blatt 1 SA 611.097 von 1 2006-09-01 Gez. M. Kistler Gepr. Massstab BPL
Design Path: /user/giant_el/boards/159_216_03_sensor_backplane
HAMILTON MEDICAL AG BSP 159.216 03
Sensor Backplane
U2
C32
C34 C35 C36 C37 C38 C39 C40 C41 C42 C43 C44 C45 C46 C47 C48 C49 C50 C51 C52 C53 C54 C55 C56 C57 C63
5
lich anvertraut. Das Eigentum und das Urheberrecht verbleibt uns. Ohne unsere schriftliche Genehmigung duerfen die Zeichnungen weder kopiert noch Drittpersonen zugaenglich gemacht werden.
nderg.
Auf Rueckseite aufkleben
M2
C7 C6 C5 C4 C2 C3 C1
R43
U7
R46 R15 R47
R14
U8
U5
R25
R67 R69 R70
R44
R8
R75
R41
1
Aend.Nr. M513 M596 M575 Datum 07-02-26 07-10-31 08-01-31 Name Kistler Kistler Kistler
R53
C61 C62 R2
R9
R65
D-5
P502
J508
D Diagrams
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Diese Zeichnung gilt als dem jeweiligen Inhaber persoenlich anvertraut. Das Eigentum und das Urheberrecht verbleibt uns. Ohne unsere schriftliche Genehmigung duerfen die Zeichnungen weder kopiert noch Drittpersonen zugaenglich gemacht werden.
01 02 03 M514 M576 ---07-02-22 07-10-25 08-05-21 TRungg MKistler AMeola
Revision Aend.Nr. Datum Name
624093/06
Aenderg.
MP1
R2 R3 R4
R1
D3
D2
D4
D1
R11
U1 R13
C7 C6 C5
R16
R5
MP2 +5V L9
L6 L11 L8
L10 L12 L14 L7
C3
C16 C17 C18 R6 C19 C11
2016-03-24 C2 C1
M1 J1
Gepr.
Rev.
159.351 Blatt 1 611.103 von 1 2007-11-05 M. Kistler
Design Path: /user/giant_el/boards/159_350_03_Sensor_Probe_Adapter_02 Plot Abs: Michael Kistler 2008-12-10T13:21:47
03 HAMILTON MEDICAL AG BSP 159.350CADel
bei
A3
Massstab BPL
Loeten mit Lehre von Hamilton (159.261 und 159.262)
+9.95.0.10
Sensor Probe Adapter 1:1 SAGez. fuer CO2
M2
J1
D Diagrams
D-6
C8 C4
P1
D Diagrams
D-7
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
D Diagrams
2016-03-24
624093/06
D-8
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual erg.
Aend.Nr. M523 M567 M582 M702 Datum 07-04-10 07-10-25 07-11-30 09-01-29 Name D. Zaech D.Zaech A.Meola ZOBRIST
M981 M1329 M1422 12-04-17 13-03-11 14-03-24 Duerst Duerst Duerst
D-9 bleibt uns. Ohne unsere schriftliche Genehmigung duerfen die Zeichnungen weder kopiert noch Drittpersonen zugaenglich gemacht werden.
M2
P300
P309
P312
C322
L14
7
1 1
P318
L21
P320 1
3 U485
C486 R619 R620 R636
R77
R73
R231 R221
D37 C1
R81
1
D31
P323 D33
D36
P322 D35
J334
D34
R30
R31
R32
1
1
R570
R576
R354
C284
R359
C285 R53
C295
C225 C286 C287 C47
U377
C226 R495 R55 D1
R74
C323 1
U375
C301
R243
R352
R244
C214 R341
R498 C216
L1
R222 R223
C37
1
C28
P313
12
12 R374
A
C220
C27
U366
C353 R97
1 C352
C48 R429
R473
U364
U360
C246
C351
C304
C245
R474
C231
U369
P307
U363
C49
1
L15
C232
J335
R536
U475
R520
R510 R511
R513 R512
R515
1
D26
R240 C403
R444
R241
U361
R547 D100
U365
U391
J329
R105
U447
R472
+
C237
C464 C467 R593
C477 R281 R610 R611
C328 C329
U480
R612
U348
U479
C281
C376
R523 R519
R27
R421
R424
R524 R525
R379
R423
R507
A
A
A
A
A
R384
C462
R21
R382
R427
R386
A
A
R505 R517 R506
C
C
C
A
C
A
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C408
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
R205 C R206 C
R207 C R208
C
R377
R425
C
L17
Q47
R95 R479
U362
U10
U9
C210
R615
R562
U481
R309 R488 R308
U482
C455
C426 L12
12
R343
U349
D2
D3
R392
D68 D67
D4
U403 U415
D40 D41 D96
D38 D39 D95
D97
J336
D51
R158
C
R157 R155 R156 R154 R153
R268 R262R328 R581 R580
R103
A C
J337
A
R545
R102
R327 R263
R330
A2 Gepr.
M1
Rev.
HAMILTON MEDICAL AG BSP 159.202 08
Hamilton - G5
R484
R579 R578
R332 R331
R265
U398
R329 R264
C186 C184 C183 C185 C271 C272 C273
R334
C270
J327
U414 U412 U411 U413 U407 U409 U408 U410 U477
R333 R269
C443
R270
S2
Konform gemaess RoHS Richtlinie 2002/95/EG Massstab BPL 159.203 Blatt 1 SA 611.087 von 1 VU-Motherboard 2:1 bei Gez. Andrea Meola 2007-11-30
R390
R391
REL2
U397
J326
C255
C180 C182 C181 C179 C253 C256 C254
R152 R150 R151 R149 R148
D52
D29 D69
R159
R393
REL1
C57 C55 C58 C56 C372 C371 C173 C176 C178 C177 C175 C174
J317
R575 R569 D5
C302 R28
R321 R319 R322 R320 R323 R503 D21 D22
D20 D23
R572
R573 R574
R275
Die Pin's duerfen auf der Loetseite max. 1mm herausragen. . .
DS1
P325 1 2
C52 C472
D74
C316
Q33 R180
Q46 Q29 Q24 Q22 Q23
U373
U7
C402
R432 R307 R490 R489
U8
C274C385 C319 C318
R277 R276 R278
U371
R306 R487 R305
R168
R166
R169
C473
U484
C476
D73 U483
R476 R475 R92 R480
R286 R288
R605 R598
R609 C277
C459 C471 C460
C317
U352
R538
R236
C276 R420 C275
R651 R608
R415
R600 R601 R602
C475
C423
R217 R310
L13
R173
L16
C230
U368 R544
C452
C463
R613 C454
C278 R471 R189 R190 R188 D72 R279 R280
R606 R650
R543 R501
C440
D94
C453
D19 Q35
R99 R181 R98 R428
C461
Y2
C417
U374
C59 C389 R486 R485
C441
P308
A
R172
C222
R441
C224
U399
C235 C233
C188
R175 R174 8 R245
C223
C348 R193 R194
C239
R588
R316 R136 R317 R128 R120 R88
C187
1 R433 R434
C32
C29
R178 R177
R372
C36
R292 C297
U454
C244
C243
U387
C306
U367
U6
U386
R529 R533
C339 R119 R410 C325 C327 R135 C324 C326 R134 C303 R408 R90 R202 C338
R413
R291
C310
P303
1 R532
C411
R314 C415 R287
C416
C217 C311
C215
R497
C218
U357
R499
Q20
R142
Q21 C300
C350
C349
R298 R297 Q30 R85 R139 R199 R131 C336 C345
C38
R59
L10 U358
R353 R361 R356 R360
L4
C41
L5
D63
D66
R38
C413 R405
L23
R86 R163 R220 R201 C337
R357 R358 R363 R364 R365 R369
R355 R350
C7
L18
C299 C298
C13
R109 C354
R542
D64
R230 C312 R200
R246
R140
C355
R101
R541
R592
C380
R62 C381 C456
C379
P417 1 3
Pin Nr. 5 abgeschnitten
R72
C438
C437
R502 R324 R325 R326
R185
R232
C378 C358 R182 D71
C26 C16
R184 R78 C347
C412
U400 R196
Q39
U16
C407
C229
D98 Q34
C469 R596 R164
R443
U385
C406
J304
D88 D89D92 D90
D80
C410 R167
C422
U405 U402 U404
R431 R483 R477
Q36 Q28 Q27
R442
Q16
D32
D54 D57 D58 D55 D56 D61 D59
C25
R183 R79
U12
C427 C428
R100
U13
R591
P302
R84
Q41
C434
P301
U2
C364
C361
2
Q8 Q11 Q12 Q9 Q10 Q15 Q13 R161 R144 R147 R143 R162 R145 R160
R551 R552
C346
U17
1 C61 4 C63 C62 C60 C439
R130
R632 C485 R635 R634 C483 R631
R138
D65
Q19
R628
C292
C313 R247
R36
R648 R640
R637 U476
R629
3
P324 P321 C386
C482 R643 R642
R633
R34
4
P418
R553 R554
C363 R412
C20
L3 C249
L19
C409
R35
R641
C488 C480
R29
U487 R617 R618 R616
R83 R80
C365
U3
C293
J333
C481
U486
C343
C487
C479
R649
R630
R621 R623 R624 R626 C484
R625
Q5
C19 U406
C21 R37
C22
C370 C234
R195 C33 C31 C30
C404 C405 C241 C236
U446
C240
D79
D77 D87D78
U388
P416
C377
U392
C414
R87 R607 C314 U389 R337 C468 R597 C466C470 C315 R336 R595 R594 C54 C53 C425 C465 R604 L11 R603 D75 R614 C283 C474 C478 R251 U345 R250 R249 R248 R216 R213 R215 R214
U478 + C367
D49
Q6
Q7 R589
R267 R571
D82
1 1
TL8 TL6
R271 D83 Q17
R33
D62
U449
U356 C248
R638 R500
L20
R639 R627
R82
C228
C227
R110 R141 C357
C66 C65 C64 C76 C67 C68 C77 C69 C70 C78
1
R647
P310
C335 C344 R198
L9
C17
R622
5
C23 C18
C73
C137 P311 C130 C128 C432 C132 C129 C127 C126 C124 C125 C123 C10
C356
C24
R494
C435
U346
U456
C11
R179
Q32 Q31
C436
C213
R25
U448
R339
C221
R338
D86
D81
R383 R385 R387 R426 1
P415 U390
D99
R546
R371 R203
C366 R539
D28
C39
8 8 1 1
TL7 TL5 8 8
Pin Nr. 3 abgeschnitten
U376
C433
D46 D47 C212 C309
R24
R409R234
R407
C296
D84 D85
D93 D91 R378 R422 R380 R381 1
C2
D70
C382
C15
U347
L2 C219 R56
R514
R238 R239
C238 R218 R351
R204
R340 R417
R57
C359
6
C131 C135 C138 C133 C136 C134
C4
U1
R76
R75 C360
R577
U455
R227 R226
C340
C384
C368
R435 R436 R437 R438 R439 R440
R229 R228
Q26
C307
R534
R526
U474
Q43
R508
Q44 R509
R170 R171
R349 D43 D27
R373
R237 R491 R492 R493
R219 R370
R418
C192 C321 C191 R289 R107
C3
R51
U4
C206 D102
C290 C289 R58
U359
C418
Q25
C369 R176 R91
Q45
R540 C442 R430 C242
C419
R531C430 R535
R516
R518
R521 R522
C424
R301 R302 R299 R300
R344
TL1
R481 R482 R93 R94 R478
D53
D42
L22
R106
C362
D101
C201 C196 C195 C294 C199 D104 C203 R67 C202 C205 C204 D103 C291 C200 C198 C197 R54 C288 C193 D24 D25
C208 C207
R52 R242 C209 C333 R212 R209 C332 C331 R210 C330 R211
R290 R537 R568 R61 R60
R388
TL3
TL2
P306
1
J332
3
U473
1
D Diagrams
624093/06
D-10 nderg.
Revision Aend.Nr. Datum Name
01 02 03 04 M521 M558 M903 M926 07-03-19 07-08-31 10-07-12 10-11-19 Kistler A.Meola Maeder Duerst
2016-03-24 lich anvertraut. Das Eigentum und das Urheberrecht verbleibt uns. Ohne unsere schriftliche Genehmigung duerfen die Zeichnungen weder kopiert noch Drittpersonen zugaenglich gemacht werden.
Bestueckung oben
C101
Q12
R338 C186 C187 C98 R24 C93
J423
C195 C196
C100
1 R342 R336 R340
J410
P324
C99
R341 R337 R339
U5
C17
Q13
1
C41 C162 C46
C185 C97
C163 C54 C53 C52
C194
C150 C152
R327
J418
J405
M2
C18
C104 C20
C112
R166 R165 R164 R163 R167 R177 R176 R175 R174 R170 R169 R168 R173 R172 R171 R184 R183 R182 R181 R180 R179 R178
R84C113
R22 R230
C67 C66 C65 C64 C68 C78 C77 C76 C75 C71 C70 C69 C74 C73 C72 C85 C84 C83 C82 C81 C80 C79
R206 R207 R208 R209 R210 R211 R212 R213 R214 R215 R216 R217 R218
C115
R219 R220 R221 R222 R223 U13 R224 R204 C143 C136 C140 C138 C144 C130 R205 R225 C142C141 C137 C139 C145 D30 D33 D31 D32 D34 R81 R26
U6
U7
U8
R37 R306 R36 R35 R32 R31 C111
C164 R83 R280
U19 +
R25
R27 C107
C110
R202 R162 R190 R161 R189 R160 R188 R159 R187 R158 R186 R157 R156
R82
C96
C109 R201 R155 R185 R154 R199 R153 R198 R152 R197 R151 R196 R150 R149
R200 R148 R195 R147 R194 R146 R193 R145 R192 R144 R191 R143 R142
C38
C103 C19
C192 C190 C191
U10
C95
R7 R5 R6 R4 R8 D35
M1
P404 J415 D50 D51 D48 D49 D46 D47
C102 C167 D55 D56 C166 D54 C165 D58 D53 C21 D52 D57
U16
U15 R23 R11
C9
1
A
C181
R33 R34 R109
J408
C118
C183 R332
R329R335R328
U23
D41
R107 R108 R106
R117 A R139 R116 A R138 R115 A R137 R114 A R136 R113 A R135 R112 A R134 R111 A R133 R110 A R132
R122 A R141 R121 A R140 R105 A R128 R104 A R127 R103 A R126 R120 A R131 R119 A R130 R118 A R129
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
R44
A
A
A
R268
R43
C148
C132 R240
R269 R265 A R266
R232
R237 C131
R244
C5
C4
C
C
C
C
C153
C90 R262
R234 R256
D62
C48 C49 C50 C51
L2
Q6
A3
1:1 bei
U18
Q10
R320
Massstab BPL
C2
R317 C182
R260
L1
R1
C8
R30
U2
R315 R318
L3
R263 C88 R264 C149 R10
J413 J401 J417
D29
D74
J416
Rev.
159.205 Blatt 1 SA 611.089 von 2 2006-08-23 Gez. M. Kistler Gepr.
Design Path: ... duerst/cad/hamilton_g5/ip_motherboard/159_204_04_ip_motherboard_M926 Plot Abs: Christian Duerst 2010-11-22T12:01:41
M4 P407
R100
U21
C180 C178
C155
C193
C170
P412
04 HAMILTON MEDICAL AG BSP 159.204CADel
D18
R255
C114
C126 C125 R79 R41 R77 R78 C105 C106 R330 D70
P409
IP Motherboard GIANT (1-Oben, 2-Unbestueckt und TP)
K
C108 R12
C11
C169 L7 D27 C15 R226
P414 1 2
R289 R295 R277 R301
D67 D64 D65
C154
C
J420
C168 L6 D26 C16
D1
1 R343
C189 C188
M3
P406
U4
R333 R13 C128
R227 R236 C127 R229 R235 C63 C123 C124
R313 R290 R297 R291 U20 R296 R311 R310 C176 R292 R323 R324 C179
D38
C89
D63 D61 D60 D72
D28
C62
C117
Q11 R316 C36 C37 D71 D73
C3
P421
C94 R80 C129 D36 D40 R85
Q5
D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8
C14 R124
U11
C175 R276 C174 C173 C172 C184 C171
R275 R39
R321 R322
R314 R293
C42 C30 C31 C33 C32
A
1
D66
C91 C122
C146
U12
R2
R3
P422
A
R325 R254 R259
R304 R305
R331
D39
R239 R21 R20 R241
C147
R247 C133 C29
C6
C87 C120 C86 D25
D17 D16 D4 D3 D2 D7 D6 D5
P402
C12 C10
R326 R334
C13 C35 C34
J419
C28 C27 C26 C25 C24 C116
R125 C
R99 R89 R96 R88 R95 R86 R28 R97 R90 R98 R91 R302 R309
U9
U22
C157 R29 R92 R93 R101 R94 R87 R102
P403
R286 R285 R281
8R243 C135 C134 R238C119 R242
R45 R47 R48 R270 R267 R271
C7
Q9 Q8 Q7
D24 R228
U17
L5
1
C177
1 R319
C92 C121
D45 D44 D43 D42
1
J411
L9
1 1
U3
TL1
D Diagrams
Diese Zeichnung gilt als dem jeweiligen Inhaber persoenlich anvertraut. Das Eigentum und das Urheberrecht verbleibt uns. Ohne unsere schriftliche Genehmigung duerfen die Zeichnungen weder kopiert noch Drittpersonen zugaenglich gemacht werden.
01 02 03 M962 M1125 M1353 10-12-16 12-01-12 13-04-25 Maeder Maeder Duerst
Aenderg.
M21,M22
1
P5
C18
a
C7
C1
C8
V2
M12
rt C6
C17 D2 Q1 R10 R14 R8 R13
b
Q2
M11
V1
L1 R9 R12
b
Q3
D3 D1
M10
a
U4
U1
R15
U3
M21,M22
R2 C4
R22
U2 R23
C9
D7 C
D6 C
A
R21
A
M21,M22
R3 R34 R6 R32 R16 R4 R31 R24 R33 R17 R19 R7 R18
M1
R20
M1 M22 M20 M21
Montagereihenfolge bei der Pneumatikinsel: 1. Dichtungen (b) in die Pneumatikinsel (M13) einlegen, dabei die Nippel der . Dichtungen vollstaendig in die Bohrungen der Insel einstecken 2. Pneumatikinsel (M13) mit den eingelegten Dichtungen (b) auf die Ventile . (V1,V2) aufstecken 3. Schrauben (a) von unten eindrehen und mit max. 0.15Nm festziehen, dabei . die Pneumatikinsel von oben anpressen
Schrauben (a) und Dichtungen (b) sind Zubehoerteile zu den Ventilen (V1,V2)
M13
M21,M22
M2
D4
P1
1
Revision Aend.Nr. Datum Name
C14
P2 1
R28 R27 R30 R29 R26 R25
C11 C5 C12 D5
sw C3
C10
R11 C13 R5
D-11 C2
M20
M3
A3
1:1 bei
M4
M5
Rev.
159.607 Blatt 1 SA 604.508 von 1 2010-08-27 Gez. M. Maeder Gepr. Massstab BPL
M16 (L=39mm) M16 (L=12mm) M14
M4+M5
Design Path: /user/giant_el/boards/159_606_04_Cuff_Pressure_Controller_M1353 Plot Abs: Christian Duerst 2013-04-25T15:09:37
03 HAMILTON MEDICAL AG BSP 159.606CADel
Cuff Pressure Controller Hamilton-G5
115.0
M16 (L=22mm)
Montage der Schlaeuche: - alle Schlaeuche bis zum Anschlag einstecken
P2
Details zum Flachbandkabel:
M15 (L=55mm)
M15 (L=55mm)
M3 (L=125mm)
D Diagrams
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
D Diagrams
D-12
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Appendix
E Software Versions E
E.1
Definitions The software version of a HAMITLON-G5 is defined by its VUP (Ventilation Unit Processor) software. All other software included in the HAMILTON-G5 (IPP, VRC, and VIP) must be compatible with the VUP software. VUP software Software used by the HAMILTON-G5 ventilation unit processor that is part of the VUP ESM module. The software includes the part for the VUP embedded system as well as for the ventilation application system. IPP software Software used by the HAMILTON-G5 IPP (Interaction Panel Processor) that is part of the IPP ESM module. The software includes the part for the IPP embedded system as well as for the ventilation application system. VRC software Software used by the HAMILTON-G5 ventilation unit VRC (Ventilation Real-time Clock) processor chip, located at the VU motherboard. The software includes the alarm handling and the control functions. VIP software Software used by the HAMILTON-G5 ventilation unit VIP (Ventilation Interface Processor) chip, that is located at the VU motherboard. The software includes the communication interface function. VIP chip and socket available on VU motherboard Revison 06 and lower. CPC software Software used by the HAMILTON-G5 IntelliCuff® (Cuff Pressure Controller) chip, that is located at the cuff pressure controller board. The software includes the cuff pressure control functions.
2016-03-24
624093/06
E-1
E Software Versions
E.2
General rules for software compatibility VUP, IPP, and VRC software must always match for HAMILTON-G5 operate correctly.
E.2.1
Checking compatibility Software versions are displayed on the Stand-by opening the system window.
Figure E-1. Software versions
VUPww.xyz must match IPPww.xyz, where: • ww = software version • xyz = software revision (updates or bug fixes within the same generation), where: • x = any numeral (“1” in the first release), represents a major revision, and is relevant for compatibility • y = any numeral, represents a minor revision, and is not relevant for compatibility • z = any letter, represents the software build, and is not relevant for compatibility For example: • Matching software could be: VUP02.10e and IPP02.10e Non-matching software could be: VUP01.20e and IPP02.11c
E-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Software version 2.x
E.3 E.3.1
Software version 2.x Software version 2.60 Release date: 2016-03 VUP software version IPP software version
VUP02.60 IPP02.60 FPGA code: A12/A12 Pri MenMon: HAM01.23
VUP ESM module
Sec MenMon: HAM01.23 NIOS ID: Rev:3.3c
Compact flash #1: International 159460/06 / SW 2.60 USA 159461/06 / SW 2.60 Japan 159462/05 / SW 2.60 Canada 159463/07 / SW 2.60
CUFF FW: CPC 01.22
China 159464/06 / SW 2.60
FPGA code: A9
IPP ESM module
Pri MenMon: HAM01.23 Sec MenMon: HAM01.23 NIOS ID: Rev:3.3c
VRC software version VIP software version
VRC02.60
no longer required CPC 01.22
®
EPROM VRC: 159719/00
IntelliCuff firmware version
for individual updating use Compact flash: 159436/05 FW CPC 01.22
Release Notes
2016-03-24
624093/06
E-3
E Software Versions
E.3.2
Software version 2.42 Note Do not use software version 2.42 any longer, instead install latest available Software version. For further details refer to Section E, Software Versions
Release date: 2014-09 VUP software version IPP software version
VUP02.41 IPP02.41 FPGA code: A12/A12 Pri MenMon: HAM01.23
VUP ESM module
Sec MenMon: HAM01.23 NIOS ID: Rev:3.3c
Compact flash #1: International 159460/04 / SW 2.41 USA 159461/04 / SW 2.41 Japan 159462/03 / SW 2.41 Canada 159463/05 / SW 2.41
CUFF FW: CPC 01.22
China 159464/04 / SW 2.41
FPGA code: A9
IPP ESM module
Pri MenMon: HAM01.23 Sec MenMon: HAM01.23 NIOS ID: Rev:3.3c
VRC software version VIP software version
VRC02.40
159459/00 no longer required CPC 01.22
®
IntelliCuff firmware version
EPROM VRC:
for individual updating use Compact flash: 159436/05 FW CPC 01.22
Release Notes
E-4
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Software version 2.x
E.3.3
Software version 2.41 Note Do not use software version 2.41 any longer, instead install latest available Software version. For further details refer to Section E, Software Versions
Release date: 2014-09 VUP software version IPP software version
VUP02.41 IPP02.41 FPGA code: A12/A12 Pri MenMon: HAM01.23
VUP ESM module
Sec MenMon: HAM01.23 NIOS ID: Rev:3.3c
Compact flash #1: International 159460/04 / SW 2.41 USA 159461/04 / SW 2.41 Japan 159462/03 / SW 2.41 Canada 159463/05 / SW 2.41
CUFF FW: CPC 01.22
China 159464/04 / SW 2.41
FPGA code: A9
IPP ESM module
Pri MenMon: HAM01.23 Sec MenMon: HAM01.23 NIOS ID: Rev:3.3c
VRC software version VIP software version
VRC02.40
no longer required CPC 01.22
®
EPROM VRC: 159459/00
IntelliCuff firmware version
for individual updating use Compact flash: 159436/05 FW CPC 01.22
1.3rd edition of the IEC 60601-1 and related standards. •
Configure minimum alarm loudness.
•
Measured SpO2 value always visible on the main display.
•
High PEEP alarm available
•
Release Notes
2016-03-24
Obstructed alarm handling improved. Therefore an active ambient valve has been implemented. 2.Preoperational checks pass/fail status improved. 3.Humidifier on and off directly at the ventilator display 4.Humidifier temperature gradient available. 5.Option license keys to/from CF card. 6.Croatian language available. 7.Suctioning maneuver set active. 8.Panel connection Lost alarm improved.
624093/06
E-5
E Software Versions
E.3.4
Software version 2.31 *no longer available Note Do not use software version 2.31 any longer, instead install latest available Software version. For further details refer to Section E, Software Versions
VUP software version IPP software version
VUP02.31 IPP02.31 FPGA code: A12/A12 Pri MenMon: HAM01.18
VUP ESM module
Sec MenMon: HAM01.18
Compact flash #1: International 159460 / 2.31 USA 159461 / 2.31
NIOS ID: Rev:3.3c CUFF FW: CPC 01.21
Canada 159463 / 2.31 China 159464 / 2.31
FPGA code: A9
IPP ESM module
Pri MenMon: HAM01.18 Sec MenMon: HAM01.18 NIOS ID: Rev:3.3c
VRC software version VIP software version ®
VRC02.30
EPROM VRC: 159458 / 2.30
no longer required CPC 01.21
IntelliCuff firmware version
for individual updating use Compact flash: 159436/04 FW CPC 01.21
Table E-1. Software version 2.31
E-6
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Software version 2.x
E.3.5
Software version 2.20 *no longer available Note Do not use software version 2.20 any longer, instead install latest available Software version. For further details refer to Section E, Software Versions
VUP software version
VUP02.20
Compact flash #1: International 159426 / 2.20
IPP02.20
USA 159427 / 2.20 Canada 159454 / 2.20
IPP software version
China 159455 / 2.20 Japan 159428 / 2.20 FPGA code: A12/A12
VUP ESM module
Pri MenMon: HAM01.18
Compact flash #2:
Sec MenMon: HAM01.18
(International, USA, Canada, China)
NIOS ID: Rev:3.3c
159429 MEN FW 01.18/A9/A12/3.3c
FPGA code: A9
IPP ESM module
Pri MenMon: HAM01.18 Sec MenMon: HAM01.18
(Japan) 159626 MEN FW 01.18/A9/A12/3.3c
NIOS ID: Rev:3.3c
VRC software version VIP software version
VRC02.20A
EPROM VRC: 159453 / 2.20
no longer required CPC 01.21
Compact flash: 159436/04 FW CPC 01.21
®
IntelliCuff firmware version CPC 01.10 (no longer available) CPC01.03 (no longer available) CPC01.01 (no longer available)
Table E-2. Software version 2.20
2016-03-24
624093/06
E-7
E Software Versions
E.3.6
Software version 2.11*no longer available Note Do not use software version 2.11 any longer, instead install latest available Software version. For further details refer to Section E, Software Versions
VUP software version IPP software version
VUP02.11
Compact flash #1:
IPP02.11
Standard 159426 / 2.11 America 159427 / 2.11
FPGA code: A11/A11
VUP ESM module 159200
Pri MenMon: HAM01.18 Sec MenMon: HAM01.18
IPP ESM module 159211
NIOS ID: Rev:3.3c
Compact flash #2:
FPGA code: A9
159429 MEN FW 01.18/A9/A11/3.3c
Pri MenMon: HAM01.18 Sec MenMon: HAM01.18 NIOS ID: Rev:3.3c
VRC software version
VIP software version
VRC02.10b
EPROM VRC: 159447 / 2.10b
VIP02.01
EPROM VIP: 159448 / 2.01 ®
Using IntelliCuff controller, install ®
IntelliCuff firmware version
®
latest VUP, IPP and IntelliCuff CPC FW. Section E.3.4, Software version 2.31 *no longer available
Table E-3. Software version 2.11
E-8
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Software version 2.x
E.3.7
Software version 2.10e *no longer available Note Do not use software version 2.10 any longer, instead install latest available Software version. For further details refer to Section E, Software Versions
VUP software version IPP software version
VUP02.10e IPP02.10e FPGA code: A11/A11
VUP ESM module 159200
Pri MenMon: HAM01.18 Sec MenMon: HAM01.18 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2c FPGA code: A9
IPP ESM module 159211
Pri MenMon: HAM01.18 Sec MenMon: HAM01.18 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2c
VRC software version
VIP software version
VRC02.10b
EPROM VRC: 159447 / 2.10b
VIP02.01
EPROM VIP: 159448 / 2.01 ®
Using IntelliCuff controller, install ®
IntelliCuff firmware version
®
latest VUP, IPP and IntelliCuff CPC FW. Section E.3.4, Software version 2.31 *no longer available
Table E-4. Software version 2.10e
2016-03-24
624093/06
E-9
E Software Versions
E.3.8
Software version 2.02a *no longer available Note Do not use software version 2.02 any longer, instead install latest available Software version. For further details refer to Section E, Software Versions
VUP software version IPP software version
VUP02.02a IPP02.02a FPGA code: A11/A11
VUP ESM module 159200
Pri MenMon: HAM01.18 Sec MenMon: HAM01.18 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2c FPGA code: A9
IPP ESM module 159211
Pri MenMon: HAM01.18 Sec MenMon: HAM01.18 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2c
VRC software version VIP software version
VRC02.01a VIP01.13
Table 5-5. Software version 2.02a
E-10
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Software version 2.x
E.3.9
Software version 2.01e *no longer available Note Do not use software version 2.01 any longer, instead install latest available Software version. For further details refer to Section E, Software Versions
VUP software version IPP software version
VUP02.01e IPP02.01e FPGA code: A11/A11
VUP ESM module 159200
Pri MenMon: HAM01.13 Sec MenMon: HAM01.13 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2c FPGA code: A11
IPP ESM module 159211
Pri MenMon: HAM01.13 Sec MenMon: HAM01.13 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2c
VRC software version VIP software version
VRC02.01a VIP01.13
Table 5-6. Software version 2.01e
2016-03-24
624093/06
E-11
E Software Versions
E.3.10
Software version 2.00p *no longer available Note Do not use software version 2.00 any longer, instead install latest available Software version. For further details refer to Section E, Software Versions
VUP software version IPP software version
VUP02.00p IPP02.00p FPGA code: A11/A11
VUP ESM module 159200
Pri MenMon: HAM01.18 Sec MenMon: HAM01.18 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2c FPGA code: A9
IPP ESM module 159211
Pri MenMon: HAM01.18 Sec MenMon: HAM01.18 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2c
VRC software version VIP software version
VRC02.00c VIP01.10
Table 5-7. Software version 2.00p
E-12
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Software version 1.x
E.4
Software version 1.x Note Each unit running by software version lower than 1.21d shall be updated to software version 1.21d or higher.
E.4.1
Software version 1.21d VUP software version IPP software version
VUP01.21d IPP01.21d
Compact flash #1: 159416
FPGA code: A11/A11
VUP ESM module 159200
Pri MenMon: 01.18 Sec MenMon: 01.18 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2c FPGA code: A8
IPP ESM module 159211
Compact flash #2: 159419
Pri MenMon: 01.18 Sec MenMon: 01.18 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2c
VRC software version
VRC01.21
EPROM VRC: 159444
VIP01.02
EPROM VIP: 159403
VIP software version VIP01.03a
EPROM VIP: 159442
a. VIP01.03 for specific monitors expecting GALILEO monitoring.
Figure 5-1. Software version 1.21d
2016-03-24
624093/06
E-13
E Software Versions
E.4.2
Software version 1.20e *no longer available Note Each unit running by software version lower than1.21d shall be updated to software version 1.21d or higher.
VUP software version IPP software version
VUP01.20e IPP01.20e FPGA code: A11/A11
VUP ESM module 159200
Pri MenMon: 01.18 Sec MenMon: 01.18 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2c FPGA code: A8
IPP ESM module 159211
Pri MenMon: 01.18 Sec MenMon: 01.18 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2c
VRC software version
VRC01.20d VIP01.02
EPROM VIP: 159403
VIP software version VIP01.03a
EPROM VIP: 159422
a. VIP01.03 for specific monitors expecting GALILEO monitoring.
Figure 5-2. Software version 1.20e
E-14
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Software version 1.x
E.4.3
Software version 1.10d *no longer available Note Each unit running by software version lower than1.21d shall be updated to software version 1.21d or higher.
VUP software version IPP software version
VUP01.10d IPP01.10d FPGA code: A10/A10
VUP ESM module 159200
Pri MenMon: HAM01.12 Sec MenMon: HAM01.12 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2a FPGA code: A8
IPP ESM module 159211
Pri MenMon: HAM01.12 Sec MenMon: HAM01.12 NIOS ID: Rev:3.2a
VRC software version
VRC01.10b VIP01.02
EPROM VIP: 159403
VIP software version VIP01.03a
EPROM VIP: 159422
Table E-1. Software version 1.10d a. VIP01.03 for specific monitors expecting GALILEO monitoring.
2016-03-24
624093/06
E-15
E Software Versions
E.4.4
Software version 1.04b *no longer available Note Each unit running by software version lower than1.21d shall be updated to software version 1.21d or higher.
VUP software version IPP software version
VUP01.04b IPP01.04b FPGA code: A8
VUP ESM module 159200
Pri MenMon: 1.9 Sec MenMon: 1.9 NIOS ID: 3.0a FPGA code: A6
IPP ESM module 159211
Pri MenMon: 1.9 Sec MenMon: 1.9 NIOS ID: 3.0a
VRC software version VIP software version
VRC01.04 VIP01.02
EPROM VIP: 159403
Table E-2. Software version 1.04b
E-16
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Software recovery procedures
E.5 E.5.1
Software recovery procedures Software recovery procedure 2.x Background: The Hamilton-G5 contains two processors (Embedded System Module- ESM). The Interaction Panel Processor (IPP) and the Ventilation Unit Processor (VUP). SW is installed in both ESM‘s and the version is pre-installed by the manufacturer. If the software does not match, the system will not start-up. To recover from that point you require running through the Recovery disk procedure. This enables the unit to start the unit and perform a SW update with the current SW version available. Note Read these instructions completely before starting. You will be required to start the unit 2 times with the recovery CF installed, in order to update both ESM‘s. Follow the instructions carefully. - The restore software can be used with all G5 and S1 software versions (1.xx and 2.xx). - The restore software can be used for restoring the unit only. - A restored unit requires to be updated to latest software version. Requirement: - The restore software can be used with all G5 and S1 software versions. - 159437 Software recovery Compact Flash 2.60 - 159719 VRC 2.60 - Latest SW Update Kit The first part of the recovery will update the IPP. The second part will update the VUP. 1. Install the recovery compact flash into the Interaction Panel CF Slot. Leave existing VRC in place.
2016-03-24
624093/06
E-17
E Software Versions
2. Switch unit ON. You will see the screen below
Figure 5-3. Keyboard screen
3. Select “Boot from this Medium” with the “Arrow keys” at the right side of the switch unit OFF and repeat the procedure. CAUTION Do not select “Copy external CF -> Internal CF” 4. The unit will proceed into the Startup screen and the CF Slot LED will begin to flash and update the IP Processor. WAIT at least 3.5 minutes. 5. Switch unit OFF. Leave CF in Slot. 6. Switch unit ON. The screen will be shown as in Section Figure 5-3., Keyboard screen. DO Not Select anything, the unit will proceed after 5 seconds automatically. The unit will proceed to the Startup screen and the CF Slot LED will begin to flash and update the VU Processor. WAIT at least 1.5 minutes. During this time the screens below will be shown. 7. Switch the unit OFF. 8. Install the VRC 2.60 and remove CF. 9. Switch unit ON. The unit should startup with no Technical Faults. If unit hangs in startup screen an ESM may be defective. 10. If unit starts up, switch unit OFF.
E-18
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Appendix
F Hardware revisions F
F.1
Introduction This appendix brings together information found in other parts of the service manual concerning hardware components that have changed over time. The appendix then adds additional information, such as associated HAMITLON-G5 serial numbers and the dates of changes. There are two major sections in this appendix: • Appendix E.2, Component history chart, on page E-2 gives a historical overview of many changed parts. It displays photographs of the latest version of each part. • Appendix E.3, Component change details, on page E-5 gives details about the items in the Appendix E.2, Component history chart. Note • The material in this section is not exhaustive: minor revisions are not shown. • In the Component history chart, on page E-2, the solid arrows represent time periods over which a particular part was kept in production; the dotted arrows represent time periods in which details of some revisions and dates are missing.
2016-03-24
624093/06
F-1
F Hardware revisions
F.2
Component history chart HAMILTON-S1
HAMILTON-G5
Standard trolley including column
Universal trolley including column
---
159001
---
159120
HAMILTON-G5
Date
Serial Number
Description
04.2007
1000
first release
01.2008
1398
Improved buzzer sound monitoring
05.2008
1621
Design and SMC valves
08.2009
2681
Improved pressure sensor for flow measurement
08.2009
----
Material improved
10.2009
2871
Improved for wall mount
12.2009
3139
Improved connector
01.2010
2872
first release of heliox option
01.2010
----
Tightness improved
07.2010
----
Hamilton-Medical labelled version
10.2010
3871
white-dark-blue design
06.2011
----
Standard IEC 62133
07.2011
----
improved one way valve
09.2011
----
Jumper for Display with LED Backlight
09.2011
----
Update Design
10.2011
5314
Display with LED Backlight
12.2011
----
Improved housing and anti-rotation of sensor
08.2012
----
VU Motherboard (buzzer, microphones)
08.2012
----
Safety valve block (synthetic material)
08.2012
----
ESM Boards (SW related)
08.2012
5949
Expiration valve, improved corrosion resistance
05.2013
7332
VU M-board wo VIP chip, Battery connection board new
10.2014
----
VU Motherboard ready for Active ambient valve
01.2015
----
Active ambient valve implementation
08.2015
10291
VU prepared for paramagnetic oxygen sensor
F-2
l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l
159005
159001/08
159121
159120
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component history chart
Swivel Mount V3
IP Cable
Display Front S1
Display Front G5
IP-Panel HAMILTON-S1
IP-Panel HAMILTON-G5
159110
159367/00
---
159209/00
---
159105
l l l l
l l l l l
159580
l l l 159493
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
2016-03-24
l l l l l l l l l
159367/01
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l
159498
159504
159107
159106
l l l
l l l
l l l
l l l
159543
159542
159109
159108
l l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l l
624093/06
F-3
F Hardware revisions
VU-Motherboard
HAMILTON-G5
Date
Serial Number
IP-Motherboard
Sensor board
159204/00
155699/00
l l l l l l l l l l l l
l l
Descripti on
04.2007
1000
first release
159202/00
01.2008
1398
Improved buzzer
159202/03
05.2008
1621
Design and SMC valves
08.2009
2681
Improved pressure
08.2009
----
Material improved
10.2009
2871
Improved for wall mount
12.2009
3139
Improved connector
01.2010
2872
first release of heliox
01.2010
----
Tightness improved
07.2010
----
Hamilton-Me dical labelled
10.2010
3871
white-dark-b lue design
06.2011
----
Standard IEC 62133
07.2011
----
improved one way
09.2011
----
Jumper for Display with
09.2011
----
Update Design
10.2011
5314
Display with LED
12.2011
----
Improved housing and
08.2012
----
VU Motherboard
08.2012
----
Safety valve block
08.2012
----
ESM Boards (SW related)
08.2012
5949
Expiration valve,
05.2013
7332
VU M-board wo VIP chip,
159202/07
10.2014
----
VU Motherb oard ready
159202/08
01.2015
----
Active ambient
08.2015
10291
VU prepared for
F-4
ESM Boards
l l l l 159202/04
l l l l l l l l l
159202/06
l l l l l l
159200
159211
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
SW related boards ESM VUP ESM IPP
l l l l l l
159204/04
l l l l l l l l l l l l
155699/01
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component history chart
Mixer block
Heliox Option
Handle
Unit Top Cover
Battery Holder
Extended Battery
159300
---
159118/00
159241/00
159144/00
369102/00
l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l
159118/02
159487/00
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l l l l l
l 159311/00
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
2016-03-24
159118/01
159135/01
l l l 159135/02
l l l l l l l l l l l l l
624093/06
159144/02
l l l l l l
159144/03
l l l l
369106/01
369106/02
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
F-5
F Hardware revisions
Safety valve block
Expiration valve
Modules
155338/00
155169/00
159261 / 159262
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
HAMILTON-G5
Date
Serial Number
Description
04.2007
1000
first release
01.2008
1398
Improved buzzer sound monitoring
05.2008
1621
Design and SMC valves
08.2009
2681
Improved pressure sensor for flow measurement
08.2009
----
Material improved
10.2009
2871
Improved for wall mount
12.2009
3139
Improved connector
01.2010
2872
first release of heliox option
01.2010
----
Tightness improved
07.2010
----
Hamilton-Medical labelled version
10.2010
3871
white-dark-blue design
06.2011
----
Standard IEC 62133
07.2011
----
improved one way valve
09.2011
----
Jumper for Display with LED Backlight
09.2011
----
Update Design
10.2011
5314
Display with LED Backlight
12.2011
----
Improved housing and anti-rotation of sensor
08.2012
----
VU Motherboard (buzzer, microphones)
08.2012
----
Safety valve block (synthetic material)
08.2012
----
ESM Boards (SW related)
08.2012
5949
Expiration valve, improved corrosion resistance
05.2013
7332
VU M-board wo VIP chip, Battery connection board new
10.2014
----
VU Motherboard ready for Active ambient valve
01.2015
----
Active ambient valve implementation
08.2015
10291
VU prepared for paramagnetic oxygen sensor
F-6
159605/00
l l l l
MSP159690
l l
155169/01
l l l l l
159317 / 159313 / 159318 / 159314
l l l l l l l l l
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component history chart
2016-03-24
624093/06
F-7
F Hardware revisions
F.3
Component change details
HAMILTON-S1 / HAMILTON-G5 HAMILTON-S1 159005/00
Compatibility Comment
white-dark-blue-design
• Order design color specific spare parts. All parts are equal to G5 except panel items due to the different panel front.
HAMILTON-G5 159001/00
Comment
light-blue-design
Compatibility
• No longer available. Design color specific spare parts available.
HAMILTON-G5 159001/08
Comment
white-dark-blue-design
F-8
Compatibility
• Order design color specific spare parts.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component change details
Trollies Standard Trolley including column 159121 Compatibility Comment
• with minimal footprint • white-dark-blue-design since unit SN 3871(light blue design no longer available)
Universal Trolley including column 159120
• Not compatible to install VENTILAIR compressor or gas cylinders or trolley extension, refer to installation guide • refer to Appendix B.13.13, G5 Standard Trolley Base since unit SN, on page -40
Compatibility
Comment
• Maximum flexibility • light-blue-design until unit SN 3870
• To install optional gas cylinder mounts • To install optional height extensions • To install optional VENTILAIR compressor • refer to Appendix B.13.12, G5 Universal Trolley Base until unit SN 3870, on page -39
Compatibility
Universal Trolley including column 159120
• To install optional gas cylinder mounts Comment
• Maximal flexibility • white-dark-blue-design since unit SN 3871
• To install optional height extensions • To install optional VENTILAIR compressor • Since 2010 only available in white-dark-blue-design. • refer to Appendix B.13.11, G5 Universal Trolley Base unit SN 3871 - SN, on page -39
2016-03-24
624093/06
F-9
F Hardware revisions
Swivel Mount Compatibility
Swivel Mount V1 159110
• compatible with IP-Panel MSP159105 (no longer available) • compatible with Swivel Mount socket part 159111 (no longer Comment
available, contact Technical Support of HAMILTON MEDICAL)
• first edition in use until unit SN 2870
Swivel Mount V2 159580
Compatibility
• compatible with IP-Panel MSP159105 (no longer available, refer to knowledgebase 3086)
Comment
• in use with unit SN 2871 to SN 3871 (no longer available)
• compatible with Swivel Mount socket 159581
• Improved for bed and wall mount
Compatibility
• compatible with G5 IP-Panel 159108, and S1 IP-Panel 159109
Swivel Mount V3 159493
• compatible with Swivel Mount socket 159581
Comment
• in use since VU SN #3871 • improved dismounting • improved swivel rotation since November 2011
F-10
• Swivel Mount socket 159581 improved for smooth long life twist with revision 01 since November 2011
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component change details
IP Cable 159367/00
Comment
Compatibility
No longer available
• compatible with all IP-Panels
159367/01 Comment
• improved connector • second edition in use with unit SN 3139
2016-03-24
624093/06
Compatibility
• compatible with all IP-Panels
F-11
F Hardware revisions
Display Front HAMILTON-S1/-G5 159209/00
Compatibility Comment
light-blue design no longer available includes: • Key & LED board 159213 • interface bracket 159257
Note requires alarm lamp cover 159497 • Sticker Panel lock / unlock (PN262672) for newer software version 2.x available • LCD Display 380024
159504/00 Compatibility Comment
white-dark-blue design includes: • Key & LED board 159234 • interface bracket 159257
Note requires alarm lamp cover 159497 • compatible G5 interaction panel PN 159106 • LCD Display 380024
159542/00 Compatibility Comment
white-dark-blue design includes: • Key & LED board 159234 • interface bracket 159625
Note requires alarm lamp cover 159497 • compatible G5 interaction panel 159108 • LCD Display 380036 • Alarm lamp cover 159497
159498/00 Comment
Compatibility
white-dark-blue design
Note
includes: • Key & LED board 159234 • interface bracket 159257
requires alarm lamp cover 159497 • compatible S1 interaction panel 159107 • LCD Display 380024
159543/00 Compatibility Comment
white-dark-blue design includes: • Key & LED board 159234 • interface bracket 159625
F-12
Note requires alarm lamp cover 159497 • compatible S1 interaction panel 159109 • LCD Display 380036 • Alarm lamp cover 159497
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component change details
Interaction Panel HAMILTON-S1 Comment 159107/00
no longer available • In combination with IP mother board 159204/04 set display jumper P324 installed • Display with CCFL Backlight 380024 • Backlight 380025 • Backlight voltage inverter 396196 • Cable IP Motherboard to Backlight voltage inverter 159337 • Cable IP Motherboard to LCD display 159336 • IP motherboard 159204 • S1 Display front 159498 • IP LCD Support 159349
Compatibility
Note requires alarm lamp cover 159254 • compatible with swivel mount 159493
Comment MSP159109/00
2016-03-24
• Software Version 2.x or higher is necessary • In combination with IP mother board 159204/04 set display jumper P324 removed • Display with LED Backlight 380036 • Cable Display with LED Backlight to LED Driver Board 159623 • LED Driver Board 396236 • Cable IP Motherboard to Backlight 159622 • Cable IP Motherboard to Display with LED Backlight 159336 • IP LCD Support 159624 • IP motherboard 159204/04 or higher • S1 Display front 159543 • Alarm lamp cover 159497
624093/06
Compatibility
Note requires alarm lamp cover 159497 • compatible with swivel mount 159493 • Software version 2.x or higher required
F-13
F Hardware revisions
Interaction Panel HAMILTON-G5 Comment 159105/00
light blue design no longer available • In combination with IP mother board 159204/04 set display jumper P324 installed • LCD Display 380024 • Backlight 380025 • Backlight voltage inverter PN 396196 • Cable IP Motherboard to Backlight voltage inverter 159337 • Cable IP Motherboard to LCD display 159336 • IP motherboard 159204 • G5 Display front 159209 • IP LCD Support 159349
Compatibility
• compatible with swivel mount 159580 and 159110, refer to Knowledge base ID 3086 for further details
Comment 159106/00
no longer available • white-dark-blue design implemented • In combination with IP mother board 159204/04 set display jumper P324 installed • LCD Display 380024 • Backlight 380025 • Backlight voltage inverter 396196 • Cable IP Motherboard to Backlight voltage inverter 159337 • Cable IP Motherboard to LCD display 159336 • IP motherboard 159204 • G5 Display front 159504 • IP LCD Support 159349
Compatibility
• compatible with swivel mount 159493, refer to Knowledge base ID 3086 for further details
Comment MSP159108/00
F-14
• Software Version 2.x or higher is necessary • IP mother board 159204/04 required, set display jumper P324 removed • Display with LED Backlight 380036 • Cable Display with LED Backlight to LED Driver Board 159623 • LED Driver Board 396236 • Cable IP Motherboard to Backlight 159622 • Cable IP Motherboard to Display with LED Backlight 159336 • IP LCD Support 159624 • Interface Bracket 159625 • IP motherboard 159204/04 or higher • G5 Display front 159542 • IP LCD Support 159349 • Alarm lamp cover 159497
Compatibility
Note requires alarm lamp cover 159497 • compatible with swivel mount 159493 • Software version 2.x or higher required
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component change details
Displays 380024/00 Comment
Compatibility
• no longer available. Order MSP380024, Display Upgrade Kit Find details about content of the kit in section LCD Backlight Removal/Assembly 380025.
• compatible with Interaction Panel 159105, 159106 or 159107 (no longer available). • compatible with Backlight 380025 (no longer available).
MSP380036/00
Comment
• latest Display Version • LED Backlight not available as single item. Order MSP380036
Compatibility
• compatible with Interaction Panel 159108 or 159109
P&T encoder 372036/00
Comment
• first edition for screw type button
Compatibility
• Press and Turn Knob 155704 with inner part 155705 and O-ring ID 41 x 1.78, 254154
372036/01
Comment
• improved version (better grip between knob and encoder shaft)
2016-03-24
624093/06
Compatibility
• Press and Turn Knob 159449 and 160407
F-15
F Hardware revisions
Button Lid for Press and Turn Knob 155704/00 Comment
Compatibility
no longer available (silver color). Used with inner part 155705 and O-ring 254154 (ID 41 x 1.78)
• with P&T encoder 372036/00 and 372036/01 • with knob mounting parts 155705
MSP160328/00 Comment
silver colored edition for white-dark-blue design.
Compatibility
• Clicks onto P&T encoder 370036/01
• with P&T encoder 372036/01
• includes knob 159449 and metallic spring 160407
IP Motherboard 159204/00
Comment
• first edition no longer available • Revision 01 to 03 no major changes.
Compatibility
• with LCD display for IP panel 159105
MSP159204/04 Compatibility Comment
• compatible for all available displays: includes jumper setting
F-16
• with all LCD display for IP panel 159105, 159106 and 159107 • with Display with LED Backlight for IP panel 159108 and 159109. Software Version 2.x or higher required
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component change details
VU motherboard 159202/00 Comment
Compatibility
This VU motherboard was fitted in original HAMILTON-G5s.
• not compatible with electronic heliox gas switch option 159135/01
Revision 01 and 02 no major changes.
• cable from PMS to VU Motherboard 159324
Comment 159202/03
The Revision 03 board, introduced in May 2008, contains: • the improved oxygen cell signal handling: if no cell is installed, no wrong „oxygen calibration alarm needed” occurs. • the improved buzzer sound monitoring: no wrong TF9708 alarm during start-up.
Compatibility
• not compatible with electronic heliox gas switch option 159135/01 • cable from PMS to VU Motherboard 159399 screw-type connector
• first edition with screw-type connector P309 159202/04
Comment
• electronic heliox gas switch option possible
Note Order motherboard MSP159304 that includes the holding plate protecting the electric circuit board.
Compatibility
• with electronic heliox gas switch option 159135/01 and higher • cable from PMS to VU Motherboard 159399 screw-type connector • Motherboards with revision 04 and lower are compatible with all software version.
Comment
159202/06
• Two microphones for improved buzzer and loudspeaker monitoring. • new type of ambient pressure sensor • Grounding improved • Absolute ambient pressure sensor improved
Note
Compatibility
• with electronic heliox gas switch option 159135/01 and higher • cable from PMS to VU Motherboard 159399 screw-type connector
Order motherboard MSP159304 that includes the holding plate protecting the electric circuit board.
2016-03-24
624093/06
F-17
F Hardware revisions
159202/07
Comment
• communication interface integrated with VU-ESM board (VIP chips no longer required)
Note Order motherboard MSP159304 that includes the holding plate protecting the electric circuit board.
Comment 159202/08 and later
• active ambient valve connector integrated • Improved buzzer and loudspeaker monitoring
Compatibility
• with electronic heliox gas switch option 159135/01 and higher • cable from PMS to VU Motherboard 159399 screw-type connector • with SW 2.60 and higher
Compatibility
• with active ambient valve MSP159690 and previous ambient valve 159605. • with electronic heliox gas switch option 159135/01 and higher
Note Order motherboard MSP159304 that includes the holding plate protecting the electric circuit board.
F-18
• cable from PMS to VU Motherboard 159399 screw-type connector • with SW 2.60 and higher
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component change details
VUP ESM Board MSP159632/03 Comment
• no longer available • order MSP159200
Compatibility
• with MSP159631/12
IPP ESM Board MSP159631/12 Comment
• no longer available • order MSP159211
Compatibility
• with MSP159632/03
Sensor Board 155699/00
Comment
• first edition no longer available.
Compatibility
• with HAMILTON-S1/ -G5 including Mixer block 159300 oder 159311
155699/01
Comment
• improved pressure sensor for flow measurement
2016-03-24
624093/06
Compatibility
• with HAMILTON-S1/ -G5 including Mixer block 159300 oder 159311
F-19
F Hardware revisions
F-20
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component change details
Mixer block see also: • One-way valves on mixer block on page E-21 • Gas inlet assembly on page E-17 Section 4.21, Mixer block, on page 4-53 159300
Comment
• first edition • includes mixer valves 394043 • includes sintered disk 155717
Compatibility
• Not compatible with electronic heliox gas switch option 159135/01 • cable from VU motherboard to mixer valve 159332
Compatibility
159311 Comment
• introduced in 2006 (VU SN #1621)
2016-03-24
• Can only be mounted in combination with sensor board 155699 and longer tube (to tank). Order a length of tube 7249082 and cut a part for your use of 99 mm.
• mixer valves 394077 since 2015 (VU SN # 10685)
• Compatible with electronic heliox gas switch option 159135/01and higher
• mixer valves 394017 no longer available, order 394077
• cable from VU motherboard to mixer valve 159408
• includes sintered disk 153217
• a newer Version 394077 is available. Both valves are compatible for mixer block 159311
624093/06
F-21
F Hardware revisions
Heliox Option 159135/00
Compatibility
Comment
• do not use any longer
• no longer available
159135/01
Compatibility
Comment
• first electronic heliox gas switch • no longer available
• with mixer 159311 • SW 1.21d and higher • Mainboard Rev 04 or higher
159135/02 Compatibility Comment
• Since heliox assembly serial number SN1252 the check valve are improved minimizing noise disturbances
F-22
• with mixer 159311 • SW 1.21d and higher • Mainboard Rev 04 or higher • cable from VU Motherboard to Heliox-, O2- and Neb. Valves 159476
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component change details
Unit Top Cover 159241/00
Comment
• light-blue design no longer available • first edition used till VU SN #3870
Compatibility
• refer to Appendix B.12.2, Top Cover VU SN #1000 - 3870, on page -23
159487/01 Compatibility Comment
• withe-dark-blue design • first used with VU SN #3871
• refer to Appendix B.12.1, Top Cover since VU SN #3871, on page -23
Unit Rear Cover 159242/00
Comment
• light-blue design no longer available • first edition used till VU SN #3870
Compatibility
• refer to Appendix B.12.4, Rear Cover VU SN #1000 - #3870, on page -24
159488/00
Comment
• withe-dark-blue design • first used with VU SN #3871
2016-03-24
624093/06
Compatibility
• refer to Appendix B.12.3, Rear Cover since VU SN #3871, on page -24
F-23
F Hardware revisions
Unit Front Cover 159243/00
Comment
• light-blue design no longer available • first edition used till unit SN 3870
Compatibility
• refer to Appendix B.12.6, Front Cover VU SN #1000 - 3870, on page -26
159489/00
Comment
• withe-dark-blue design • first used with unit SN 3871
Compatibility
• refer to Appendix B.12.5, Front Cover since VU SN #3871, on page -25
Patient Terminal Connections Cover 159244/00
Comment
• light-blue design no longer available • first edition used till unit SN 3870
Compatibility
• refer to Appendix B.12.8, Patient Terminal Cover VU SN #1000 VU SN #3870, on page -27
159490/00
Comment
• withe-dark-blue design • first used with unit SN 3871
F-24
Compatibility
• refer to Appendix B.12.7, Patient Terminal Cover since VU SN #3871, on page -26
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component change details
Extended Battery supply 159143/00 Comment
• first edition used till unit SN 3870 • no longer available
Compatibility
• with battery connector board 159352 • wit Battery 369102 and 369106
159482/00
Comment
• improved housing since unit SN 3871 • no longer available
Compatibility
• with battery connector board 159484 • wit Battery 369102 and 369106
159482/03
Comment
• improved connecting board since May 2013 • available with Kit 159144 only
2016-03-24
624093/06
Compatibility
• with battery connector board 159484 • wit Battery 369102 and 369106
F-25
F Hardware revisions
Safety valve block 155338/00 Compatibility
Comment
• compatible to any hardware and software. • use corresponding testing procedure.(TSW)
• first edition • no longer available
MSP159605/00 Compatibility
• compatible to any hardware and software. • testing procedure (TSW) adjusted and different to previous safety valve version 155338/00.
Comment
• changed to synthetic material • no longer available
MSP159690/00 Compatibility
• with SW 2.60 and higher Comment
• active ambient valve integrated
F-26
• with VU Motherboard MSP159304/08 (includes 159202/08)testing procedure (TSW) adjusted and different to previous safety valve version.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Component change details
Handle 159118/00 Comment
• no longer available • handle material aluminium • grip color light blue
Compatibility
• to unit with light blue design • handle support 159250 • hex allen screws M6x70 403610
159118/01 Comment
• no longer available • handle material steel • grip color light blue
Compatibility
• handle support 159250 • hex allen screws M6x60 420742
159118/02 Comment
• handle material steel • grip dark gray RAL 7026
2016-03-24
624093/06
Compatibility
• since VU SN #3871 • handle support 159250 • hex allen screws M6x60 420742
F-27
F Hardware revisions
Option modules 159262/01
Comment
• no longer available
Compatibility
• Order corresponding entire modul, e.g. 159136
• with 159261
159261/01 Comment
• no longer available
Compatibility
• with 159262
• Order corresponding entire modul, e.g. 159136
159314/00 Comment
Compatibility
• improved housing
• with 159313, 159318 and 159317
• Order corresponding entire modul, e.g. 159136
159313/02
Comment
• improved housing, lock button and wire clamp • improved anti-rotation of sensor connection
Compatibility
• with 159314
• Order corresponding entire modul, e.g. 159136 159317/01
Comment
• improved housing, lock button and wire clamp • improved anti-rotation of sensor connection
Compatibility
• with 159314
• Order corresponding entire modul, e.g. 159136 159318/01
Comment
• improved housing, lock button and wire clamp • improved anti-rotation of sensor connection
Compatibility
• with 159314
• Order corresponding entire modul, e.g. 159136
F-28
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Appendix
G Test Points and LEDs G
This appendix summarizes the test points and LEDs on the Ventilation Unit Motherboard, Servo Board, and Sensor Board.
G.1
Test Points Test pin row 1 (TL1 on Ventilation Unit Motherboard):
2016-03-24
Pin
Signal
TP1
GND
TP2
RST# VUP
TP3
SW_Download#
TP4
Emergency_VRC
TP5
PWR_Fail
TP6
RST VRC
TP7
For internal use only
TP8
For internal use only
TP9
For internal use only
TP10
NC
TP11
NC
TP12
NC
TP1 TP12
624093/06
TL1 on VU motherboard
G-1
G Test Points and LEDs
Test pin row 2 (TL2 on Ventilation Unit Motherboard): Pin
Signal
TP13
GND_15V
TP14
U Filter Up Prox
TP15
U Filter Up Aux
TP16
U O2 Cell
TP17
UDA Servo
TP18
UDA Exp
TP19
U Input ADC
TP20
_Insp/Exp
TP21
U Reference
TP22
Control Signal Ambient Valve
TP23
NC
TP24
NC
TP13 TP24
TL2 on VU motherboard
Test pin row 3 (TL3 on Ventilation Unit Motherboard): Pin
Signal TP25
G-2
TP25
GND_PWR
TP26
+24V
TP27
+5V
TP28
+3.3V
TP29
+15V_PWR
TP30
-15V_PWR
TP31
+15V
TP32
-15V
TP33
U_GoldCap
TP34
U_Alarm
TP35
U Expi
TP36
NC
TP36
TL3 on VU motherboard
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Test Points
Test pin row 1 (TL1 on Servo Board): 1
Pin
Signal 8
1
GND_15V
2
Servo supply monitor
3
UDA Servo
4
-15V
5
Position
6
dP Servo
7
U Root Flow Servo
8
Up Pat
TL1 on Servo Board
Test pin row 1 (TL1 on Sensor Board): Pin
2016-03-24
Signal
1
GND_15V
2
Servo supply monitor
3
UDA Servo
4
-15V
5
Position
6
dP Servo
7
U Root Flow Servo
8
Up Pat
1
8
TL1 on Sensor Board
624093/06
G-3
G Test Points and LEDs
G.2
Ventilation unit motherboard LEDs Note The two rows of 16 LEDs on the Ventilation Unit Motherboard are reserved for internal use only.
LED
G-4
Description
1
Emergency_VRC
2
Emergency_VU
2
1
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
IntelliCuff board LEDs
G.3
2016-03-24
IntelliCuff board LEDs
LED
Description
D6
Software functions
D7
Power availability
624093/06
G-5
G Test Points and LEDs
G-6
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Appendix
H Default configuration H
H.1
Description Find following how to configure and save default parameters with HAMILTON-G5. Further saved default parameters can be transferred from unit to unit.
H.2
Requirement • Full functional unit with software 2.11c or higher • Empty compact flash Note Activation keys are not transferred
H.3
Set default configuration 1. Select first patient group e.g. Neonatal.
Figure H-1. Select first patient group
2016-03-24
624093/06
H-1
H Default configuration 2. Set all settings to required values, e.g. Controls.
Figure H-2. Set required values e.g Controls
3. Set IntelliCuff® default settings (A) as following or as advised by the user. Rel.pressure: 0, Min. pressure: 20 and Max. pressure: 30
A
®
Figure H-3. Set IntelliCuff defaults
H-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Set default configuration
4. Set minimum Loudness Alarm to level 4 (A) or as advised by the user.
A
Figure H-4. Set minimum Loudness Alarm Level
5. Use “Set default” at the configuration menu to save the standard data for e.g. the patient group Neonatal.
Figure H-5. Select „Set default“ to save for patient group (e.g. Neonatel)
2016-03-24
624093/06
H-3
H Default configuration 6. Confirm “Yes”, that will save the default settings.
Figure H-6. Confirm default setting
7. Continue step 1 to 6 for patient group Paediatric and Adult. 8. Set „Default Patient Group“(e.g. Neonatel) Starting up with the selected patient group.
Figure H-7. Start up with selected patient group
H-4
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Export default configuration
H.4
Export default configuration 1. Insert a compact flash (CF) 2. Export default configuration by selecting Export. The default configuration will be saved to compact flash (CF).
Figure H-8. Export default configuration
H.5
Import default configuration 1. Insert the compact flash including the default configuration. 2. Select Import to transfer the default configuration.
H.6
Verify transferred defaults Verify transferred defaults according your individual settings performed at step 1 to 8 Appendix H.3, Set default configuration Note Verify IntelliCuff® defaults settings as following or as advised by the user. Rel.pressure: 0, Min. pressure: 20 and Max. pressure: 30
Note Verify minimum Loudness Alarm to be at level 4 or as advised by the user
2016-03-24
624093/06
H-5
Verify transferred defaults
2016-03-24
624093/06
H-6
Appendix
I
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Initial testing procedure
I
Note Before performing the short installation check, run the ventilator for 20 minutes without connecting air or oxygen.
Test 6: Zero & full-scale calibration
Test/Function
Specifications
Zero calibrations
Adjust to:
Note Disconnect air and oxygen supplies.
Ppat
0.0 ± 0.3 mbar
Paw
0.0 ± 0.3 mbar
Paux
0.0 ± 0.3 mbar If values are out of range, adjust to 0.0 ± 0.1 mbar
dP Servo
0.0 ± 0.3 mbar
Repeat check after adjustments dP flow sensor (mixer on)
Note
0.0 ± 40.0 bar
Connect air and oxygen supplies.
Test 12: Inspiratory valve checks Note
Test/Function
Specifications
Select 20ml/s button. 20 ml/s orifice connected to Paux (flow specification for 20 ml/s: 1.15 - 1.25 l/min)
Adjust 20 ml/s potentiometer on Servo board according to Ppat:
Flow pat 0 - 40 ml/s
Connect air and oxygen supplies. Use adult breathing circuit and follow screen instructions.
Ppat Nominal orifice pressure ± 3 mbar Paw = Ppat ± 0.5 mbar Paux = Ppat ± 0.5 mbar Select 500ml/s Button 500 ml/s orifice connected to Paux (flow specification for 500 ml/s: 29.2 -30.8 l/min)
Adjust 500 ml/s potentiometer on Servo board according to Ppat:
Flow pat 425 - 575 ml/s Ppat Altitude-corrected orifice pressure ± 3 mbar Paw = Ppat ± 0.5 mbar Paux = Ppat ± 0.5 mbar Repeat check after adjustments.
2016-03-24
624093/06
I-1
I HAMILTON-G5/S1 Initial testing procedure
Test 13: Exp valve calibration & checks Note
Test/Function
Specifications
Expiratory valve calibration check Select Reset exp valve.
Resets Exp gain to default (128)
Select Calibrate exp valve.
Calib status is 0
Connect adult breathing circuit, seal open end of flow sensor, and follow screen instructions.
Note Exit Test mode and restart the ventilator.
Standby window
Perform O2 cell/paramagnetic oxygen sensor calibration.
O2 cell/paramagnetic oxygen sensor calibration
Note
Perform Tightness test.
Use adult breathing circuit with test lung and follow screen instructions.
Perform Flow sensor calibration.
Flow sensor calibration
®
Perform Verify IntelliCuff defaults. (Rel. pressure: 0, Min. pressure: 20 and Max. pressure: 30) Perform Configure minimum Loudness to level 4 or as advised by the user.
APRV mode Note Use adult breathing circuit with test lung.
Tightness test ®
IntelliCuff defaults
Minimum Loudness Level default
Select APRV mode. Set Thigh = 5 s Set Tlow = 5 s Set Phigh = 40 mbar Set Plow = 20 mbar After 10 breaths, freeze curve and use cursor to analyze pressure plateaus: Paw (high plateau) = 40 ± 2 mbar = 20 ± 1mbar Paw (low plateau)
Disconnection Alarm is displayed High-priority alarm sounds
Disconnect test lung.
I-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Appendix
J
J
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Standard testing procedure
Technical ventilator information:
Yes
No
Heliox Neonatal Neonatal nCPAP-PS Extended battery backup Communication interface P/V Tool P/V Tool Pro CO2 mainstream measurement SPO2 measurement Active Ambient Valve AERONEB® IntelliCuff® Humidifer INTELLiVENT®-ASV INTELLiVENT® MinVol Paramagnetic oxygen sensor ................................................
Test Configurations (TC)
2016-03-24
624093/06
J-1
J HAMILTON-G5/S1 Standard testing procedure
Test pin locations
Test 1: VUP Checks
Test/Function
Specifications Generate screen shot of this window! VUP version: Verify for „VUP02.60“
for VUP version 2.60 or higher
Software Checksum: Verify for „VUP OK“ VRC version: Verify for „VUP02.60“ FPGA code: Verify for „A12/A12“ Pri MenMon: Verify for „01.23“ Sec MenMon: Verify for „01.23“ NIOS ID: Verify for „Rev. 3.3c“ ESM model: Verify for „EM01A4“ CPU temp: Verify for „< 70 °C“ RTC date: Check for proper date Generate screen shot of this window! VUP version: Verify for „VUP01.21“ Software Checksum: Verify for „VUP OK“ VRC version: Verify for „VUP01.21“ FPGA code: Verify for „A11/A11“
for VUP version 1.21
NIOS ID: Verify for „Rev. 3.2c“ ESM model: Verify for „EM01A4“ CPU temp°: Verify for „< 70 °C“ ESM voltage 1200 mV: Verify voltage to be in range 1170 to 1230 mV ESM voltage 1500 mV: Verify voltage to be in range 1451 to 1538 mV ESM voltage 2500 mV: Verify voltage to be in range 2421 to 2563mV ESM voltage 3300 mV: Verify voltage to be in range 3211 to 3431mV ESM voltage 5000 mV: Verify voltage to be in range 4866 to 5236mV RTC date: Check for proper date
J-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Test 2: Status LED, Relay & Emergency Checks
Test/Function
Specifications VUP Speaker VUP speaker sounds
Emergency alarm Emergency alarm sounds Red LED switches on and off Alarm relay switches on and off Relay on/off Relay switches on and off Red LED switches on and off I:E relay on/off I:E relay switches on and off ac mains power Blue LED switches on and off battery power battery symbol framed power switch status Green LED switches on and off
3: VRC-VUP Communication Checks
DPRAM test (OK): VUP-VRC test (OK): VRC-VUP test (OK): DPRAM R/W test (OK): Self-test (0): DPRAM collisions (one or both fields >1000): Incremented value: Counts up by 20 from 0/20 to 235/255
4: A/D Converter Checks
ADC 11 (max and min = 7250 to 7750): ADC 12 (max and min = -7250 to -7750): ADC 14 (sensor board TP1 to TP2):
-9.93 to -10.07 VDC
ADC 14 (max and min = -990 to -1010): ADC 15 (max and min = 990 to 1010): ADC 16 (-10 to 10) 5: D/A Converter Checks
(max and min may fluctuate up to +/- 60)
Input knob 0: ADC 9 (-20 to 20): ADC 10 (9800 to 10200): Input knob 40: ADC 9 (3800 to 4200): ADC 10 (5800 to 6200): Input knob 100: ADC 9 (9800 to 10200): ADC 10 (-25 to 25):
2016-03-24
624093/06
J-3
Test 6: Zero & Full-Scale Calibration
Test/Function
Specifications
Zero calibrations
Adjust to:
Note Disconnect inspiratory valve tubing.
Note Reconnect inspiratory valve tubing, connect flow sensor.
Ppat
0.0 ± 0.1 mbar
Paw
0.0 ± 0.1 mbar
Paux
0.0 ± 0.1 mbar
dP Servo
0.0 ± 0.3 mbar
dP Mixer
0 ± 5 mV TP1 to TP6
dP flow sensor (mixer on) Full-scale calibrations
Adjust to: Ppat (80 mbar)
(TC 2) = gauge ± 5%
Paw (80 mbar)
(TC 2) = Ppat ± 0.5 mbar
Paux (80 mbar)
(TC 2) = Ppat ± 0.5 mbar
dP flow sensor silver (2.5-mbar probe)
(TC 3) = gauge ± 200 bar, positive
dP flow sensor blue (2.5-mbar probe)
(TC 4) = gauge ± 200 bar, negative
dP servo (200 to 300 mbar) 7: O2 cell or paramagnetic oxygen sensor Calibration & Checks
Select Calibrate O2 cell.
Note
Select Tank gas
O2 cell [V]:
1.25 to 4.25
Oxygen [%]:
47 to 53
O2 cell [V]:
0.5 to 1.7
Oxygen [%]
19 to 23
O2 cell [V]:
2.5 to 8.5
Oxygen [%]
98 to 102
Tank tightness check:
Ptank
Drop from 300 to 280 mbar > 8 seconds
Mixer valve checks:
90ms flow
0 to 600 ml/s
100ms flow
0 to 500 ml/s
Note
Note Perform mixer calibration 3 times before adjustment. Start above 350 mbar and adjust down.
O2 cell is calibrated displayed when done Calib status is 0 when done
Select Air inlet
8: Mixer Calibration & Checks
(TC 5) = gauge ± 1 mbar
Oxygen knob set to 50%:
Attach air and oxygen supplies.
The paramagnetic oxygen sensor calibration using the button is not require during yearly maintenance, continue with "Select Calibration O2 cell"
(TC 1) 0.0 ± 40.0 bar
Press O2 inlet
Mixer gain calibration: select Mixer gain.
Adjust dP Mixer Full-Scale until Ptank max = 330 to 350 mbar
Tank overpressure valve & mixer check: Select Check mixer.
Value displayed = setting ± 5%
Heliox leak test: >
(heliox option is not installed, crossed out next pt.)
Ptank max = < 500 mbar
5 bubbles per minute.
2016-03-24
624093/06
J-4
Test 9: Flow Sensor Circuit Checks
Test/Function dP flow sensor auto zero check
(TC 6) Display alternates between:
Block silver flow sensor
-40 to 40 bar
Note Flow sensor auto zero valves cycle ON and OFF every 5 seconds.
Specifications
5040 to 5200 bar (TC 7) Display alternates between:
Block blue flow sensor
-40 to 40 bar -5040 to -5200 bar Rinse flow check Check that rate of bubble flow from two 15-cm tubes is equal
(TC 8) Equal rinse flows
Auxiliary rinse flow check
(TC 9) No bubbles
Confirm that metal plate is in the OFF position and there are no bubbles.
Metal plate in OFF position
If bubbles are visible, verify that metal plate is installed in OFF position. If so, look for leaks in the system. 10: Patient Overpressure Valve Checks
Inspiratory valve tightness check
(TC 10) Gauge = < 4 mbar
Safety valve block tightness check
(TC 11, generate 90-mbar pressure) Drop from 90 to 43 mbar > 10 seconds
Patient overpressure valve check
(TC 11 with continuous hand pump) Overpressure valve opens when Ppat max = 104 to 116 mbar
11: Ambient Valve Checks
Activ ambient valve check
(TC 12) Ppat = 0 to -10 mbar
Select Close ambient valve Select Disable ambient valve
Verify that inhalation and exhalation through the filter are not possibleVerify that inhalation through the filter is possible, but exhalation not.
Select Open ambient valve
Verify that inhalation and exhalation through the filter is possible
Ambient valve check
(TC 12) Ppat = 0 to -10 mbar Exhalation is not possible
12: Inspiratory Valve Checks Note Close inspiratory valve after each potentiometer adjustment.
2016-03-24
Select Close ambient valve
Cannot inhale or exhale
Deselect Close ambient valve
Can inhale
Inspiratory valve air delivery check
(TC 10 with 20 ml/s capillary tube)
Select Adult. Select 20ml/s.
Adjust 20 ml/s on Servo board until pressure gauge = pressure required to achieve nominal flow ±3 mbar
Select 500ml/s Button
(TC 10 with 500 ml/s orifice tube) Adjust 500ml/s on Servo board until pressure gauge = pressure required to achieve nominal flow ±2 mbar (adjust for altitude)
624093/06
J-5
Test
(continued) Note Leave the patient breathing circuit in place for inspiratory valve linearity check.
Test/Function
Specifications
Flow sensor calibration
When done:
Attach patient circuit and flow sensor.
Flow sensor is calibrated displayed
Select Calibrate Flow Sensor.
Calib status is 0
Inspiratory valve linearity check
Flow pat
Ppat
20 ml/s:
0 to 40 ml/s
0 to 5 mbar
50 ml/s:
30 to 70 ml/s
0 to 5 mbar
Note
100 ml/s:
80 to 120 ml/s
0 to 5 mbar
For the flow sensor calibration, activate the appropriate patient selection based on the attached patient breathing circuit available and follow the screen instructions
200 ml/s:
160 to 240 ml/s
0 to 5 mbar
500 ml/s:
425 to 575 ml/s
0 to 5 mbar
13: Exp Valve Calibration & Checks Note
Closed:
0 to 5 ml/s
0 to 5 mbar
Note For flow measurement devices, verify these values: 20 ml/s: flow = 1.15-1.25 l/min 50 ml/s: flow = 2.4-3.6 l/min 100 ml/s: flow = 5.4-6.6 l/min 200 ml/s: flow = 10.8-13.2 l/min 500 ml/s: flow = 29-31 l/min
Expiratory valve calibration check
(TC 13)
Select Reset exp valve.
Resets Exp gain to default (128)
Select Calibrate exp valve.
When done: Exp Valve Cal ok displayed
Seal open end of the flow sensor.
Calib status is 0 Expiratory valve linearity check PEEP/CPAP = 0: Paw and Ppat = 0 to 1.5 mbar PEEP/CPAP = 5: Paw and Ppat = 4.0 to 6.5 mbar PEEP/CPAP = 10: Paw and Ppat = 9.0 to 11.5 mbar PEEP/CPAP = 30: Paw and Ppat = 28.5 to 32.0 mbar
14: Nebulizer Checks
Nebulizer pressure check
(TC 14)
Nebulizer valve switches ON and OFF
Opens and closes at 5-second intervals
Note Nebulizer valve cycles ON and OFF every 5 seconds.
When nebulizer valve is ON, pressure gauge = 1.5 to 2.5 bar (TC 15)
Nebulizer valve leak check
No bubbles (3 bubbles /10 seconds max)
2016-03-24
624093/06
J-6
Test 15: Internal Battery / PMS
Test/Function
Specifications
Internal battery and PMS checks Design cap Ah: Check for 9000 Ah Temperature C: Verify for „< 60 °C“
16: Extended Battery
Extended battery checks
This test is not applicable if no extended battery is installed. Design cap Ah: Check for 6600 Ah Temperature C: Verify for „< 60 °C“
17: Cuff controller
Cuff firmware version: CPC 01.22 or higher Cuff pressure performance test:
set 30mbar, reach 27mbar < 40sec Leak test:
interval takes more than 10 seconds Pressure reading:
at 5, 20, 30 and 50mbar, knob setting to Pcuff +/- 2mbar Pressure monitoring:
at 5, 20, 30 and 50mbar, Pcuff to external reading +/- 2mbar Deflate test:
set 30mbar, > -10mbar in < 40sec 18: IPP Checks
Generate screen shot of this window! Software Checksum: Verify for „IPP OK“
for IPP version 2.60 or higher
IPP VUP: Verify for connection PM: Verify for country specific CF refer to latest software update guide, e.g.: - 159460 International - 159461 USA or - 159462 Japan or - 159463 Canada or - 159464 China Pri MenMon: Verify for „01.23“ Sec MenMon: Verify for „01.23“ CPU Temp: Verify for „< 70 °C“ RTC date: Check for proper date
2016-03-24
624093/06
J-7
Test
Test/Function
Specifications
for IPP version 1.21
Generate screen shot of this window! Software Checksum: Verify for „IPP OK“ IPP VUP: Verify for connection CPU Temp: Verify for „< 70 °C“ ESM voltage 1200 mV (1170 to 1230 mV): Verify voltage to be in range 1170 to 1230 mV ESM voltage 1500 mV (1463 to 1538 mV): Verify voltage to be in range 1451 to 1538 mV ESM voltage 2500 mV (2438 to 2563 mV): Verify voltage to be in range 2421 to 2563mV ESM voltage 3300 mV (3211 to 3431 mV): Verify voltage to be in range 3211 to 3431mV ESM voltage 5000 mV (4866 to 5236 mV): Verify voltage to be in range 4866 to 5236mV RTC date: Check for proper date
19: LCD Display Checks
Select color buttons
20: User Interface & Alarm Tone Checks
Control knob
Displays correct color (no flaws)
Select onscreen Knob then turn Control knob
Slowly turn knob 16 clicks to the right, onscreen Knob count increases Slowly turn knob 16 clicks to the left onscreen Knob count decreases
Audible alarm High alarm
Repeating sequence of 3 beeps, then 2 beeps
Medium alarm
3 beeps repeat every 25-30 sec.
Low alarm
2 beeps, no repeat
Alarm off
Alarm sound and indicator turn off
Interaction panel hard key s Press each button
Buttons change color
Dimming Checks Lamp blue
Blue lamp dims
Lamp red
Red lamp dims
Lamp yellow
Yellow lamp dims
White LED
White LED dims
Color LED
Color LED dims
21: Touchscreen Calibration
Select Calibrate touchscreen, then touch the cursor when it appears in the corners and center of the screen.
Touch screen calibration complete
Pre-operational check
Use Operator‘s Manuals for instructions.
Test passed
®
IntelliCuff first start-up
2016-03-24
Note
Verify IntelliCuff® defaults settings as following or as advised by the user. Rel.pressure: 0, Min. pressure: 20 and Max. pressure: 30
624093/06
®
IntelliCuff defaults (cross out if not installed)
J-8
Test Minimum Loudness Alarm Level
Humidifier Check
Test/Function
Specifications Minimum Loudness setting configured.
Note
Verify minimum Loudness setting to be set to level 4 or as advised by the user. Humidifier H900 communication.
Humidifier installed and listed:
Verify installed humidifier to be listed at user accessible „System tab“.
(cross out if not installed)
SPO2 measurement Check
SPO2 communication.
SPO2 installed and listed:
Verify installed SPO2to be listed at user accessible „System tab“.
(cross out if not installed)
AERONEB® Check
AERONEB communication.
®
®
ARONEB installed and listed
Verify installed AERONEB to be listed at user accessible „System tab“.
(cross out if not installed)
Use an USB and a compact flash to export event log and a screen shot to verify function.
USB export:
®
USB and Compact Flash check
2016-03-24
624093/06
Compact flash export:
J-9
CO2 Sensor Accuracy Check Step 1. Select CO2 option.
Description
Specifications
Select Configuration tab, Options, CO2.. Select System tab, Sensors on/off, select CO2 monitoring.
2. Start zero calibration.
Select System tab, Test & Calib, CO2 Sensor.
3. Environmental conditions.
Record barometric pressure:
__________________
Verify that displayed barometric pressure (1:VUP checks) = actual
5%:
Record ambient temperature:
4. Select displays.
Select PCO2 curve and PetCO2 display.
5. Verify PetCO2 value.
Verify that PetCO2 value is within range for ambient temperature (see Section 8, Test Mode for ambient temperature charts):
6. Record serial number of CO2 sensor.
Record serical number of CO2 sensor.
2016-03-24
624093/06
__________________
J-10
Appendix
K HAMILTON-G5/S1 Electrical safety check procedure K
Test/Function Visual checks
Grounds are secure Contact strips are secure
Internal cables
A. Ground (earth) pin to potential equalization terminal < 1 B. Ground (earth) pin to communication interface connector < 1 C. Ground (earth) pin to tank overpressure valve cover < 10 D. Ground (earth) pin to interaction panel < 10 E. Ground (earth) pin to column < 10 Current / Value Enclosure leakage current / mA
Electrical safety tests IEC 62353
Patient leakage current / mA Protective earth resistance /
AC
Type B
Type BF
0.5
0.5
---
5.0 0.3
including power cord >200
Insulating resistance / M
2016-03-24
624093/06
K-1
K HAMILTON-G5/S1 Electrical safety check procedure
K-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Appendix
L HAMILTON-G5/S1 test report L
1.
Spare parts:
Unit information:
Material
Date: (YYYY/MM/DD)
__ __ __ __ / __ __ / __ __
SN VU
Place of installation Inventory number
2.1
__ __. __ __ __
Cuff filter (282015)
__ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __
Internal battery (369101) External battery (369106)
SN ..............
Initial test procedure Test number
Gas inlet micro filter ( 155714)
__ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __
Paramagnetic oxygen sensor (396315)
no
Fan filter (391175)
__ __ __ __
SW version
yes
Oxygen cell (396008)
Performed
Initial test procedure not applicable not applic.
Test 6, 12, 13 Test standby window Test APRV mode
2.2
Standard test procedure Test number
Performed not applicable
Test 1-21
Test number
Performed not applicable
®
AERONEB check
Pre-operational check
USB and CF check
IntelliCuff first start-up
CO2 sensor check
Humidifier check
CO2 sensor SN ............
SPO2 check
Electrical safety check
®
3.
Standard test procedure not applicable
Screen shots
Attached
Test 1 and Test 18
4.
Test equipment in use: Digital Voltmeter
Device Type:
_______________
Serial Number: ______________
Flow Analyzer
Device Type:
_______________
Serial Number: ______________
Electrical Safety Tester
Device Type:
_______________
Serial Number: ______________
Pressure Gauge
5.
Device Type:
_______________
Serial Number: ______________
Sensor Type:
_______________
Serial Number: ______________
Sensor Type:
_______________
Serial Number: ______________
Sensor Type:
_______________
Serial Number: ______________
Sensor Type:
_______________
Serial Number: ______________
Date: (YYYY/MM/DD) __ __ __ __
2016-03-24
/ __ __ / __ __
First- and Surname:
Signature:
....................................................
................................................
624093/06
L-1
2016-03-24
624093/06
L-2
Glossary This glossary offers definitions of expressions not included, or extended definitions of expressions briefly included, in the glossary of the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Operators’ Guide. It should be used together with the glossary in the guide. Activate
An action on the Touchscreen or the P&T Control Knob to choose a function or action.
Active Ambient Valve
The Active Ambient Valve is part of the Safety Valve Block, and when not activated, enables air in the room to enter the patient breathing circuit. The valve is held closed by a solenoid during normal ventilation, but can open in response to a patient’s efforts to inhale, when the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator is in the Ambient State. In case of an obstructed alarm the valve will be actively opened to enable expiration through the valve.
Air
Source used in the HAMILTON-G5
Alarm Buffer
An area of memory containing details of the twenty most recent alarms. The most recent six of the twenty alarms can be accessed by activating the alarm symbol at the bottom left of the screen when the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator is in normal operating mode.
Alarm Lamp
Indicates alarm conditions or the use of Heliox • Red - High Priority Alarms and Technical Faults • Yellow - Medium and Low Priority Alarms • Blue - Heliox
Alarm Lamp Board
A Printed Circuit Board with the Alarm Lamp LEDs mounted, located at the top of the Interaction Panel.
Altitude Correction Chart
Used to compensate readings of the 500ml/s orifice tube used to test the Inspiratory Valve. Provides a correction factor for the physical altitude above sea level.
Ambient State
A state that the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator uses when it cannot function normally because of an internal or external fault. In this state, the Inspiratory Valve closes, the Expiratory Valve opens, and the Mixer Valves shut off the air and oxygen supply to the tank. The patient is not actively ventilated in any way, but is allowed to inhale through the Ambient Valve if able to do so. The ambient state is often associated with Technical Faults, but can also be caused by such things as a failed air or oxygen supply. It is always accompanied by a high-priority patient alarm, sounded by the loudspeaker or Buzzer.
Ambient State Gas Flow
2016-03-24
If the HAMILTON-G5 is in Ambient State, the patient breathes unassisted (if able to do so). This flow occurs in the Safety Valve Block and the Expiratory Valve.
624093/06
Glossary-1
Glossary
Glossary-2
Ambient Valve
The Ambient Valve is part of the Safety Valve Block, and when not activated, enables air in the room to enter the patient breathing circuit. The valve is held closed by a solenoid during normal ventilation, but can open in response to a patient’s efforts to inhale, when the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator is in the Ambient State.
Ambient Valve Membrane
A valve located in the Safety Valve Block. When un powered, allows the patient to breathe unattended (if able to do so).
Ambient Valve Solenoid
The Ambient Valve Solenoid holds the Ambient Valve closed during normal ventilation.
Analog - Digital Conversion (ADC)
Converts an Analog Signal to a Digitized Signal.
Audible Alarm
An alarm sounded when there is a Technical Fault or other error condition. An Audible Alarm is generated through the Loudspeaker in the Interaction Panel. If the Loudspeaker in the Interaction Panel doesn’t function, the Audible Alarm is transferred to the Loudspeaker in the Ventilation Unit. Microphones are place near each Loudspeaker to provide feedback of the correct function of each Loudspeaker.
Autorinse
See Rinse Flow.
Autozero
A method to automatically adjust for electronic drift of a device due to temperature and environmental conditions.
Autozero Valves
See Flow Sensor Autozero Valves.
Auxiliary Pressure Sensor Connection
Connection on the front of the HAMILTON-G5 to attach tubing for the Auxiliary Pressure measurement or when configured, Esophageal Pressure measurement.
Auxiliary Rinse Flow
An alternative method of measuring the patient pressure.
Backlight
Lights used to help illuminate the screen.
Backlight Inverter
A Printed Circuit Board used to convert 12 VDC to 1700 VAC for the Backlights of the 15-in. TFT screen.
Basket
An accessory located on the back of the HAMILTON-G5 Trolley.
Battery Charger
Circuits located in the Power Management Supply that resupply power to the Internal and Extended Batteries when Mains Power is available. • Internal Battery - 13.8 VDC maximum charging voltage. • Extended Battery - 16.8 VDC maximum charging voltage. Extended battery can also be charged using an external charger.
Breathing Circuit
A Patient Breathing Circuit carries the Air/Oxygen Mixture to the patient and carries the expired (exhaust) air from the patient. It may include Tubings, Mask, Inspiratory Filter, Flow Sensor, Nebulizer Jar, Exhalation Valve Cover and Membrane.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Buzzer
A piezoelectric device mounted on the Connector Board, used by the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator to sound some alarms. It functions independently of the Loudspeaker and the Power Supply, and typically indicates a high-priority technical fault that causes the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator to go into the ambient state. Note
Despite its name, the buzzer makes a high frequency sound. Cable Management Cover
A circular cover that provides space to store the modified Ethernet Cable from the Interaction Panel which connects to the Ventilation Unit.
Cable Support Bracket
A hanger in the Column used to store cables.
Capillary Tube
A flow restriction tube used to perform testing in conjunction with the Test Software and Test Configurations.
Clamp Knob
A screw device on the Swivel Mount of the Interaction Panel. The Clamp Knob releases the Clamp from the Swivel Mount and allows the Interaction Panel to be mounted on the Rail.
CO2 Sensor Adapter
A Hot Swappable device to measure Carbon Dioxide.
Communication Interface
The RS232 port and the Special (analog) port on the rear of the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. The RS232 port is used to communicate with peripherals such as a computer or monitor, and the Special port is used to activate the external nurse alarm.
2016-03-24
Compact Flash
A trademarked expression for a solid state memory medium. Can contain software or be used to download the Event Log or capture print screens.
Configuration Menu
A screen used to select ventilation and other operation parameters of the HAMILTON-G5.
Contact Strip
A copper metal strip used to ensure proper grounding and equalization potential between two objects. Used between the Chassis and external covers of the HAMILTON-G5.
Cuff Pressure Controller (CPC)
The integrated automatic cuff pressure controller provides the operator with continuous monitoring and the means to adjust cuffed tracheal tubes and cuffed tracheostomy tubes.
Control Knob
Used to select an option on the LCD screen by rotating and can be used to activate a selection on the LCD screen by pressing.
De-activate
An action on the Touchscreen or the P&T Control Knob to clear the selection of a function or action.
De-select
An action on the Touchscreen or the P&T Control Knob to clear the selection of a function or action.
624093/06
Glossary-3
Glossary
Digital - Analog Converter (DAC)
Converts a Digital Signal to an Analog Signal.
Digital Video Interface Integrated (DVI-I)
Integrated Digital and Analog Signals
DISS
A standard connector set used for connection of Air and Oxygen to the HAMILTON-G5, designed so the supplies cannot be connected incorrectly.
dP Flow Sensor
Flow Sensor Differential Pressure Sensor. A measurement of the pressure difference between the front and rear chambers of the Flow Sensor. The measurement is performed by a pressure sensor inside the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator, and is used to calculate airway gas flow. See also: •Flow Sensor •Flow Sensor Differential-Pressure Sensor
Glossary-4
dP Flow Sensor
Measures the differential pressure across the Flow Sensor.
dP Flow Sensor Differential Pressure Sensor
The dP Flow Sensor Differential Pressure Sensor measures the pressure difference between the front and rear chambers of the Flow Sensor. It is positioned on the Sensor Board.
dP Mixer
Mixer differential pressure. A measurement of the pressure difference across a restrictor placed in the outlet of the Mixer Block. The flow of gas from the Mixer Block to the tank is calculated from this value.
dP Mixer Differential Pressure Sensor
The pressure sensor that measures the dP Mixer value. It is positioned on the Sensor Board.
dP Mixer Differential Pressure Sensor
Measures the pressure difference across the Sintered Disk Flow Restrictor in the Mixer Block.
dP Servo
Servo differential pressure. A measurement of the pressure difference between the inflow and outflow of the Inspiratory Valve. The flow of gas to the patient is calculated from this value and from the position of the plunger in the valve.
dP Servo Differential Pressure Sensor
The pressure sensor that measures the dP Servo value. It is positioned on the Servo Board.
Electrical Safety Tests
A set of electrical tests used to check the safety of a device according actual standards.
Electrostatic Dischage (ESD)
Electrostatic Discharge
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Emergency Buzzer Alarm
Note
The buzzer makes a high frequency sound. It functions independently of the loudspeaker. An alarm that sounds when a technical fault occurs that is serious enough to cause the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator to switch to ambient mode. In ambient mode, all valves switch to their un powered position, and the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator is completely passive.
Alarm Status Indicator
A indicator panel on the lower front of the HAMILTON-G5 which displays the Alarm Status and Power Status.
Metal Plate
A metal plate used to switch ON or OFF the Auxiliary Rinse Flow.
Ethernet Connector
For the Interaction Panel, a modified Ethernet Cable is used to provide Power and Communications from the Ventilation Unit.
Event Log
A record of most activity in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. This includes user actions and internal activity such as: •Calibration results •Alarms •Technical faults •Controls settings •Configuration, serial numbers, revision numbers •Switch-on times The Event Log always holds a minimum of 4,000 events. Switching OFF and ON the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator does not delete the storage of the Event Log. You can access a subset of the event log suited for clinical use by activating the Event Log symbol in the monitoring menu in normal operating mode. Other subsets of the log, or the full contents of the log, are available in Test Mode.
Expiration
The act of the patient breathing out.
Expiratory Valve
A valve controlling pressure in the patient circuit, enabling the patient to exhale and the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator to maintain PEEP. It comprises a Positioning Coil Membrane and Cover. Its function is synchronized with that of the Inspiratory Valve.
2016-03-24
Expiratory Valve Block Connection
The plastic connector used to attach the Patient Breathing Circuit on the front of the HAMILTON-G5.
Extended Smart Battery
Li-Ion Battery, Hot Swappable
External Nurse Alarm
See Communication Interface.
Fan Filter
A filter used to capture dust from the cooling fan.
624093/06
Glossary-5
Glossary
Flow Restrictor
A device that restricts flow of a gas.
Flow Sensor (Proximal Flow Sensor)
A device in the patient breathing circuit that measures gas flow to and from the patient airway, and pressure proximal to the patient airway. Flow is measured indirectly, being calculated from the pressure difference between the front and rear chambers of the Flow Sensor. See also: •dP Flow Sensor (the measured value) •Flow Sensor Differential-Pressure Sensor (the pressure-sensing device)
Flow Sensor Autozero Valves
Two valves, each controlling one side of the Flow Sensor circuit. During normal use they open at calculated intervals to bring both sides of the dP Flow Sensor Differential Pressure Sensor to ambient pressure for offset calibration. This calibration is necessary to offset the drift in sensor values that takes place with temperature change. The Flow Sensor Autozero Valves are positioned on the Sensor Board.
Glossary-6
Flow Sensor Connections
Connection on the front of the HAMILTON-G5 to attach tubings for the patient Flow Sensor measurement.
Front Panel Keys
Control buttons of the front of the Interaction Panel.
Full-Scale Calibration
Adjustment procedure to set the Gain of a pressure sensor.
Fuse
5 A, 250 V (SPT T5H/250V)
Galvanic Oxygen Cell
See Oxygen Cell.
Gas Inlet
Connections for the inlet of Air or Oxygen to the HAMILTON-G5.
Gas Inlet Micro filter
A filter device inside the Water Trap Bowl to filter dust particles.
Giant
Project name for the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator.
Gold Cap
Provides power for emergency buzzer alarm for 3 months when no power source is provided from Mains Power or Batteries.
Ground
Refers to the 0 electrical potential of a device.
Ground (GND)
Ground
Hamilton-G5
Product Name.
Hand Pump
Used in Test Configurations to induce and control a pressure for adjustments of the sensors.
Heliox
A mixture of Helium and Oxygen.
Backlight voltage inverter
A Printed Circuit Board used to convert 12 VDC to 1700 VAC to power the backlights of the display.
Hot Swappable
A term used to indicate a device can be disconnected without removing power.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
2016-03-24
Hot Swappable Connector
Used to connect optional monitoring modules to the Sensor Backplane Board. Able to accept a module without switching off the HAMILTON-G5.
I:E Relay Port
A relay used to send Inspiratory: Expiratory signals to an external device.
IC Extractor Tool
Tool used to extract Integrated Circuit Chips that are mounted in sockets from Printed Circuit Boards.
Inspiration
The act of the patient breathing in.
Inspiratory Valve
A valve controlling the pressure or flow (depending on mode) of the air/oxygen mixture to the patient breathing circuit. Its function is synchronized with that of the Expiratory Valve, and it is controlled by the VRC.
Inspiratory Valve Assembly
A complete assembly including the Inspiratory Valve and Servo Board.
Interaction Panel (IP)
Part of the HAMILTON-G5 containing the user interface for interaction with the ventilator; LCD Display, Hard Keys and ports for software download and event log export. Also termed Ventilation Cockpit.
Interaction Panel Motherboard
The main Printed Circuit Board in the Interaction Panel. Contains the Interaction Panel Processor which controls communications with the Ventilation Unit Processor, the LCD Display, the Keys and LED Communication Board, P&T Encoder, the 15”TFT Display, the Voltage Inverter and manages Software Download and Event Log Upload.
Interaction Panel Processor (IPP)
Interaction Panel Processor
Interconnection Block
A device for interconnecting air and oxygen flows and mounting different control components.
Interconnection Block Assembly
The Interconnection Block Assembly includes the Oxygen Cell, Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves and Tank. Inside the Interconnection Block Assembly are the Flow Restrictors used for Oxygen Cell Calibration, Auxiliary Flow and Rinse Flow.
Internal Battery
Lead Acid Battery 12 VDC, 15 Ah
Internal Temperature
The Interaction Panel and Ventilation Unit contain devices to measure their internal operating temperatures.
Keys and LED Board
A Printed Circuit Board with 7 Keys and interfaces the P&T Encoder.
Light Emitting Diode (LED)
Light Emitting Diode
Loudspeaker
A speaker used to indicate alarm conditions from either the Interaction Panel or the Ventilation Unit.
Mains Power Inlet with Fuses
Connection for the electrical supply from an external source. The built-in Fuse Holder contains the Mains Power Fuses.
Main Power Switch
Powers HAMILTON-G5 ventilator ON and OFF.
624093/06
Glossary-7
Glossary
Metal Plate
A metal plate used to switch ON or OFF the Auxiliary Rinse Flow.
Microphone
In the HAMILTON-G5, a microphone is positioned near each Loudspeaker as a feedback circuit to determine the Loudspeaker is operating properly.
Mixer Block
A device for mounting the Air and Oxygen Mixer Valves. Also contains the One-Way Check Valves.
Mixer Differential Pressure Sensor
See dP Mixer Differential Pressure Sensor.
Mixer Valves
The two solenoid valves regulate the flow of Air and Oxygen into the Tank. The operation of these valves determines the gas mixture and gas pressure in the Tank. See also dP Mixer.
MSP
Medical Spare Parts assembly e.g MSP159605
Nebulizer Connection
Connection on the front of the HAMILTON-G5 to attach tubing for the Nebulizer output.
Nebulizer Valve
Valve used to control the flow of Oxygen to the Nebulizer Jar.
NIST
A standard connector set used for connection of Air and Oxygen to the HAMILTON-G5, designed so the supplies cannot be connected incorrectly.
Nurse Call Interface
A relay used to send alarm signals to a nurse call device.
O2 Cell Calibration
A procedure which supplies a controlled flow of Air, Oxygen and Air/Oxygen mixture to the Oxygen Cell for calibration.
One-Way Check Valve
Used to restrict gas flow to only one direction.
Orifice Flow Restrictor
A device with an fixed opening which restricts the flow of a gas.
Orifice Tube
Used in the Test Configuration to perform adjustments in the Test Software.
Oxygen Cell
MSA (Catalyst Research) Teledyne (Sensor Technologies) A small, replaceable, plastic unit used by the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator to measure Oxygen Concentration. (Also known as an O2 Cell.) The Oxygen Cell reacts to the presence of Oxygen, producing a voltage output in proportion to the Oxygen Concentration. The Oxygen Cell must be replaced after a period of service, when it can no longer be calibrated. Typically, about one year.
Oxygen Cell Calibration Valves
Glossary-8
Two solenoid valves that function together to control the flow of Air, Oxygen and the Air/Oxygen mixture from the Tank to the Oxygen Cell. The valves enable Oxygen Cell Calibration using Air and Oxygen, and to monitor the Air/Oxygen gas mixture in the Tank.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Paramagnetic oxygen sensor
This option can be installed in any HAMILTON G5 or S1 with serial number SN 10291 or higher. The required chassis changes and additional cabling are pre assembled. You must have a 100% oxygen supply available to test the installation. The new paramagnetic sensor contains no user-serviceable parts. The unit is fitted with a special connection cable and mounting threads. After installation and initial calibration no maintenance or software upgrade is required.
Patient Alarms
An alarm indicating that there is a problem or potential problem in ventilating the patient. There are three levels of patient alarms: high, medium and low. They are indicated by beeps on the loudspeaker and messages on the display.
Patient Breathing Circuit
A Patient Breathing Circuit carries the Air/Oxygen Mixture to the patient and carries the expired (exhaust) air from the patient. It may include Tubings, Mask, Inspiratory Filter, Flow Sensor, Nebulizer Jar, Exhalation Valve Cover and Membrane.
Patient Overpressure Relief Valve
A mechanical valve in the Safety Valve Block that opens the patient breathing circuit in the event of overpressure (caused, for instance, by the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator malfunctioning, or a patient coughing).
Paux
Auxiliary pressure. A measurement of the pressure at a point determined by the user. For example, this could be pressure in the Carina or Esophagus. Note
The Paux connector is not supplied with a Rinse Flow (Factory Setting). You must switch the Metal Plate to measure Auxiliary Pressure with a Rinse Flow. Paux Pressure Sensor
Measures the absolute pressure of an external (auxiliary) pressure source.
Paw
Patient airway pressure. A measurement of the pressure in the patient breathing circuit as measured at the Flow Sensor, in the chamber attached to the blue (patient side) pressure-sensing tube. Paw is sometimes referred to as the Pprox (proximal) pressure. See also Ppat.
2016-03-24
Paw Pressure Sensor
Measures the absolute pressure in the patient side of the Flow Sensor
Photo Sensitive Device (PSD) Board
The Photo Sensitive Device (PSD) Board is a small printed circuit board mounted directly on the Inspiratory Valve. Can only be replaced as part of the Inspiratory Valve Assembly.
Portable Tank
Air or Oxygen Tanks used for supply in a portable environment when the facility source is not available.
624093/06
Glossary-9
Glossary
Potential equalizationconduct or
A unit provides a grounding pin (POTENTIAL EQUALIZATION CONDUCTOR) that allows the user to connect all units to a central point of grounding, equalizing the ground level (60601-1 3rd Edition, clause 8.6.7)
Potentiometer
A variable resistor used to make adjustments for gain or offset in an electronic circuit.
Power and Communications Cable
For the Interaction Panel, a modified Ethernet Cable used to provide Power and Communications between the Interaction Panel and the Ventilation Unit.
Power Management Supply
A Printed Circuit Board which controls the power supplied from the Mains Power or the Internal and/or Extended Batteries and provides power to the Ventilation Unit and Interaction Panel. Also contains battery chargers to re-charge the batteries when Mains Power is available.
Power Management Supply (PMS)
Power Management Supply
Ppat
Patient pressure. A measurement of pressure at the Inspiratory Valve outlet. See also Paw.
Ppat Pressure Sensor
Measures the pressure at the outlet of the Inspiratory Valve.
Press and Turn Control Knob (P&T)
A button on the front of the Interaction Panel used to select and activate screen functions.
Press and Turn Encoder (P&T Encoder)
An electrical device which provides input signals for control of screen functions.
Pressure Gauge
A mechanical device used to measure gas pressure.
Pressure Regulator
A device that regulates the pressure and restricts the flow of a gas.
Preventive Maintenance (PM)
A term used for periodic maintenance of a device with specific planned tasks and items to check, adjust and replace.
Principal Gas Flow
The main gas flow through the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator from the gas inlets to the patient, and then from the patient through the Expiratory Valve.
Rail
The handle surrounding the HAMILTON-G5.
Rinse Flow
A very small, continuous flow of gas from the Tank through both the blue (patient side) and clear (ventilator side) Flow Sensor tubes to the Flow Sensor. The flow minimizes the possibility of tube blockage, and hinders the potential migration of bacteria and viruses from the patient’s expired gases through the tubes, towards the pressure sensors inside the ventilator. The auxiliary pressure (Paux) connector is also supplied with a rinse flow, which can be cancelled when making esophageal measurements.
Glossary-10
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Safety Valve Block
A unit within the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator comprising the Ambient Valve and the Patient Overpressure Valve.
Safety Valve Block Connection
Connection on the front of the HAMILTON-G5 to attach the Patient Breathing Circuit.
Select
An action on the Touchscreen or the P&T Control Knob to choose a function or action.
Sensor Backplane Board
Provides an interface for optional monitoring modules
Sensor Board
A printed circuit board positioned in the middle of the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator with the pressure sensors that measure the following values: •dP Flow Sensor •dP Mixer •Paw •Paux
Sensor Board
Provides components for pressure measurements used to monitor ventilation.
Servo Board
A printed circuit board positioned to the side of the Inspiratory Valve. It controls the Inspiratory Valve. The dP Servo Differential Pressure Sensor is mounted on this board. Can be replaced independently of the Inspiratory Valve.
Servo Valve
See Inspiratory Valve.
Sintered Disk
A metal disk used to restrict the flow of a gas. Used in the Mixer Block to restrict flow and in the Tank Overpressure Relief Valve as a sound muffler.
Sintered Pill
A small metal cylinder used to restrict the flow of a gas. Used in the Interconnection Block to restrict the Flow Sensor Rinse Flow and the Auxiliary Rinse Flow.
Special Connector
Nurse Call / Bedside Control
Swivel Mount
Allows the Interaction Panel to be mounted on the top of the Ventilation Unit and can be positioned in various positions.
Tank
The metal vessel holding the Air/Oxygen mixture. The relatively large volume of the Tank (4.7 Liters) enables the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator to deliver high peak flows when required, and to deliver a steady flow of air to the patient at all times.
Tank Overpressure Relief Valve
A passive, mechanical valve that opens when the Tank pressure is too high.
Technical Events
A very minor fault or event recorded by the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator in the Event Log for use only by software developers. Technical Events are numbered from TF 80 to TF 2999.
2016-03-24
624093/06
Glossary-11
Glossary
Technical Faults
An alarm condition indicating a major malfunction of the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. (This contrasts with an alarm, that indicates a problem with the status of a patient.) Technical Faults are intended to alert users and engineers of the need for intervention, and are recorded in the Event Log. Technical Faults are numbered from TF 5500 to TF 9999.
Test Configuration (TC)
A particular configuration of devices and tubings use to perform the Test Units of the Test Mode.
Test Mode
A special mode in the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator that aids in performing operational check and calibrations. Also enables viewing and exporting data from the Event Log. For more information about Test Mode, attend a HAMILTON MEDICAL AG service training course for the HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator. WARNING
The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator cannot be used for patient ventilation when in Test Mode.
Glossary-12
Test Point (TP)
Locations on the Printed Circuit Boards that provide signals for measurement with a Digital Voltmeter.
Test Software
The software used to perform tests, adjusts and calibrations of the HAMILTON-G5.
Test Software Mode
The operational status of the HAMILTON-G5 when in the Test Software.
Test Unit
A step in the process of adjustment and calibration of the HAMILTON-G5.
Touchscreen
An interaction method where the LCD Display Screen can be touched with a finger to activate or select a function.
Trolley
A part of the HAMILTON-G5 on which the ventilator is mounted for transport within the customer location.
Update
An update is an improvement to an existing function. An update normally involves only software. A software update is generally a revision number increment in a digit after the decimal point: for example, from 1.10 to 1.20.
Upgrade
An upgrade is the addition of new functions to a device. There are three ways to perform an upgrade: • Add a hardware item that offers additional functions • Upgrade to a higher software revision indicated by a higher value before the decimal point: for example 01.10 to 02.00 • Upgrade to a higher type of software
Variable Orifice
A variable flow restrictor as used in the Inspiratory Valve.
Variable Orifice Membrance
A variable flow restrictor as used in the Patient Flow Sensor.
Ventilation Cockpit
Another term used for the Interaction Panel. See Interaction Panel.
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
2016-03-24
Ventilation Unit Motherboard
The HAMILTON-G5 Ventilator Main Processor. An assembly containing the microprocessor that controls both the user interface and high-level aspects of ventilation, such as tidal volume, minute volume and rate.
VIP
Interface Processor
VIP1 Interface Connector
RS 232 Connection
VRC
Ventilation real-time controller
Water Trap Bowl
Used to capture dirt particles and water from the Air and Oxygen source.
Y-Connector
A type of tubing connection in the shape of a Y.
Zero Calibration
Adjustment procedure to set the Offset of a pressure sensor.
624093/06
Glossary-13
Glossary
Glossary-14
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Index Numerics
Digital Volt Meter, Care of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8 Digital-Analog Converter U33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
12 V Internal Battery Replacement Schedule
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
20 ml/s Capillary Tube, Care of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 ml/s Orifice Tube, Care of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-8
E
A-8
Electrical Safety Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Engineer Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Equipment for Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
A A/D Converter Check Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11 AERONEB Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-59 Alarms Event Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-52 Altitude Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36 Ambient Valve Check Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31 Autorinse Definition of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-2
B Bacteria Filter, Part Number of Batteries
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
12 V Backup, Replacement Schedule
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
boards control, revisions and compatibility
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-4
C Calibrating Oxygen Cell
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
Calibration Event Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-52 Capillary Tube, 20 ml/s
Care of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
ESD Protection Details of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Event Classes Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52 Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52 Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 Technical Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 Event Log & Technical Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52 Exit Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-58 Expiratory Valve Calibration & Check Unit . . . . . . . . 8-37 External Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42
F Filter
A-3
Bacteria, Part Number of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6 For Gas Inlet, Maintenance of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-1 VRC-VUP Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
Flow Regulator Tool, Part Number of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4 Flow Sensor Circuit Checks Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23, 8-24 Flow-Controlled Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Care of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part Number of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-8
Checking CO2 sensor accuracy check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-59 Column, Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4 Components Column and Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4 Interaction Panel Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 Overview Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 Overview Interaction Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Overview Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 Ventilation Unit Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Contact Strips Photograph of Small Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Warning About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
control board revisions and compatibility
,
,
,
G Gas Inlet Assemblies Filters for, Maintenance of
Gauge, Pressure
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17 A-4
H HAMILTON-G5 Components Managing the Principle Gas Flow . . . 2-13 overview of function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Hand Pump, Part Number of Hardware
. . . . . . . . . F-4 F-11 F-17 F-19
Checks
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 Cross Connectors, Part Number for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5 Cuff Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-43
heliox leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 Hospital Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Humidifier Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-59
D
I
D/A Converter Check Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12 Device Event Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-52
2016-03-24
IC Extractor Tool, Part Number of
624093/06
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Index-1
Index
Inspiratory Valve Check Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34 Integrated Circuit Extractor Tool, Part Number of . A-1 IntelliCuff software version
software version
,
,
,
,
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 E-4 E-5 E-6 E-7 E-8
Internal Battery / PMS IPP
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-41
,
,
,
,
,
S Safety Tests, Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Settings Event Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 Software Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1
L
Special Event Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 SPO2 measurement Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-59 Status LED, Relay and Emergency Checks . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Supply Event Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53
LCD Display Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-48 Locking Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
T
IPP Checks
. . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 E-4 E-5 E-6 E-7 E-8
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45
M Maintenance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 7-1
Overview Tools for
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Metron EST Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Microflow Regulator Tool, Part Number of . . . . . . . . A-4 Mixer Calibration & Checks Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
N Nebulizer Check Unit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39
O O2 Cell Calibration & Check Unit on/off switch revisions and compatibility
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Orifice Tube 500 ml/s, Care of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8 500 ml/s, Part Number of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Overflow Event Class Oxygen Cell Calibrating
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Technical Fault Event Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1, A-3 Care of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-8
Test Mode Event Class Tools Required
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1
Touchscreen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-51 T-Piece, Part Number of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4, A-5 Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-5 Silicon, Part Number of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-5
Typographic Conventions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
U Update Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-57 User Interface & Alarm Tone Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49
V VIP software version
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53
,
,
,
,
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 E-4 E-5 E-6 E-7 E-8
Voltage Checks, Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
VRC
P
Checking Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Checking Communication with VUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 software version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3, E-4, E-5, E-6, E-7, E-8
P&T-knobs revisions and compatibility
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-4
Patient Overpressure Valve Check Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 Power Event Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 press-and-turn knobs revisions and compatibility
VRC-VUP Communication Checks Unit VUP software version
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-4
Pressure Connector, Part Number of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17, A-4
,
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
,
,
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 E-4 E-5 E-6 E-7 E-8
Z Zero and Full-Scale Calibration Unit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Pressure Gauge, Care of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8 Pressure-Controlled Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Preventive Maintenance, Overview Of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Principle Gas Flow Components Supporting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Proprietary Locking Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6 Pump, Hand, Part Number of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Index-2
HAMILTON-G5/S1 Service Manual
Document History Revision 00
May 2007: Creation of the HAMILTON-G5 Service Manual.
Revision 01
March 2008: Revised to include updated test software, technical fault and troubleshooting information, and CO2 sensor maintenance instructions.
Revision 01
October 2008: Revised to include topics related to SW release 1.20 and Gas Mixer 159311.
Revision 02
October 2011: Revised to include all topics for the white-dark-blue-design and to SW release 2.1, heliox and cuff pressure.
Revision 03
September 2012: Revised to include topics related to SW release 2.20
Revision 04
July 2013: Revised to include topics related to SW release 2.31
Revision 05
September 2014: Revised to include topics related to SW release 2.41
Revision 06
September 2015: Revised to include topics related to SW release 2.60 and paramagnetic oxygen sensor
PN 624093/06
Manufacturer Hamilton Medical AG Via Crusch 8, CH-7402 Bonaduz Switzerland Phone: (+41) 58 610 10 20 Fax: (+41) 58 610 00 20 Visit our websites: www.hamilton-medical.com www.IntelligentVentilation.org
